Genesis 2019 Genesis G90 3.3T PREMIUM Car User Manual

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL

OOppeerraattiioonn

MMaaiinntteennaannccee

SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at

the time of publication. However, Genesis Branded

Vehicle reserves the right to make changes at any

time so that our policy of continual product

improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Genesis Branded Vehicle

models and includes descriptions and explanations

of optional as well as standard equipment.

As a result,you may find material in this manual that

does not apply to your specific vehicle.

Your Genesis Branded Vehicle should not be modified in any way.Such

modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durabil-

ity of your Genesis Branded Vehicle and may, in addition, violate con-

ditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.Certain modifica-

tions may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S.

Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR

GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other elec-

tronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted

two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic sys-

tems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the

radio manufacturer’s instructions or consult your authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products for precautionary measures or special

instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE

INSTALLATION

This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAU-

TION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

DANGER indicates a haz-

ardous situation which, if

not avoided, will result in

death or serious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a haz-

ardous situation which, if

not avoided, could result in

death or serious injury.

WARNING

CAUTION indicates a haz-

ardous situation which, if

not avoided, could result in

minor or moderate injury.

CAUTION

NOTICE indicates a situation

which, if not avoided, could

result in vehicle damage.

NOTICE

Introduction

Your Genesis Branded vehicle may be equipped with technologies and

services that use information collected,

generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle.Genesis Branded Vehicle

has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these tech-

nologies and services collect use and share this information.

You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the

GenesisMotorsUSA.com website at:

http://www.genesismotorsusa.com/privacy-policy.html

If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy

Policy, please contact our Genesis Customer Care at:

Genesis Customer Care

PO BOX 20650

Fountain Valley, CA 92728

844-340-9741

Genesis Customer Care representatives are available Monday through

Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday

and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).

For Genesis Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, repre-

sentatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and

3:00 PM PST.

Genesis Branded Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy

Introduction

IINNTTRROODDUUCCTTIIOONN

Introduction

Congratulations, and thank you for choosing the Genesis Branded Vehicle.

We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of distinguished peo-

ple who drive the Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are very proud of the

advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Genesis

Branded Vehicle we build.

Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your

new Genesis Branded Vehicle. To become familiar with your new Genesis

Branded Vehicle, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual care-

fully before driving your new vehicle.

This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended

to familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can

safely operate your vehicle.

This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance

safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and mainte-

nance on your car be performed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded

products. Retailers of Genesis Branded products are prepared to provide

high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be

required.

This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle,

and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time.The man-

ual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with

important operating, safety and maintenance information.

publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted

in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Genesis

Customer Care.

Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of

poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Genesis Branded

Vehicle specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and

lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-6 in the

Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

CAUTION

GGEENNEESSIISS CCUUSSTTOOMMEERR CCAARREE

1.What are Genesis/Hyundai

Parts?

Genesis/Hyundai Parts are the

same parts used by HYUNDAI

Motor Company to manufacture

vehicles. They are designed and

tested for the optimum safety, per-

formance, and reliability to our

customers.

2.Why should you use Genesis/

Hyundai Parts?

Genesis/Hyundai Parts are engi-

neered and built to meet rigid man-

ufacturing requirements. Damage

caused by using imitation, counter-

feit or used salvage parts is not

covered under the Genesis

Branded New Vehicle Limited

Warranty or any other Genesis

Branded Vehicle warranty.

In addition, any damage to or fail-

ure of Genesis/Hyundai Part

caused by the installation or failure

of an imitation, counterfeit or used

salvage part is not covered by any

Genesis Branded Vehicle

Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are pur-

chasing Genesis/Hyundai

Parts?

Look for the Genesis/Hyundai

Parts Logo on the package.

Genesis/Hyundai Parts exported

to the U.S. are packaged with

labels written only in English.

Genesis/Hyundai Parts are only

sold through an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

GGUUIIDDEE TTOO GGEENNEESSIISS//HHYYUUNNDDAAII PPAARRTTSS

Introduction

■ Type A

ODH027037

■ Type B

ODH027036

■ Type A

ODH027034

■ Type B

ODH027035

■ Type A

ODH027033

■ Type B

ODH027032

Introduction

We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi-

cle.Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways.To gain an overview

of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front

of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of

Contents of the topics in that Chapter.

To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of

the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page

number where it can be found.

For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page

edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navi-

gating through the manual.

HHOOWW TTOO UUSSEE TTHHIISS MMAANNUUAALL

SSAAFFEETTYY MMEESSSSAAGGEESS

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual

provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This

information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well

as damage to your vehicle.

Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these

hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.

Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety.Failure

to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.

Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the

SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.

This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential phys-

ical injury hazards.Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to

avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the

signal words DANGER,

DANGER indicates a hazardous

situation which, if not avoided,

will result in death or serious

injury.

DANGER

CAUTION indicates a hazardous

situation which, if not avoided,

could result in minor or moder-

ate injury.

CAUTION

WARNING indicates a haz-

ardous situation which, if not

avoided, could result in death or

serious injury.

WARNING

NOTICE indicates a situation

which, if not avoided, could result

in vehicle damage.

NOTICE

FFUUEELL RREEQQUUIIRREEMMEENNTTSS

Introduction

Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEAD-

ED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.

3.3 engine

Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane num-

ber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use

methanol blended fuels)

5.0 engine

Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane num-

ber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. For improved

vehicle performance, premium unleaded fuel with an octane number ((R+M)/2)

of 91 (Research Octane Number 96) or higher is recommended. (Do not use

methanol blended fuels.)

To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add

any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has

been specified.

Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for addi-

tional information.

NOTICE

• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refu-

eling.

• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel

spillage in the event of an accident.

WARNING

Introduction

Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are

being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For

example, "E15" is a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.

Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gaso-

line or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause dri-

vability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and

emission control system.

Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-

cent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel

Vehicles."E85" is not compatible with your vehicle.Use of "E85" may result in

poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel sys-

tem. Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that customers do not use fuel

with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.

To prevent damage to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system:

• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.

• Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.

• Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

• Never use "E85" fuel.

Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel

system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.

Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)

Using fuel additives such as:

- Silicone fuel additive

- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive

- Other metallic-based fuel additives

may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to

the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine

resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.

- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.

Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use

of these fuels or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle

Limited Warranty.

NOTICE

Gasoline containing MMT

Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as

MMT (

Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl

)

Genesis Branded Vehicle does not recommend the use of gasoline contain-

ing MMT.

This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission

control system.

The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.

Detergent Fuel Additives

Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that you use good quality gasolines treat-

ed with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help

prevent deposit formation in the engine.These gasolines will help the engine run

cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more

information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website

(www.toptiergas.com).

For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and

have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based

fuel additives that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added

to the fuel tank at every 7,500 miles or 12 months is recommended.

Additives are available from your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:

• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.

• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.

Introduction

F10

• This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affect

its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental

safety and emissions regulations.

In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modifica-

tion may not be covered under warranty.

• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to oper-

ate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire.For your safety, do

not use unauthorized electronic devices.

All warning sounds (e.g. welcome/good-bye sound, virtual engine

sound) are generated from the exterior amplifiers. If necessary, we rec-

ommend you to purchase Genesis/Hyundai Part to replace an exterior

amplifier. Any unauthorized product may cause a malfunction of the

exterior amplifiers.

NOTICE

VVEEHHIICCLLEE MMOODDIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS

F11

Introduction

By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you

may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.

• Do not race the engine.

• While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute)

between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow.

Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-

erly.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE BBRREEAAKK--IINN PPRROOCCEESSSS

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to

the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproduc-

tive harm.These include:

• Gasoline and its vapors

• Engine exhaust

• Used engine oil

• Interior passenger compartment components and materials

• Component parts which are subject to heat and wear

In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain

lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

WARNING

Introduction

F12

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).The main pur-

pose of an EDR is to record,in certain crash or near crash-like situations,

such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will

assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed.The EDR is

designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems

for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this

vehicle is designed to record such data as:

• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;

• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/

fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or

brake pedal; and,

• How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a better understanding of the circum-

stances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are

recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no

data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no

personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are record-

ed. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the

EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired

during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and

access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle

manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement,that have the spe-

cial equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehi-

cle or the EDR.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE DDAATTAA CCOOLLLLEECCTTIIOONN AANNDD EEVVEENNTT DDAATTAA RREECCOORRDDEERRSS

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Convenient features of your vehicle

Multimedia system

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

TTAABBLLEE OOFF CCOONNTTEENNTTSS

YYoouurr vveehhiiccllee aatt aa ggllaannccee

Exterior Overview (Front) ..........................................................1-2

Exterior Overview (Rear)............................................................1-3

Interior Overview .........................................................................1-4

Instrument Panel Overview (l) ...................................................1-5

Instrument Panel Overview (ll) ..................................................1-6

Engine Compartment ...................................................................1-7

1. Hood.....................................................3-47

2. Headlamp.............................................7-71

3. Daytime Running Light (DRL)...3-107, 7-71

4.Tires and wheels...........................7-37, 8-8

5. Outer side view mirror..........................3-37

6. Sunroof.................................................3-44

7. Front windshield wiper blades..............7-31

8.Windows...............................................3-40

9.Towing hook .........................................6-25

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW

1-2

Your vehicle at a glance

OHI016001N

■ Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

2. Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57

3. Rear combination lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73

4.Trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48

5. High mounted stop lamp . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73

6. Defroster

/Glass antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-121, 4-2

7. Combination antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

8. Rearview camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-115

9.Towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

1-3

OHI016002

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

■ Rear view

1. Door lock/unlock button..........................3-12

2. Seat position memory system ...............3-15

3. Outer side view mirror folding button.....3-38

4. Outer side view mirror control switch.....3-38

5. Power window lock switch......................3-43

6. Central door lock switch.........................3-12

7. Power window switches .........................3-40

8. Instrument panel illumination control

switch......................................................3-61

9. Blind spot detection system button........5-50

10. Lane keeping assist system button......5-73

11. ESC (Electronic Stability Control)

OFF button...........................................5-37

12. Fuel filler door release button ..............3-57

13.Trunk release button.............................3-48

/Power trunk main control button.........3-49

14. Electronic parking brake (EPB)

switch....................................................5-26

15. Hood release lever...............................3-47

16. Steering wheel tilt/telescope control....3-18

17. Steering wheel......................................3-17

18. Seat adjustment switch..........................2-5

IINNTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW

1-4

Your vehicle at a glance

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OHI016003

1. Instrument cluster...................................3-60

2. Horn........................................................3-19

3. Driver’s front air bag...............................2-59

4. Engine Start/Stop button..........................5-7

5. DIS navigation system .............................4-4

6. Climate control system.........................3-140

7. Clock.....................................................3-149

8. Hazard warning flasher............................6-2

9. Passenger’s front air bag .......................2-59

10. Driver’s knee air bag ............................2-59

11. Glove box ...........................................3-143

12. Automatic transmission........................5-11

13. Surround View Monitor system..........3-116

14. Parking assist system ........................3-117

15. Auto hold ..............................................5-31

16. Drive mode integrated control

system ..................................................5-44

17. Seat warmers and coolers...................2-28

18. Heated steering wheel button..............3-18

19. Rear curtain folding button.................3-151

20. Center control panel...............................4-4

21. Center console storage......................3-142

IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((II))

1-5

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OHI016004

1-6

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Audio remote control buttons................4-3

Bluetooth

wireless technology

hands-free button..................................4-4

3. Paddle shifter (manual mode).............5-15

4. Light control / Turn signals lever.......3-101

5.Wiper and washer control lever........3-114

6. LCD display control.............................3-86

7. Advanced smart cruise control switch..5-80

IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((IIII))

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OHI016005N

1-7

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

OHI076002N

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir.....................7-24

2. Radiator cap .......................................7-25

3. Brake fluid reservoir............................7-27

4. Air cleaner...........................................7-29

5. Engine oil dipstick...............................7-22

6. Engine oil filler cap .............................7-23

7.Windshield washer fluid reservoir.......7-28

8. Fuse box.............................................7-55

9. Jumper terminal....................................6-6

Important Safety Precautions ....................................................2-3

Always Wear Your Seat Belt.....................................................................2-3

Restrain All Children....................................................................................2-3

Air Bag Hazards ...........................................................................................2-3

Driver Distraction.........................................................................................2-3

Control Your Speed .....................................................................................2-4

Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ......................................................2-4

Seats ..............................................................................................2-5

Safety Precautions......................................................................................2-7

Front Seats....................................................................................................2-8

Rear Seats ...................................................................................................2-14

Additional Switches for Adjusting the Front Passenger Seat........2-17

VIP Seat Mode Switches..........................................................................2-18

Head Restraints..........................................................................................2-23

Seat Warmers and Coolers......................................................................2-28

Seat Belts ....................................................................................2-32

Seat Belt Safety Precautions .................................................................2-32

Seat Belt Warning Light...........................................................................2-33

Seat Belt Restraint System .....................................................................2-34

Pre-Active Seat belt (PSB)......................................................................2-41

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions .............................................2-42

Care of Seat Belts .....................................................................................2-44

Child Restraint System ..............................................................2-45

Children Always in the Rear ...................................................................2-45

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)............................................2-46

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ............................................2-48

SSaaffeettyy ssyysstteemm ooff

yyoouurr vveehhiiccllee

SSaaffeettyy ssyysstteemm ooff

yyoouurr vveehhiiccllee

Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System...........2-57

Where Are the Air Bags? ........................................................................2-59

How Does the Air Bags System Operate? ..........................................2-63

What to Expect after an Air Bag Inflates...........................................2-67

Occupant Classification System (OCS) .................................................2-68

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?...................................2-74

SRS Care ......................................................................................................2-80

Additional Safety Precautions................................................................2-81

Air Bag Warning Labels............................................................................2-82

2-3

You will find many safety precautions

and recommendations throughout

this section, and throughout this

manual. The safety precautions in

this section are among the most

important.

Always Wear Your Seat Belt

A seat belt is your best protection in

all types of accidents. Air bags are

designed to supplement seat belts,

not replace them. So even though

your vehicle is equipped with air

bags, ALWAYS make sure you and

your passengers wear your seat

belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain All Children

All children under age 13 should ride

in your vehicle properly restrained in

a rear seat, not the front seat.Infants

and small children should be

restrained in an appropriate child

restraint. Larger children should use

a booster seat with the lap/shoulder

belt until they can use the seat belt

properly without a booster seat.

Air Bag Hazards

While air bags can save lives, they

can also cause serious or fatal

injuries to occupants who sit too

close to them, or who are not proper-

ly restrained. Infants, young children,

and shorter adults are at the greatest

risk of being injured by an inflating air

bag.Follow all instructions and warn-

ings in this manual.

Driver Distraction

Driver distraction presents a serious

and potentially deadly danger, espe-

cially for inexperienced drivers.

Safety should be the first concern

when behind the wheel and drivers

need to be aware of the wide array of

potential distractions, such as

drowsiness, reaching for objects,

eating, personal grooming, other

passengers, and using cellular

phones.

Drivers can become distracted when

they take their eyes and attention off

the road or their hands off the wheel

to focus on activities other than driv-

ing.To reduce your risk of distraction

or getting into an accident:

• ALWAYS set up your mobile

devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,

navigation units, etc.) when your

vehicle is parked or safely stopped.

• ONLY use your mobile device

when allowed by laws and when

conditions permit safe use.NEVER

text or email while driving. Most

states have laws prohibiting drivers

from texting. Some states and

cities also prohibit drivers from

using handheld phones.

• NEVER let the use of a mobile

device distract you from driving.

You have a responsibility to your

passengers and others on the road

to always drive safely, with your

hands on the wheel as well as your

eyes and attention on the road.

IIMMPPOORRTTAANNTT SSAAFFEETTYY PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS

2-4

Safety system of your vehicle

Control Your Speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in

crash injuries and deaths. Generally,

the higher the speed, the greater the

risk, but serious injuries can also

occur at lower speeds. Never drive

faster than is safe for current condi-

tions, regardless of the maximum

speed posted.

Keep Your Vehicle in Safe

Condition

Having a tire blowout or a mechani-

cal failure can be extremely haz-

ardous. To reduce the possibility of

such problems, check your tire pres-

sures and condition frequently, and

perform all regularly scheduled

maintenance.

2-5

Front seat

(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward

/Seat cushion tilt adjustment

/Seat cushion height adjustment

(2) Seat cushion length adjustment

(3) Seatback angle adjustment

(4) Lumbar support adjustment

(5) Seat bolster adjustment*

(6) Seat position memory system

(7) Head restraint adjustment

(8) Shoulder adjustment*

(9) Seat warmer

/Seat cooler (by air)

(10) Seat sliding forward or rearward

/Seatback angle adjustment

(for front passenger seat)

* : if equipped

SSEEAATTSS

OHI036001N

2-6

Safety system of your vehicle

OHI036090N

Rear seat

(11) Seat sliding forward or rearward

/Seat cushion tilt adjustment*

(12) Seat sliding or shoulder adjust-

ment*

(13) Lumbar support adjustment*

(14) Head restraint adjustment*

(15) Seat sliding forward or rearward/

Seatback angle adjustment*

(for front passenger seat)

(16) Seat mode switches*

(17) Seat warmer

(18) Seat cooler (by air)*

(19) RSE LOCKED indicator

(20) Rear curtain control

(details in Chapter 3)

(21) Armrest

(22) Ski through

(23) Seat position memory system*

(details in Chapter 3)

* : if equipped

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type C

2-7

Safety Precautions

Adjusting the seats so that you are sit-

ting in a safe, comfortable position

plays an important role in driver and

passenger safety together with the

seat belts and air bags in an accident.

Air bags

You can take steps to reduce the risk

of being injured by an inflating air

bag. Sitting too close to an air bag

greatly increases the risk of injury in

the event the air bag inflates.

The National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA) recommends

that drivers allow at least 10 inches

(25 cm) between the center of the

steering wheel and their chest.

Do not use a cushion that

reduces friction between the

seat and the passenger. The

passenger's hips may slide

under the lap portion of the seat

belt during an accident or a

sudden stop. Serious or fatal

internal injuries could result

because the seat belt cannot

operate properly.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

air bag, take the following pre-

cautions:

• Adjust the driver's seat as far

to the rear as possible while

maintaining the ability to

maintain full control of the

vehicle.

• Adjust the front passenger

seat as far to the rear as pos-

sible.

• Hold the steering wheel by the

rim with hands at the 9 o'clock

and 3 o'clock positions to

minimize the risk of injuries to

your hands and arms.

• NEVER place anything or any-

one between the steering

wheel and the air bag.

• Do not allow the front passen-

ger to place feet or legs on the

dashboard to minimize the

risk of leg injuries.

WARNING

2-8

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat belts

Always fasten your seat belt before

starting any trip.

At all times, passengers should sit

upright and be properly restrained.

Infants and small children must be

restrained in appropriate child restraint

systems. Adults and children who

have outgrown a booster seat must be

restrained using the seat belts.

Front Seats

The front seat can be adjusted by

using the switches located on the

outside of the seat cushion. Before

driving, adjust the seat to the proper

position so that you can easily con-

trol the steering wheel, foot pedals

and controls on the instrument panel.

Take the following precautions

when adjusting your seat belt:

• NEVER use one seat belt for

more than one occupant.

• Always position the seatback

upright with the lap portion of

the seat belt snug and low

across the hips.

• NEVER allow children or

small infants to ride in a pas-

senger's lap.

• Do not route the seat belt

across your neck, across

sharp edges, or reroute the

shoulder strap away from

your body.

• Do not allow the seat belt to

become caught or jammed.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when adjusting your seat:

• NEVER attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-

ing. The seat could respond

with unexpected movement

and may cause loss of vehicle

control resulting in an acci-

dent.

• Do not place anything under

the front seats. Loose objects

in the driver's foot area could

interfere with the operation of

the foot pedals, causing an

accident.

• Do not allow anything to inter-

fere with the normal position

and proper locking of the

seatback.

• Do not place a cigarette

lighter on the floor or seat.

When you operate the seat,

gas may exit out of the lighter

causing a fire.

• Use extreme caution when

picking small objects trapped

under the seats or between

the seat and the center con-

sole.Your hands might be cut

or injured by the sharp edges

of the seat mechanism.

WARNING

2-9

To prevent damage to the seats:

• Always stop adjusting the seats

when the seat has been adjusted

as far forward or rearward as

possible.

• Do not adjust the seats longer

than necessary when the engine

is turned off. This may result in

unnecessary battery drain.

• Do not operate two or more

seats at the same time.This may

result in an electrical malfunc-

tion.

NOTICE

To prevent injury:

• Do not adjust your seat while

wearing your seat belt.

Moving the seat cushion for-

ward may cause strong pres-

sure on your abdomen.

• Do not allow your hands or

fingers to get caught in the

seat mechanisms while the

seat is moving.

WARNING

NEVER allow children in the

vehicle unattended. The power

seats are operable when the

engine is turned off.

WARNING

2-10

Safety system of your vehicle

Forward and rearward adjust-

ment

To move the seat forward or rear-

ward:

1. Push the control switch forward or

rearward.

2. Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

When the seat is adjusted forward or

rearward, the headrest height and

the seatback angle is automatically

adjusted according to the position of

the seat.

Information

The forward/rearward seat adjust-

ment may be restricted, when the seat-

back is leaned back. Adjust your seat,

as follows, before adjusting the seat

position rearward.

- Push and hold the control switch

rearward as far as possible, release

the control switch, and re-push the

control switch rearward again.

Then, the seat position is adjusted

rearward, while putting the seat-

back upright.

Seat cushion length adjustment

(for driver's seat)

To move the front part of the cushion

forward:

1. Push the front part of the control

switch to move the seat cushion

to the desired length.

2. Release the switch once the seat

cushion reaches the desired

length.

To move the front part of the cushion

rearward:

1. Push the rear part of the control

switch to move the seat cushion to

the desired length.

2. Release the switch once the seat

cushion reaches the desired

length.

Be careful not to damage your

body or clothes when using the

cushion adjustment.

NOTICE

OHI036002

OHI036003

2-11

Seatback angle

To recline the seatback:

1. Push the control switch forward or

rearward.

2. Release the switch once the seat-

back reaches the desired position.

Information

The seatback angle adjustment may

be restricted, when the seatback is

reclined to some point. At this time,

release the seatback angle switch and

then re-push the switch rearward. The

front seat will slide forward and the

seatback angle will recline even more.

Reclining seatback

Sitting in a reclined position when the

vehicle is in motion can be danger-

ous. Even when buckled up, the pro-

tections of your restraint system

(seat belts and air bags) is greatly

reduced by reclining your seatback.

Seat belts must be snug against your

hips and chest to work properly.

When the seatback is reclined, the

shoulder belt cannot do its job

because it will not be snug against

your chest. Instead, it will be in front

of you.During an accident, you could

be thrown into the seat belt, causing

neck or other injuries.

The more the seatback is reclined,

the greater chance the passenger’s

hips will slide under the lap belt or

the passenger’s neck will strike the

shoulder belt.

OHI036004

NEVER ride with a reclined

seatback when the vehicle is

moving.

Riding with a reclined seatback

increases your chance of seri-

ous or fatal injuries in the event

of a collision or sudden stop.

Driver and passengers should

ALWAYS sit well back in their

seats, properly belted, and with

the seatbacks upright.

WARNING

2-12

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat cushion height and tilt

To tilt or change the height of the

seat cushion:

1. Push the front portion of the con-

trol switch up to raise or down to

lower the front part of the seat

cushion.

Push the rear portion of the con-

trol switch up to raise or down to

lower the height of the seat cush-

ion.

2. Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

Lumbar support

• The lumbar support can be adjust-

ed by pressing the lumbar support

switch.

• Press the front portion of the

switch (1) to increase support or

the rear portion of the switch (2) to

decrease support.

• To move the support position up or

down, press switch (3) or (4).

The lumbar support does not oper-

ate up or down when the lumbar sup-

port is in the rearmost position.

In this case, to use the system,

slightly increase support by pushing

the front portion of the switch (1).

OHI036006NOHI036005

■ Tilt ■ Height

2-13

Seat shoulder adjustment

(for driver's seat, if equipped)

1. Push the control switch forward or

rearward to move the shoulder

angle to the desired position.

2. Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

Seat bolster adjustment

(for driver's seat, if equipped)

To change the height of the seat bol-

ster:

1. Pull or push the lever.

2. Release the lever once the bolster

reaches the desired position.

Easy access switch

(for passenger's seat)

A front seat moves slightly rearward,

when a passenger opens a front

door with the DOOR indicator illumi-

nated.

A front seat moves slightly forward

when a passenger closes a front

door with the DOOR indicator illumi-

nated.

To deactivate the easy access func-

tion, press the DOOR switch (indica-

tor OFF).

OHI036073OHI036082

OHI036007N

2-14

Safety system of your vehicle

Seatback pocket

The seatback pocket is provided on

the back of the front seatbacks.

Rear Seats

To prevent damage to the seats:

• Always stop adjusting the seats

when the seat has been adjusted

as far forward or rearward as

possible.

• Do not adjust the seats longer

than necessary when the engine

is turned off. This may result in

unnecessary drain of the bat-

tery.

• Do not operate two or more

seats at the same time.This may

result in an electrical malfunc-

tion.

NOTICE

• NEVER adjust the rear power

seats when a child restraint is

installed in that seat.

• NEVER allow children in the

car unattended. The power

seats are operable when the

engine is turned off.

WARNING

To prevent injury:

• Do not adjust your seat while

wearing your seat belt.

Moving the seat cushion for-

ward may cause strong pres-

sure on your abdomen.

• Do not allow your hands or

fingers to get caught in the

seat mechanisms while the

seat is moving.

WARNING

OHI036015

Do not put heavy or sharp

objects in the seatback pockets.

In an accident they could come

loose from the pocket and

injure occupants.

WARNING

Seat sliding, seatback angle and

seat cushion tilt adjustment

Vehicles not equipped with shoul-

der adjustment

• Seat sliding

Push the control switch (1) forward or

rearward to slide the seat to the

desired position. Release the switch

once the seat reaches the desired

position. The seatback angle is

adjusted automatically along with the

seat sliding position.

• Seatback angle

Push the control switch (2) forward or

rearward to move the seatback angle

to the desired position.

Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position. The

seat sliding position is adjusted auto-

matically along with the seatback

angle.

Vehicles equipped with shoulder

adjustment

• Seat sliding and Seatback angle

Push the control switch (1) forward or

rearward to slide the seat and seat-

back angle to the desired position.

Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

• Shoulder adjustment

Push the control switch (2) forward or

rearward to move the shoulder angle

to the desired position. Release the

switch once the seat reaches the

desired position.

Cushion tilt adjustment

(1, if equipped)

Push the front portion of the control

switch (1) up to raise or down to

lower the front part of the seat cush-

ion.

OHI036072

2-15

2-16

Safety system of your vehicle

Lumbar support (if equipped)

The lumbar support can be adjusted

by pressing the lumbar support

switch. Press the front portion of the

switch (1) to increase support or the

rear portion of the switch (2) to

decrease support.

To move the support position up or

down, press the switch (3) or (4).

Easy access switch (if equipped)

Vehicles equipped with the IMS

system

A rear seat moves slightly rearward,

when a passenger opens a rear door

with the DOOR indicator illuminated.

A rear seat moves slightly forward

when a passenger closes a rear door

with the DOOR indicator illuminated.

To deactivate the easy access func-

tion, press the DOOR switch (indica-

tor OFF).

Vehicles not quipped with the IMS

system

Easy access system always oper-

ates.

Do not adjust your seat position

forward while fastening the

seatbelt. It may apply abnormal-

ly high pressure on your

abdomen. Adjust your seat

position first, and then fasten

the seatbelt.

WARNING

OHI036083N OHI036073

2-17

Additional Switches for

Adjusting the Front Passenger

Seat

Additional switches are provided to

move the front passenger seat for-

ward and backward (1), and adjust

the seatback angle (2) from the rear

seats.

VIP switches for adjusting the

front passenger seat

A passenger, who occupies a rear

seat behind the front passenger's

seat, can control the front passen-

ger’s seat position by operating the

switch.

However, the VIP convenient func-

tion does not operate, when the front

passenger's seat is occupied, or

when the front passenger’s door is

opened.

Information

VIP convenient function switches for

adjusting the front passenger's seat do

not operate in the following situations.

- A passenger occupies the front pas-

senger's seat.

- An item occupies the front passen-

ger's seat.

- The front passenger's door is open.

- The front passenger's seatbelt is fas-

tened.

OHI036016N

Do not adjust the passenger seat

when a passenger is seated.

WARNING

2-18

Safety system of your vehicle

Press the FRONT button. When the

FRONT indicator illuminates, a rear

seat passenger can control the front

passenger's seat position back and

forth (1), seat cushion height (2),

seatback angle (3), and head

restraints position (4).

When the VIP convenient function is

not used over a certain period of

time, the FRONT indicator automati-

cally goes out. Then, the switch

starts to control the rear seat position

again.

A rear seat passenger can control

the front passenger's seat position

back and forth (1) and seatback

angle (2).

Information

Rear seat controls can be deactivated

or activated using the DIS Navigation

System.

For more information, refer to the

"Setup" section of the DIS Navigation

Manual supplied separately.

VIP Seat Mode Switches

Relaxation mode

Press the switch (1) to adjust both

the front passenger's seat and the

rear seat, as follows.

• Front passenger's seat

1. The seat position is adjusted for-

ward, the seatback is folded, and

the head restraint is lowered.

2. The head restraint is adjusted

backward, and the seat cushion tilt

is lowered.

3. The seat cushion height is low-

ered.

OHI036074

OHI036099N

OHI036081

■ Type B

■ Type A

2-19

• Rear seat

1. The seatback (including the shoul-

der portion) is leaned back, the

head restraint is tilted backward,

and the head restraint is lowered.

2. The seat position is adjusted for-

ward, the seat cushion tilt is raised

and the lower lumbar support

increases.

Information

Relaxation mode switches for adjust-

ing the front passenger's seat do not

operate in the following situations.

- When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the OFF position.

- A passenger occupies the front pas-

senger's seat.

- An item occupies the front passen-

ger's seat.

- The front passenger's door is open.

- The front passenger's seatbelt is fas-

tened.

• Do not re-press the relaxation

mode switch again, while oper-

ating the seat positions for

relaxation mode. It may abruptly

stop the seat movement.

• When you operate the seat con-

trol switch while adjusting the

seat positions for the relaxation

mode, it stops the automatic

seat position adjustment. In this

case, manually adjust the seat

positions.

• Any items, which occupy the

front passenger's seat, may get

damaged while automatically

adjusting the seat positions for

the relaxation mode. Do not put

any items on the front passen-

ger's seat.

Return function

Press the switch (2) to adjust both

the front passenger's seat and the

rear seat, as follows.

• Rear seat

1. The seat position is adjusted to

the rearmost position, the seat

cushion tilt is adjusted to the low-

est position, and the lumbar sup-

port decreases.

2. The head restraint is lowered, and

the seatback (including the shoul-

der portion) is leaned backward.

• Front passenger's seat

1. The seat position is adjusted

backward.

2. The seat cushion height is raised,

and the head restraint is adjusted

to the lowest height.

Information

Return function switch for adjusting

the front passenger's seat do not oper-

ate in the following situations.

- When Engine Start/Stop button is in

the OFF position.

- A passenger occupies the front pas-

senger's seat.

- An item occupies the front passen-

ger's seat.

- The front passenger's door is open.

- The front passenger's seatbelt is fas-

tened.

NOTICE

2-20

Safety system of your vehicle

• Do not re-press return function

switch again, while operating

the seat positions for relaxation

mode. It may abruptly stop the

seat movement.

• When you operate the control

switch while adjusting the seat

positions with return function

switch, it stops the automatic

seat position adjustment. In this

case, manually adjust the seat

positions.

Rear switches operating limita-

tion

To activate or deactivate the rear

seat controls, go to the DIS

Navigation screen and select 'Setup

→ General → Rear Seat Displays'

and select or deselect 'Lock Rear

Controls' (the RSE button indicator

on the rear armrest will turn off).

NOTICE

OHI036092N

OHI036093N

OHI036094N

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type C

2-21

If the Lock Rear Controls is selected

(the RSE button indicator on the rear

armrest will turn on), the rear con-

trols are inoperable. If the Lock Rear

Controls is selected (the RSE button

indicator on the rear armrest will turn

off), the rear controls are enabled.

For more information, refer to the

"Setup" section of the DIS

Navigation Manual supplied sepa-

rately.

Armrest

The armrest is located in the center

of the rear seat.

Grab the handle (1) on the upper end

of the arm rest. Then, pull down the

handle to use the arm rest.

Cup holder/Storage compartment

For further details, refer to ''Rear

Console Storage'' and ''Cup Holder''

in chapter 3.

• Do not put any items on the rear

center seat.Those items may get

damaged, when the arm rest is

pulled down.

• Do not attempt to fold back the

arm rest, when the cup holder is

extended out.

NOTICE

Deactivate the rear switch oper-

ation (RSE LOCKED button indi-

cator is on) when a child occu-

pies a rear seat.

CAUTION

OHI036026

2-22

Safety system of your vehicle

Carrying long/narrow cargo

Additional cargo space is provided to

accommodate long/narrow cargo

(skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit prop-

erly in the trunk when closed.

1. Pull the armrest down.

2. Pull the cover down while pushing

the release lever down.

• Be careful when loading cargo

through the rear passenger

seats to prevent damage to the

vehicle interior.

• When both the arm rest and the

panel, are folded down, put back

the panel first, before folding

back the arm rest. If not, the

panel knobs and the arm rest

knobs may interfere with each

other and get damaged.

NOTICE

OHI036031

Cargo should always be secured

to prevent it from being thrown

about the vehicle in a collision

and causing injury to the vehicle

occupants. Do not place objects

in the rear seats,since they can-

not be properly secured and

may hit the front seat occupants

in a collision.

WARNING

• Make sure the engine is off,

the shift lever is in P and the

parking brake is applied

whenever loading or unload-

ing cargo. The vehicle may

move if the shift lever is inad-

vertently moved to another

position.

• When cargo is loaded through

the rear passenger seats,

ensure the cargo is properly

secured to prevent it from

moving while driving.

• Unsecured cargo in the pas-

senger compartment can

cause damage to the vehicle

or injury to its occupants.

CAUTION

2-23

Head Restraints

The vehicle's front and rear seats

have adjustable head restraints. The

head restraints provide comfort for

passengers, but more importantly

they are designed to help protect

passengers from whiplash and other

neck and spinal injuries during an

accident, especially in a rear impact

collision.

To prevent damage, NEVER hit or

pull on the head restraints.

NOTICE

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death in an accident,

take the following precautions

when adjusting your head

restraints:

• Always properly adjust the

head restraints for all passen-

gers BEFORE starting the

vehicle.

• NEVER let anyone ride in a

seat with the head restraints

removed.

(Continued)

• Adjust the head restraints so

the middle of the head

restraint is at the same height

as the height of the top of the

eyes.

• NEVER adjust the head

restraint position of the dri-

ver's seat when the vehicle is

in motion.

• Adjust the head restraint as

close to the passenger's head

as possible. Do not use a seat

cushion that holds the body

away from the seatback.

• Make sure the head restraint

locks into position after

adjusting it.

WARNING

OLF034072N

When there is no occupant in

the rear seats, adjust the height

of the head restraints to the

lowest position. The rear seat

head restraints can reduce the

visibility of the rear area.

CAUTION

2-24

Safety system of your vehicle

Front seat head restraints

The driver's and front passenger's

seats are equipped with adjustable

head restraints for the passengers

safety and comfort.

Forward and rearward adjustment

Push the control switch forward or

backward to move the head restraint.

Release the switch once the head

restraint reaches the desired posi-

tion.

Adjusting the height up and down

Push the control switch up to raise or

down to lower the head restraint.

Release the switch once the head

restraint reaches the desired posi-

tion.

If you recline the seatback

towards the front with the head

restraint and seat cushion raised,

the head restraint may come in

contact with the sunvisor or other

parts of the vehicle.

NOTICE

OHI036008

OHI036009

OHI036133N

OHI036010

2-25

Removal/Reinstall

To remove the head restraint:

1. Recline the seatback (2) using the

seatback angle switch (1).

2. Raise the head restraint as far as

it can go.

3. Insert a thin-pointed tool into the

head restraint adjustment pole (3),

and then remove the head

restraint (4).

To reinstall the head restraint :

1. Recline the seatback.

2. Push the head restraint height

control switch (1) up as far as it

can go.

3. Put the head restraint poles (2).

4. Adjust the head restraint to the

appropriate height (3).

5. Recline the seatback (5) using the

seatback angle switch (4).

OHI036011

NEVER allow anyone to travel in

a seat with the head restraint

removed.

WARNING

OHI036071

Always make sure the head

restraint locks into position

after reinstalling and adjusting

it properly.

WARNING

2-26

Safety system of your vehicle

Rear seat head restraints

The rear seats are equipped with

head restraints in all the seating

positions for the passenger's safety

and comfort.

Adjusting the height up and down

(manual, if equipped)

To raise the head restraint:

1. Pull it up to the desired position

(1).

To lower the head restraint:

1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the head restraint support.

2. Lower the head restraint to the

desired position (3).

Adjusting the height up and down

(power, if equipped)

Push the control switch up to raise or

down to lower the head restraint.

Release the switch once the head

restraint reaches the desired posi-

tion.

Adjusting the head restraints for-

ward and rearward (power,

if equipped)

Push the control switch forward to

move the head restraint forward.

Push the control switch backward to

move the head restraint backward.

OHI036020L

OHI036134N

OHI036021

OHI036022

2-27

Pay extreme caution not to dam-

age the connectors, while remov-

ing the head restraint. Damage to

the connectors may cause a tech-

nical problem.

Folding the center head restraint

(if equipped)

To fold the center head restraint :

• When the rear-center head

restraint is not used, manually fold

back the rear-center head restraint

while pressing the button (1) on the

side. To use the rear-center head

restraint again, manually pull up

the rear-center head restraint, until

it is securely latched.

• You can remove the rear-center

head restraint by manually pulling

up the rear-center head restraint,

while pressing the release button.

Information

You can adjust the rear-center head

restraint to the further lower height

by pressing the button (2), which is

located under the rear-center head

restraint, with the armrest folded

back.

If the center head restraint is in

the lowest position, raise the head

restraint before folding back the

armrest.

NOTICE

OHI036130

When the center head restraint

is not in use, fold the head

restraint back to prevent it from

interfering with your vision

through the rear window.

CAUTION

2-28

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Warmers and Coolers

Seat warmers

Seat warmers are provided to warm

the seats during cold weather.

To prevent damage to the seat

warmers and seats:

• Never use a solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alcohol

or gasoline to clean the seats.

• Do not place heavy or sharp

objects on seats equipped with

seat warmers.

• Do not change the seat cover. It

may damage the seat warmer or

air ventilation system.

NOTICE

NEVER place anything on the

seat that insulates against heat

when the seat warmer is in

operation, such as a blanket or

seat cushion. This may cause

the seat warmer to overheat,

causing a burn or damage to

the seat.

WARNING

The seat warmers can cause a

SERIOUS BURN, even at low

temperatures and especially if

used for long periods of time.

Passengers must be able to feel

if the seat is becoming too

warm so they can turn it off, if

needed.

People who cannot detect tem-

perature change or pain to the

skin should use extreme cau-

tion, especially the following

types of passengers:

• Infants, children, elderly or

disabled persons, or hospital

outpatients.

• People with sensitive skin or

who burn easily.

• Fatigued individuals.

• Intoxicated individuals.

• People taking medication that

can cause drowsiness or

sleepiness.

WARNING

2-29

While the engine is running, push

the switch to warm the seat.

During mild weather or under condi-

tions where the operation of the seat

warmer is not needed, keep the

switches in the OFF position.

Temperature control(Manual)

• Each time you push the switch, the

temperature setting of the seat is

changed as follows :

Temperature control(Automatic)

The seat warmer starts to automati-

cally control the seat temperature in

order to prevent low-temperature

burns after being manually turned

ON.

You may manually press the button

to increase the seat temperature.

However, it soon returns to the auto-

matic mode again.

• When pressing the switch for more

than 1.5 seconds with the seat

warmer operating, the seat warmer

will turn OFF.

• The seat warmer defaults to the

OFF position whenever the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-

tion.

Information

With the seat warmer switch in the ON

position, the heating system in the seat

automatically controls the seat temper-

ature by designed temperature.

▼▼

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

30min

60min

OHI036014N

■ Front

OHI036095N

■ Rear

• Type A

OHI036097N

■ Rear

• Type B

OHI036132N

■ Rear

• Type C

Seat coolers (by air)

(if equipped)

The seat coolers are provided to

cool the seats by blowing air through

small vent holes on the surface of the

seat cushions and seatbacks.

When the operation of the seat cool-

er is not needed, keep the switches

in the OFF position.

While the engine is running, push the

switch to cool the seat.

• Each time you push the switch, the

air flow changes as follows:

• When pressing the switch for more

than 1.5 seconds with the seat

cooler operating, the seat cooler

will turn OFF.

• The seat coolers defaults to the

OFF position whenever the Engine

Start/Stop button is turned to the

ON position.

Information

• If the outside temperature is under

39°F (4°C), the seat cooler may not

operate.

• Use the seat cooler when the climate

control system is on. Using the seat

cooler for prolonged periods of time

with the climate control system off

could cause the climate control seat

performance to be reduced.

2-30

Safety system of your vehicle

OHI036131N

■ Front

OHI036096N

■ Rear

OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )

→

To prevent damage to the seat

cooler and seats:

• Never use a solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alcohol

or gasoline to clean the seats.

• Avoid spilling liquids on the sur-

face of the seats and seatbacks;

this may cause the air vent holes

to become blocked and not work

properly.

• Do not place materials such as

plastic bags or newspapers

under the seats.They may block

the air intake causing the air

vents to not work properly.

• Do not change the seat covers. It

may damage the seat cooler.

• If the air vents do not operate,

restart the vehicle. If there is no

change, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

NOTICE

2-31

This section describes how to use

the seat belts properly. It also

describes some of the things not to

do when using seat belts.

Seat Belt Safety Precautions

Always fasten your seat belt and

make sure all passengers have fas-

tened their seat belts before starting

any trip. Air bags are designed to

supplement the seat belt as an addi-

tional safety device, but they are not

a substitute. Most states require all

occupants of a vehicle to wear seat

belts.

SSEEAATT BBEELLTTSS

Seat belts must be used by ALL

passengers whenever the vehi-

cle is moving.Take the following

precautions when adjusting

and wearing seat belts:

• ALWAYS properly restrain

children under age 13 in the

rear seats.

• NEVER allow children to ride

in the front passenger seat. If

a child age 13 or older must

be seated in the front seat,

move the seat as far back as

possible and properly restrain

them in the seat.

• NEVER allow an infant or

child to be carried on an occu-

pant's lap.

• NEVER ride with the seatback

reclined when the vehicle is

moving.

(Continued)

WARNING

2-32

Safety system of your vehicle

(Continued)

• Do not allow children to share

a seat or seat belt.

• Do not wear the shoulder belt

under your arm or behind

your back.

• Always wear both the shoul-

der portion and lap portion of

the lap/shoulder belt.

• Do not use the seat belt if it is

twisted. A twisted seat belt

will not protect you properly

in an accident.

• Do not use a seat belt if the

webbing or hardware is dam-

aged.

• Do not latch the seat belt into

the buckles of other seats.

• NEVER unfasten the seat belt

while driving. This may cause

loss of vehicle control result-

ing in an accident.

• Make sure there is nothing in

the buckle interfering with the

seat belt latch mechanism.

This may prevent the seat belt

from fastening securely.

• No modifications or additions

should be made by the user

which will either prevent the

seat belt adjusting devices

from operating to remove

slack, or prevent the seat belt

assembly from being adjusted

to remove slack.

2-33

Seat Belt Warning Light

Seat belt warning

(1) Driver's seat belt warning light

(2) Front passenger's seat belt warn-

ing light

The driver's and front passenger's

seat belt warning lights will illuminate

each time you turn the Engine Start/

Stop button ON regardless of seat

belt fastening.

Damaged seat belts and seat

belt assemblies will not operate

properly. Always replace:

• Frayed, contaminated, or

damaged webbing

• Damaged hardware

• The entire seat belt assembly

after it has been worn in an

accident, even if damage to

webbing or assembly is not

apparent

WARNING

WHI-001

OHI036034

■ Driver

■ Front passenger

2-34

Safety system of your vehicle

If you continue not to fasten the seat

belt and you drive over a certain

speed, the seat belt warning chime

will sound for approximately 100 sec-

onds and the corresponding warning

light will blink.

The warning will start again if the

seat belt is unfastened while driving.

Information

• You can find the front passenger's

seat belt warning light on the center

fascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seat is

not occupied, the seat belt warning

light will illuminate for 6 seconds.

• The front passenger's seat belt

warning may operate when luggage

is placed on the front passenger seat.

Seat Belt Restraint System

• Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

The 3-point seatbelts are installed

both on the front seats and on the

rear seats. During normal driving

situations, the 3-point seatbelt

does not operate the Emergency

Locking Retractor. It rather natural-

ly extends along with passenger's

easy motion, while holding passen-

ger's body in position.

However, the Emergency Locking

Retractor (ELR) automatically

operates in abrupt stopping, sharp

turning, or collision.

• Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Automatic Locking Retractor

(ALR) is to provide the child

restraint system with better protec-

tion. The front passenger's seat

and the rear seats are equipped

with the Automatic Locking

Retractor (ALR). You can use the

Automatic Locking Retractor mode

during normal driving situations.

When the child restraint system is

installed, switch the system to the

ALR mode.

The front passenger's seat belt

warning light does not properly

operate, if the front passenger

sits in an improper position.The

front passenger should follow

the instruction to properly fas-

ten the seat belt.

WARNING

2-35

Front Seat Belt – Driver's 3-

point system with emergency

locking retractor

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractor

and insert the metal tab (1) into the

buckle (2). There will be an audible

"click" when the tab locks into the

buckle.

You should place the lap belt (1) por-

tion across your hips and the shoul-

der belt (2) portion across your chest.

The seat belt automatically adjusts to

the proper length after the lap belt por-

tion is adjusted manually so that it fits

snugly around your hips. If you lean

forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt

will extend and move with you.

If there is a sudden stop or impact,

the belt will lock into position. It will

also lock if you try to lean forward too

quickly.

Information

If you are not able to smoothly pull

enough of the seat belt out from the

retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out

and release it. After release, you will

be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of the

shoulder belt anchor to one of the

three different positions for maximum

comfort and safety.

The shoulder portion should be

adjusted so it lies across your chest

and midway over your shoulder near-

est the door, not over your neck.

To adjust the height of the seat belt

anchor, lower or raise the height

adjuster into an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up

(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while

pressing the height adjuster button (2).

Release the button to lock the anchor

into position. Try sliding the height

adjuster to make sure that it has

locked into position.

OHI036036

■ Front seat

OHI036102

OHI038103

2-36

Safety system of your vehicle

Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-

point system with convertible

locking retractor

This type of seat belt combines the

features of both an emergency lock-

ing retractor seat belt and an auto-

matic locking retractor seat belt.

Convertible retractor type seat belts

are installed in the rear seat posi-

tions to help accommodate the

installation of child restraint systems.

Although a convertible retractor is

also installed in the front passenger

seat position, NEVER place any

infant/child restraint system in the

front seat of the vehicle.

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractor

and insert the metal tab into the

buckle. There will be an audible

"click" when the tab locks into the

buckle. When not securing a child

restraint, the seat belt operates in the

same way as the driver's seat belt

(Emergency Locking Retractor

Type). It automatically adjusts to the

proper length only after the lap belt

portion of the seat belt is adjusted

manually so that it fits snugly across

your hips.

When the seat belt is fully extended

from the retractor to allow the instal-

lation of a child restraint system, the

seat belt operation changes to allow

the belt to retract, but not to extend

(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).

Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint

System" section in this chapter.

Improperly positioned seat

belts may increase the risk of

serious injury in an accident.

Take the following precautions

when adjusting the seat belt:

• Position the lap portion of the

seat belt as low as possible

across your hips, not on your

waist, so that it fits snugly.

• Position one arm under the

shoulder belt and the other

over the belt, as shown in the

illustration.

• Always position the shoulder

belt anchor into the locked

position at the appropriate

height.

• Never position the shoulder

belt across your neck or face.

WARNING

OHI036103

2-37

To release your seat belt:

Press the release button (1) in the

locking buckle.

When it is released, the belt should

automatically draw back into the

retractor. If this does not happen,

check the belt to be sure it is not twist-

ed, then try again.

Although the seat belt retractor

provides the same level of protec-

tion for seated passengers in

either emergency or automatic

locking modes, the emergency

locking mode allows seated pas-

sengers to move freely in their

seat while keeping some tension

on the belt. During a collision or

sudden stop, the retractor auto-

matically locks the belt to help

restrain your body.

To deactivate the automatic lock-

ing mode, unbuckle the seat belt

and allow the belt to fully retract.

Rear Center Seat Belt

1. Take out the buckle (2), which is

stored between the seat/seatback

cushions.

2. Insert the metal plate (1) into the

buckle (2), until it clicks.

You can make sure its secure fas-

tening by pulling the seatbelt web-

bing. The buckle with 'CENTER'

mark should be used for the 3-

point seatbelt.

3. Restore the buckle between the

seat/seatback cushion after unfas-

tening the seatbelt.

NOTICE

OHI036104

OHI036085

OHI036035

2-38

Safety system of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt

(Driver and front passenger)

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's

and front passenger's Pre-tensioner

Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner

and Emergency Fastening Device

System).The purpose of the pre-ten-

sioner is to make sure the seat belts

fit tightly against the occupant's body

in certain frontal collisions. The

Emergency Fastening Device

System may be activated in certain

crashes where the frontal collision is

severe enough, together with the air

bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

if the occupant tries to lean forward

too quickly, the seat belt retractor will

lock into position. In certain frontal

collisions, the pre-tensioner will acti-

vate and pull the seat belt into tighter

contact against the occupant's body.

(1) Retractor Pretensioner

The purpose of the retractor pre-

tensioner is to make sure that the

shoulder belts fit in tightly against

the occupant's upper body in cer-

tain frontal collisions.

(2) Emergency Fastening Device

System

The purpose of the Emergency

Fastening Device System is to

make sure that the pelvis belts fit

in tightly against the occupant's

lower body in certain frontal colli-

sions.

If the system senses excessive ten-

sion on the driver or passenger's

seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-

tem activates, the load limiter inside

the retractor pre-tensioner will

release some of the pressure on the

affected seat belt.

OHI036105L

Pre-Tensioner Seat Belts

(retractor pre-tensioner seat

belt and emergency fastening

device) that malfunction may

not protect you properly during

an accident. Take the following

precautions:

• Always wear your seat belt

and sit properly in your seat.

• Do not use the seat belt if it is

loose or twisted. A loose or

twisted seat belt will not pro-

tect you properly in an acci-

dent.

• Do not place anything near

the buckle. This may adverse-

ly affect the buckle and cause

it to function improperly.

(Continued)

WARNING

2-39

Body work on the front area of the

vehicle may damage the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt (retractor pre-ten-

sioner seat belt and emergency

fastening device) system.

The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System

consists mainly of the following com-

ponents.Their locations are shown in

the illustration above:

1. SRS air bag warning light

2. Retractor pre-tensioner

3. SRS control module

4.Emergency Fastening Device

System

Information

The sensor that activates the SRS air

bag is connected with the pre–tension-

er seat belts. The SRS air bag warning

light on the instrument panel will illu-

minate for approximately 6 seconds

after the engine Start/Stop button in

the ON position, and then it should

turn off.

If the pre-tensioner is not working

properly, the warning light will illumi-

nate even if the SRS air bag is not mal-

functioning. If the warning light does

not illuminate, stays illuminated or

illuminates when the vehicle is being

driven, have an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products inspect the

pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air

bags as soon as possible.

NOTICE

(Continued)

• Always replace your pre-ten-

sioners after activation or an

accident.

• NEVER inspect, service,

repair or replace the pre-ten-

sioners yourself.This must be

done by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

• Do not hit the seat belt assem-

blies.

Do not touch the pre-tensioner

seat belt assemblies for several

minutes after they have been

activated. When the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt mechanism

deploys during a collision, the

pre-tensioners become hot and

can burn you.

WARNING

OLMB033040/Q

2-40

Safety system of your vehicle

Information

• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be

activated in certain frontal or side

collisions or rollovers.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts

are activated, a loud noise may be

heard and fine dust, which may

appear to be smoke, may be visible

in the passenger compartment.

These are normal operating condi-

tions and are not hazardous.

• Although it is non-toxic, the fine

dust may cause skin irritation and

should not be breathed for pro-

longed periods. Wash all exposed

skin areas thoroughly after an acci-

dent in which the pre-tensioner seat

belts were activated.

• The pre-tensioner seat belt system

may get adversely affected by

installing an audio system to the

center console or welding/painting

the frontal vehicle body.

In this case, consult an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts. The air bag warning light illu-

minates, if there is a malfunction

with the pre-tensioner seat belt sys-

tem.

• In following situations, immediately

have the air bag system and the pre-

tensioner seat belt system checked

by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

- The air bag warning light does not

illuminate at all after turning ON

the engine.

- The air bag warning light remains

ON over 6 seconds after turning

ON the engine.

• Fasten your seat belt while

sitting properly in an upright

position to maximize the

effectiveness of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt system.

• A pre-tensioner seat belt sys-

tem is designed to activate

only once. Replace the pre-

tensioner seat belt system, if

it was activated in an acci-

dent.

• Properly fasten a seat belt in

an upright position to maxi-

mize protection from a pre-

tensioner seat belt system.

The pre-tensioner seat belt

instantly tightens the seat belt

to hold an occupant body in

position in forward collision.

• A pre-tensioner seat belt sys-

tem is designed to activate

only once. Replace the pre-

tensioner seat belt system, if

it was activated in an acci-

dent.

WARNING

2-41

Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)

(if equipped)

The purpose of the pre-active seat

belt is to tighten the seat belt when a

collision is sensed, during emer-

gency braking, or when a loss of

control is sensed.

The pre-active seat belt is a sup-

plementary system.The pre-active

seat belt activates only when the

passenger is wearing his/her seat

belt.

The pre-active seat belt warning will

turn on if there is a problem with your

pre-active seat belt.

Have the system checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products if the warning

message comes on while the vehicle

is in motion. When the PSB warning

message disappears, the master

warning light ( ) will illuminate.

In order to maximize the safety of the

passenger, the pre-active seat belt

system operates as below.

• Full retraction

The seat belt is tightened when:

- Emergency braking situation occurs

- Losing control of the vehicle

- The vehicle senses a collision

- Driving on a slippery frozen road

• Slack removal

Tightens a loose seat belt if vehicle

speed is over 9.3 mph (15 km/h).

• Belt parking

Tightens a loose seat belt when

the seat belt is unfastened.

NOTICE

ODH033059

OHI046144L

2-42

Safety system of your vehicle

Additional Seat Belt Safety

Precautions

Seat belt use during pregnancy

The seat belt should always be used

during pregnancy. The best way to

protect your unborn child is to protect

yourself by always wearing the seat

belt.

Pregnant women should always wear

a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the lap

belt line so that it fits snugly and as low

as possible across the hips, not across

the abdomen.

Seat belt use and children

Infant and small children

All 50 states have child restraint laws

which require children to travel in

approved child restraint devices,

including booster seats. The age at

which seat belts can be used instead

of child restraints differs among

states, so you should be aware of the

specific requirements in your state,

and where you are travelling. Infant

and child restraints must be properly

placed and installed in a rear seat.

For more information refer to the

"Child Restraint Systems" section in

this chapter.

• A pregnant woman or a

patient is more vulnerable to

any imapcts on the abdomen

during an abrupt stop or acci-

dent. If you are in an accident

while pregnant, we recom-

mend you consult your doc-

tor.

• To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death to an unborn

child during an accident,

pregnant women should

NEVER place the lap portion

of the seat belt above or over

the area of the abdomen

where the unborn child is

located.

WARNING

ALWAYS properly restrain

infants and small children in a

child restraint appropriate for

the child's height and weight.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death to a child and

other passengers, NEVER hold

a child in your lap or arms when

the vehicle is moving. The vio-

lent forces created during an

accident will tear the child from

your arms and throw the child

against the interior of the vehi-

cle.

WARNING

2-43

Small children are best protected

from injury in an accident when prop-

erly restrained in the rear seat by a

child restraint system that meets the

requirements of the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standards. Before

buying any child restraint system,

make sure that it has a label certify-

ing that it meets Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS

213. The restraint must be appropri-

ate for your child’s height and weight.

Check the label on the child restraint

for this information. Refer to the

"Child Restraint Systems" section in

this chapter.

Larger children

Children under age 13 and who are

too large for a booster seat must

always occupy the rear seat and use

the available lap/shoulder belts. A

seat belt should lie across the upper

thighs and be snug across the shoul-

der and chest to restrain the child

safely. Check belt fit periodically.

Children are afforded the most safe-

ty in the event of an accident when

they are restrained by a proper

restraint system and/or seat belts in

the rear seat. Always have the

LATCH system inspected by your

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products after an accident.

An accident can damage the LATCH

system and may not properly secure

the child restraint.

If a larger child over age 13 must be

seated in the front seat, the child

must be securely restrained by the

available lap/shoulder belt and the

seat should be placed in the rear-

most position.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly

touches the child's neck or face, try

placing the child closer to the center

of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still

touches their face or neck they need

to be returned to an appropriate

booster seat in the rear seat.

Transporting an injured person

A seat belt should be used when an

injured person is being transported.

Consult a physician for specific rec-

ommendations.

• Always make sure children

are wearing their seat belts

and that they are properly

adjusted before driving.

• NEVER allow the shoulder

belt to contact the child’s

neck or face.

• Do not allow more than one

child to use a single seat belt.

WARNING

One person per belt

Two people (including children) should

never attempt to use a single seat belt.

This could increase the severity of

injuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie down

Sitting in a reclined position when the

vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.

Even when buckled up, the protec-

tions of your restraint system (seat

belts and air bags) is greatly reduced

by reclining your seatback.

To reduce the chance of injuries in the

event of an accident and to achieve

the maximum effectiveness of the

restraint system, all passengers

should be sitting up and the front and

rear seats should be in an upright

position when the car is moving.

A seat belt cannot provide proper

protection if the person is lying down

in the rear seat or if the front or rear

seats are in a reclined position.

Care of Seat Belts

Seat belt systems should never be

disassembled or modified. In addi-

tion, care should be taken to assure

that seat belts and belt hardware are

not damaged by seat hinges, doors

or other abuse.

Periodic inspection

All seat belts should be inspected

periodically for wear or damage of

any kind. Any damaged parts should

be replaced as soon as possible by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and

dry. If belts become dirty, they can be

cleaned by using a mild soap solu-

tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,

strong detergents or abrasives

should not be used because they

may damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts

The entire seat belt assembly or

assemblies should be replaced if the

vehicle has been involved in an acci-

dent.This should be done even if no

damage is visible. Additional ques-

tions concerning seat belt operation

should be directed to an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

2-44

Safety system of your vehicle

• NEVER ride with a reclined

seatback when the vehicle is

moving.

• Riding with a reclined seat-

back increases your chance

of serious or fatal injuries in

the event of a collision or sud-

den stop.

• Drivers and passengers

should always sit well back in

their seats, properly belted,

and with the seatbacks

upright.

WARNING

2-45

Children Always in the Rear

Children under age 13 must always

ride in the rear seats and must

always be properly restrained to min-

imize the risk of injury in an accident,

sudden stop or sudden maneuver.

According to accident statistics, chil-

dren are safer when properly

restrained in the rear seats than in

the front seat. Even with air bags,

children can be seriously injured

or killed. Children too large for a

child restraint must use the seat belts

provided.

All 50 states have child restraint laws

which require children to travel in

approved child restraint devices.The

laws governing the age or height/

weight restrictions at which seat

belts can be used instead of child

restraints differs among states, so

you should be aware of the specific

requirements in your state, and

where you are travelling.

Child restraint systems must be

properly placed and installed in the

rear seat. You must use a commer-

cially available child restraint system

that meets the requirements of the

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (FMVSS 213).

Child restraint systems are generally

designed to be secured in a vehicle

seat by lap belt portion of a lap/

shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system

in the rear seats of the vehicle.

Child restraint system (CRS)

Infants and younger children must be

restrained in an appropriate rear-fac-

ing or forward-facing CRS that has

first been properly secured to the

rear seat of the vehicle. Read and

comply with the instructions for

installation and use provided by the

manufacturer of the child restraint.

CCHHIILLDD RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

Always properly restrain chil-

dren in the rear seats of the

vehicle.

Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.

A child riding in the front pas-

senger seat can be forcefully

struck by an inflating air bag

resulting in SERIOUS INJURY

or DEATH.

WARNING

2-46

Safety system of your vehicle

Selecting a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

When selecting a CRS for your child,

always:

• Make sure the CRS has a label

certifying that it meets applicable

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (FMVSS 213).

• Select a child restraint based on

your child's height and weight.The

required label or the instructions

for use typically provide this infor-

mation.

• Select a child restraint that fits the

vehicle seating position where it

will be used.

• Read and comply with the warn-

ings and instructions for installation

and use provided with the child

restraint system.

An improperly secured child

restraint can increase the risk

of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH

in an accident. Always take the

following precautions when

using a child restraint system:

• NEVER install a child or infant

restraint in the front passen-

ger's seat.

• Always properly secure the

child restraint to a rear seat of

the vehicle.

• Always follow the child

restraint system manufactur-

er's instructions for installa-

tion and use.

• Always properly restrain your

child in the child restraint.

• If the vehicle head restraint

prevents proper installation of

a child seat (as described in

the child restraint system

manual), the head restraint of

the respective seating posi-

tion shall be readjusted or

entirely removed.

• Do not use an infant carrier or

a child safety seat that

"hooks" over a seatback, it

may not provide adequate

protection in an accident.

• After an accident, have retail-

er of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts check the child restraint

system, seat belts, tether

anchors and lower anchors.

WARNING

2-47

Child restraint system types

There are three main types of child

restraint systems: rear-facing seats,

forward-facing seats, and booster

seats. They are classified according

to the child’s age, height and weight.

Rear-facing child restraints

A rear-facing child seat provides

restraint with the seating surface

against the back of the child.The har-

ness system holds the child in place,

and in an accident, acts to keep the

child positioned in the seat and

reduce the stress to the neck and

spinal cord.

All children under age one must

always ride in a rear-facing infant child

restraint.

Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typ-

ically have higher height and weight

limits for the rear-facing position,

allowing you to keep your child rear-

facing for a longer period of time.

Continue to use a rear-facing child

seat for as long as your child will fit

within the height and weight limits

allowed by the child seat manufactur-

er. It's the best way to keep them

safe. Once your child has outgrown

the rear-facing child restraint, your

child is ready for a forward-facing

child restraint with a harness.

OHI036107

NEVER install a child or infant

restraint in the front passen-

ger's seat.

Placing a rear-facing child

restraint in the front seat can

result in SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH if the child restraint is

struck by an inflating air bag.

WARNING

2-48

Safety system of your vehicle

Forward-facing child restraints

A forward-facing child seat provides

restraint for the child's body with a

harness. Keep children in a forward-

facing child seat with a harness until

they reach the top height or weight

limit allowed by your child restraint’s

manufacturer.

Once your child outgrows the for-

ward-facing child restraint, your child

is ready for a booster seat.

Booster seats

A booster seat is a restraint designed

to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat

belt system. A booster seat positions

the seat belt so that it fits properly

over the lap of your child.

Keep your child in a booster seat

until they are big enough to sit in the

seat without a booster and still have

the seat belt fit properly. For a seat

belt to fit properly, the lap belt must

lie snugly across the upper thighs,

not the stomach. The shoulder belt

should lie snug across the shoulder

and chest and not across the neck or

face. Children under age 13 must

always ride in the rear seats and

must always be properly restrained

to minimize the risk of injury.

Installing a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

After selecting a proper child seat for

your child, check to make sure it fits

properly in your vehicle. Follow the

instructions provided by the manu-

facturer when installing the child

seat. Note these general steps when

installing the seat to your vehicle:

•

Properly secure the child restraint

to the vehicle.

All child restraints

must be secured to the vehicle with

the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or

with the LATCH system.

OHI036037

Before installing your child

restraint system always:

• Read and follow the instruc-

tions provided by the manu-

facturer of the child restraint.

• Read and follow the instruc-

tions regarding child restraint

systems in this manual.

Failure to follow all warnings

and instructions could increase

the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY

or DEATH if an accident occurs.

WARNING

If the vehicle head restraints

prevents proper installation of a

child seat (as described in the

child seat system manual, the

head restraints of the respec-

tive seating position shall be

readjusted or entirely removed.

WARNING

2-49

• Make sure the child restraint is

firmly secured. After installing a

child restraint to the vehicle, push

and pull the seat forward-and-back

and side-to-side to verify that it is

securely attached to the seat. A

child restraint secured with a seat

belt should be installed as firmly as

possible. However, some side-to-

side movement can be expected.

• Secure the child in the child

restraint. Make sure the child is

properly strapped in the child

restraint according to the manufac-

turer instructions.

Do not adjust the seat position

after installing the Child Restraint

System. When the Child Restraint

System is installed, any attempt to

adjust the seat position may dam-

age either the seat belt system or

the Child Restraint System.

Lower Anchors and Tether for

Children (LATCH System)

The LATCH system holds a child

restraint during driving and in an

accident. This system is designed to

make installation of the child restraint

easier and reduce the possibility of

improperly installing your child

restraint. The LATCH system uses

anchors in the vehicle and attach-

ments on the child restraint. The

LATCH system eliminates the need

to use seat belts to secure the child

restraint to the rear seats.

Lower anchors are metal bars built

into the vehicle. There are two lower

anchors for each LATCH seating

position that will accommodate a

child restraint with lower attach-

ments.

To use the LATCH system in your

vehicle, you must have a child

restraint with LATCH attachments.

The child seat manufacturer will pro-

vide you with instructions on how to

use the child seat with its attachments

for the LATCH lower anchors.

NOTICE

A child restraint in a closed

vehicle can become very hot.To

prevent burns, check the seat-

ing surface and buckles before

placing your child in the child

restraint.

WARNING

Deactivate the rear switch oper-

ation (RSE LOCKED button indi-

cator is on) when a child occu-

pies a rear seat.

CAUTION

2-50

Safety system of your vehicle

LATCH anchors have been provided

in the left and right outboard rear

seating positions.Their locations are

shown in the illustration. There are

no LATCH anchors provided for the

center rear seating position.

The lower anchor position indicator

symbols are located on the left and

right rear seat backs to identify the

position of the lower anchors in your

vehicle (see arrows in illustration).

The LATCH anchors are located

between the seatback and the seat

cushion of the rear seat left and right

outboard seating positions.

Before installing the Child

Restraint System, make sure that

there is no object (e.g. toy, pen,

wire) around the lower anchor

area. Those objects may damage

either the seat belt system or the

Child Restraint System during the

installment procedure. If neces-

sary, have the vehicle inspected

by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

NOTICE

OHI036087

Do not attempt to install a child

restraint system using LATCH

anchors in the rear center seating

position. There are no LATCH

anchors provided for this seat.

Using the outboard seat anchors

can damage the anchors which

may break or fail in a collision

resulting in serious injury or

death.

WARNING

OHI036040

Lower Anchor

Position Indicator

2-51

Securing a child restraint with

the LATCH anchors system

To install a LATCH-compatible child

restraint in either of the rear outboard

seating positions:

1. Move the seat belt buckle away

from the lower anchors.

2. Move any other objects away from

the anchors that could prevent a

secure connection between the

child restraint and the lower

anchors.

3. Place the child restraint on the

vehicle seat, then attach the seat

to the lower anchors according to

the instructions provided by the

child restraint manufacturer.

4. Follow the child restraint instruc-

tions for properly adjusting and

tightening the lower attachments

on the child restraint to the lower

anchors.

The recommended weight for the

LATCH system is under 65 lb (30

kg).

How to determine an appropriate

child restraint weight:

Child weight + Child restraint

weight < 65 lb (30kg)

NOTICE

Take the following precautions

when using the LATCH system:

• Read and follow all installa-

tion instructions provided

with your child restraint sys-

tem.

• To prevent the child from

reaching and taking hold of

unretracted seat belts, buckle

all unused rear seat belts and

retract the seat belt webbing

behind the child. Children can

be strangled if a shoulder belt

becomes wrapped around

their neck and the seat belt

tightens.

• NEVER attach more than one

child restraint to a single

anchor. This could cause the

anchor or attachment to come

loose or break.

• Always have the LATCH sys-

tem inspected by your author-

ized retailer of Genesis

Branded products after an

accident. An accident can

damage the LATCH system

and may not properly secure

the child restraint.

WARNING

2-52

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat

with "Tether Anchor" system

First secure the child restraint with

the LATCH lower anchors or the seat

belt. If the child restraint manufactur-

er recommends that the top tether

strap be attached, attach and tighten

the top tether strap to the top tether

strap anchor.

Child restraint hook holders are

located on the package tray.

OHI036038

Take the following precautions

when installing the tether strap:

• Read and follow all installa-

tion instructions provided

with your child restraint sys-

tem.

• NEVER attach more than one

child restraint to a single

tether anchor. This could

cause the anchor or attach-

ment to come loose or break.

• Do not attach the tether strap

to anything other than the cor-

rect tether anchor. It may not

work properly if attached to

something else.

• Do not use the tether anchors

for adult seat belts or har-

nesses, or for attaching other

items or equipment to the

vehicle.

WARNING

2-53

To install the tether anchor:

1. Route the child restraint tether

strap over the child restraint seat-

back.Route the tether strap under

the head restraint and between

the head restraint posts, or route

the tether strap over the top of the

vehicle seatback. Make sure the

strap is not twisted.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to

the tether anchor, then tighten the

tether strap according to the child

seat manufacturer’s instructions to

firmly secure the child restraint to

the seat.

3. Check that the child restraint is

securely attached to the seat by

pushing and pulling the seat for-

ward-and-back and side-to-side.

Securing a child restraint with

lap/shoulder belt

When not using the LATCH system,

all child restraints must be secured to

a vehicle rear seat with the lap part

of a lap/shoulder belt.

OHI036039

ALWAYS place a rear-facing

child restraint in the rear seat of

the vehicle.

Placing a rear-facing child

restraint in the front seat can

result in serious injury or death

if the child restraint is struck by

an inflating air bag.

WARNING

2-54

Safety system of your vehicle

Automatic locking mode

Since all passenger seat belts move

freely under normal conditions and

only lock under extreme or emer-

gency conditions (emergency locking

mode), you must manually pull the

seat belt all the way out to shift the

retractor to the "Automatic Locking"

mode to secure a child restraint.

The "Automatic Locking" mode will

help prevent the normal movement

of the child in the vehicle from caus-

ing the seat belt to loosen and com-

promise the child restraint system.To

secure a child restraint system, use

the following procedure.

To install a child restraint system on

the rear seats, do the following:

1. Place the child restraint system on

a rear seat and route the lap/

shoulder belt around or through

the child restraint, following the

restraint manufacturer's instruc-

tions.

Be sure the seat belt webbing is

not twisted.

Information

When using the rear center seat belt,

you should also refer to the "Rear

Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-point sys-

tem" section in this chapter.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch

into the buckle. Listen for the dis-

tinct "click" sound.

Information

Position the release button so that it is

easy to access in case of an emergency.

OHI036109

OHI036108

2-55

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the

seat belt all the way out.When the

shoulder portion of the seat belt is

fully extended, it will shift the

retractor to the "Automatic

Locking" (child restraint) mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion

of the seat belt to retract and listen

for an audible "clicking" or "ratch-

eting" sound. This indicates that

the retractor is in the "Automatic

Locking" mode. If no distinct

sound is heard, repeat steps 3

and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the

belt as possible by pushing down

on the child restraint system while

feeding the shoulder belt back into

the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraint

system to confirm that the seat

belt is holding it firmly in place. If it

is not, release the seat belt and

repeat steps 2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is

in the "Automatic Locking" mode

by attempting to pull more of the

seat belt out of the retractor. If you

cannot, the retractor is in the

"Automatic Locking" mode.

If your CRS manufacturer instructs or

recommends you to use a tether

anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,

refer to the previous pages for more

information.

When the seat belt is allowed to

retract to its fully stowed position,

the retractor will automatically

switch from the "Automatic

Locking" mode to the emergency

lock mode for normal adult usage.

NOTICE

OHI036110

OHI036111

2-56

Safety system of your vehicle

To remove the child restraint, press

the release button on the buckle and

then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of

the restraint and allow the seat belt

to retract fully.

If the retractor is not in the

"Automatic Locking" mode, the

child restraint can move when

your vehicle turns or stops sud-

denly. A child can be seriously

injured or killed if the child

restraint is not properly anchored

in the car, including manually

pulling the seat belt all the way

out to shift the rectractor to the

"Automatic Locking" mode.

WARNING

2-57

(1) Driver's front air bag

(2) Passenger's front air bag

(3) Side air bag

(4) Curtain air bag

(5) Driver's knee air bag

AAIIRR BBAAGG -- AADDVVAANNCCEEDD SSUUPPPPLLEEMMEENNTTAALL RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OHI036041

2-58

Safety system of your vehicle

This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for

the driver's seat and front passenger's seats.

The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For

these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times

when driving.

You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a

seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace

them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some

accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.

AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,

everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in

a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt

when the air bag inflates.

NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front

passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant

or child causing serious or fatal injuries.

ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the

safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older

must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted

and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.

All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi-

tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-

fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked

and the engine is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during

an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the

occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.

You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily

close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.

Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still

maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic

Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at

least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and

the chest.

WARNING

2-59

Where Are the Air Bags?

Driver's and passenger's front air bags

Your vehicle is equipped with a Advanced Supplemental Restraint System

(SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating posi-

tions. The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the

steering wheel, in the driver's side lower crash pad below the steering wheel

column and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.

The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad cov-

ers.

OHI036043

■ Driver's front air bag

OHI036115

OHI036044

■ Driver's knee air bag

OHI036116

OHI036045

■ Passenger's front air bag

OHI036117

2-60

Safety system of your vehicle

The purpose of the SRS is to provide

the vehicle's driver and front passen-

gers with additional protection than

that offered by the seat belt system

alone. The SRS uses sensors to

gather information about the driver’s

and front passenger's seat belt

usage and impact severity.

The seat belt buckle sensors deter-

mine if the driver and front passen-

ger's seat belts are fastened. These

sensors provide the ability to control

the SRS deployment based on

whether or not the seat belts are fas-

tened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability

to control the air bag inflation within

two levels. A first stage level is pro-

vided for moderate-severity impacts.

A second stage level is provided for

more severe impacts.

According to the impact severity, and

seat belt usage, the SRS Control

Module (SRSCM) controls the air

bag inflation.Failure to properly wear

seat belts can increase the risk or

severity of injury in an accident.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

front air bags, take the following

precautions:

• Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupants

positioned properly.

• Move your seat as far back as

possible from front air bags,

while still maintaining control

of the vehicle.

• Never lean against the door or

center console.

• Do not allow the front passen-

ger to place their feet or legs

on the dashboard.

• No objects (such as crash pad

cover, cellular phone holder,

cup holder, perfume or stick-

ers) should be placed over or

near the air bag modules on

the steering wheel, instrument

panel, windshield glass, and

the front passenger's panel

above the glove box. Such

objects could cause harm if

the vehicle is in a crash

severe enough to cause the

air bags to deploy.

• Do not attach any objects on

front windshield and inside

mirror.

WARNING

2-61

Side air bags

Your vehicle is equipped with a side

air bag in each front seat and out-

board rear seat. The purpose of the

air bag is to provide the vehicle's

driver and the front passenger with

additional protection than that

offered by the seat belt alone.

The side air bags are designed to

deploy only during certain side impact

collisions, depending on the crash

severity, angle, speed and point of

impact.

The side and curtain air bags on both

sides of the vehicle may deploy if a

rollover or possible rollover is detect-

ed.

For vehicles equipped with a rollover

sensor the side air bags and pre-ten-

sioners on both sides of the vehicle

may deploy if a rollover or possible

rollover is detected. However, the

side air bags are not designed to

deploy in all side impact or rollover

situations.

OHI036048

■ Front

OHI036049

■ Rear

OHI036050

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

side air bag, take the following

precautions:

• Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupants

positioned properly.

• Do not allow passengers to

lean their heads or bodies

onto doors, put their arms on

the doors, stretch their arms

out of the window, or place

objects between the doors

and seats.

• Hold the steering wheel at the

9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-

tions, to minimize the risk of

injuries to your hands and

arms.

• Do not use any accessory

seat covers.This could reduce

or prevent the effectiveness

of the system.

(Continued)

WARNING

2-62

Safety system of your vehicle

Curtain air bags

Curtain air bags are located along

both sides of the roof rails above the

front and rear doors.

They are designed to help protect the

heads of the front seat occupants

and the rear outboard seat occupants

in certain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed to

deploy only during certain side

impact collisions, depending on the

crash severity, angle, speed and

impact.

The side and curtain air bags on both

sides of the vehicle may deploy if a

rollover or possible rollover is detect-

ed.

However, the curtain air bags are not

designed to deploy in all side impact

or rollover situations.

(Continued)

• Do not hang other objects

except clothes on the clothes

hanger. In an accident it may

cause vehicle damage or per-

sonal injury especially when

airbag is inflated.

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag or between the air

bag and yourself. Also, do not

attach any objects around the

area the air bag inflates such

as the door, side door glass,

front and rear pillar.

• Do not place any objects

between the door and the

seat. They may become dan-

gerous projectiles if the side

air bag inflates.

• Do not install any accessories

on the side or near the side air

bags.

• Do not put any objects

between the side airbag label

and seat cushion. It could

cause harm if the vehicle is in

a crash severe enough to

cause the air bags to deploy.

• Do not cause impact to the

doors when the Engine Start/

Stop button is in the ON posi-

tion or this may cause the

side air bags to inflate.

• If the seat or seat cover is

damaged, have the vehicle

checked and repaired by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded Vehicle.

OHI036051

OHI036052

2-63

How Does the Air Bags

System Operate?

The SRS consists of the following

components:

1. Driver's front air bag module

2. Passenger's front air bag module

3. Side air bag modules

4. Curtain air bag modules

5. Side impact sensor

(acceleration type)

6. Air bag warning light

7. SRS control module (SRSCM)

/Rollover sensor

8. Front impact sensors

9. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies

10. Driver's knee air bag module

11. Driver's and front passenger's

seat belt buckle sensors

12. Emergency fastening device

13. Side impact sensor

(pressure type)

14. Occupant classification system

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

curtain air bags, take the follow-

ing precautions:

• All seat occupants must wear

seat belts at all times to help

keep occupants positioned

properly.

• Properly secure child

restraints as far away from the

door as possible.

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag.Also, do not attach

any objects around the area

the air bag inflates such as

the door, side door glass,

front and rear pillar, roof side

rail.

• Do not hang other objects

except clothes, especially

hard or breakable objects. In

an accident, it may cause

vehicle damage or personal

injury.

• Do not hang other objects

except clothes on the clothes

hanger. In an accident it may

cause vehicle damage or per-

sonal injury especially when

airbag is inflated.

• Do not allow passengers to

lean their heads or bodies

onto doors, put their arms on

the doors, stretch their arms

out of the window, or place

objects between the doors

and seats.

• Do not open or repair the side

curtain air bags.

WARNING

OHI036042

2-64

Safety system of your vehicle

The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint

System Control Module) continually

monitors all SRS components while

the Engine Start/Stop button is in the

ON position to determine if a crash

impact is severe enough to require air

bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat

belt deployment.

SRS warning light

The SRS (Supplement Restraint

System) air bag warning light on the

instrument panel displays the air bag

symbol depicted in the illustration.

The system checks the air bag elec-

trical system for malfunctions. The

light indicates that there is a potential

malfunction with your air bag system,

which could include your side and

curtain air bags used for rollover pro-

tection.

If your SRS malfunctions, the

air bag may not inflate properly

during an accident increasing

the risk of serious injury or

death.

If any of the following condi-

tions occur, your SRS is mal-

functioning:

• The light does not turn on for

approximately six seconds

when the engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position.

• The light stays on after illumi-

nating for approximately six

seconds.

• The light comes on while the

vehicle is in motion.

• The light blinks when the

engine is running.

Have an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products

inspect the SRS as soon as

possible if any of these condi-

tions occur.

WARNING

2-65

During a frontal collision, sensors will

detect the vehicle's deceleration. If

the rate of deceleration is high

enough, the control unit will inflate

the front air bags.

The front air bags help protect the

driver and front passenger by

responding to frontal impacts in

which seat belts alone cannot pro-

vide adequate restraint. When need-

ed, the side air bags help provide

protection in the event of a side

impact or rollover.

• Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when the

engine Start/Stop button is in the

ON position.

• Air bags inflate in the event of cer-

tain frontal or side collisions to help

protect the occupants from serious

physical injury.

• Generally, air bags are designed to

inflate based upon the severity of a

collision, its direction, etc. These

two factors determine whether the

sensors produce an electronic

deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on a

number of factors including vehicle

speed, angles of impact and the

density and stiffness of the vehicles

or objects which your vehicle

impacts during a collision. The

determining factors are not limited

to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completely

inflate and deflate in an instant. It is

virtually impossible for you to see

the air bags inflate during an acci-

dent. It is much more likely that you

will simply see the deflated air bags

hanging out of their storage com-

partments after the collision.

• In addition to inflating in certain

side collisions, vehicles equipped

with a rollover sensor, side and

curtain air bags will inflate if the

sensing system detects a rollover.

When a rollover is detected, side

and curtain air bags will remain

inflated longer to help provide pro-

tection from ejection, especially

when used in conjunction with the

seat belts.

• To help provide protection, the air

bags must inflate rapidly.The speed

of air bag inflation is a consequence

of extremely short time in which to

inflate the air bag between the

occupant and the vehicle structures

before the occupant impacts those

structures. This speed of inflation

reduces the risk of serious or life-

threatening injuries and is thus a

necessary part of air bag design.

However, the rapid air bag inflation

can also cause injuries which can

include facial abrasions, bruises

and broken bones because the

inflation speed also causes the air

bags to expand with a great deal of

force.

• There are even circumstances

under which contact with the air

bag can cause fatal injuries, espe-

cially if the occupant is positioned

excessively close to the air bag.

You can take steps to help reduce

the risk of being injured by an inflat-

ing air bag.The greatest risk is sitting

too close to the air bag. An air bag

needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of

space to inflate. NHTSA recom-

mends that drivers allow at least 10

inches (25 cm) between the center of

the steering wheel and the chest.

2-66

Safety system of your vehicle

When the SRSCM detects a suffi-

ciently severe impact to the front of

the vehicle, it will automatically

deploy the front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-

ed directly into the pad covers will

separate under pressure from the

expansion of the air bags. Further

opening of the covers allows full

inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-

tion with a properly worn seat belt,

slows the driver or the front passen-

ger forward motion, reducing the risk

of head and chest injury.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

air bag, take the following pre-

cautions:

• NEVER place a child restraint

in the front passenger seat.

Always properly restrain chil-

dren under age 13 in the rear

seats of the vehicle.

• Adjust the front passenger’s

and driver's seats as far to the

rear as possible while allow-

ing you to maintain full con-

trol of the vehicle.

• Hold the steering wheel with

hands at the 9 o'clock and 3

o'clock positions.

• Never place anything or any-

one between the air bag and

the seat occupant.

• Do not allow the front passen-

ger to place their feet or legs

on the dashboard.

WARNING

OVI035117N

■ Driver's front air bag (1)

OVI035118N

■ Driver's front air bag (2)

2-67

After complete inflation, the air bag

immediately starts deflating, enabling

the driver to maintain forward visibili-

ty and the ability to steer or operate

other controls.

What to Expect after an Air

Bag Inflates

After a frontal or side air bag inflates,

it will deflate very quickly. Air bag

inflation will not prevent the driver

from seeing out of the windshield or

being able to steer. Curtain air bags

may remain partially inflated for

some time after they deploy.

OVI035119N

■ Driver's front air bag (3)

OVI035120N

■ Passenger's front air bag

To prevent objects from becom-

ing dangerous projectiles when

the passenger's air bag inflates:

• Do not install or place any

objects (drink holder, CD

holder, stickers, etc.) on the

front passenger's panel above

the glove box where the pas-

senger's air bag is located.

• Do not install a container of

liquid air freshener near the

instrument cluster or on the

instrument panel surface.

WARNING

After an air bag inflates, take

the following precautions:

• Open your windows and

doors as soon as possible

after impact to reduce pro-

longed exposure to the smoke

and powder released by the

inflating air bag.

• Do not touch the air bag stor-

age area's internal compo-

nents immediately after an air

bag has inflated. The parts

that come into contact with an

inflating air bag may be very

hot.

• Always wash exposed skin

areas thoroughly with cold

water and mild soap.

• Always have an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products replace the air bag

immediately after deployment.

Air bags are designed to be

used only once.

WARNING

2-68

Safety system of your vehicle

Noise and smoke from inflating

air bag

When the air bags inflate, they make

a loud noise and may produce

smoke and powder in the air inside of

the vehicle. This is normal and is a

result of the ignition of the air bag

inflator. After the air bag inflates, you

may feel substantial discomfort in

breathing because of the contact of

your chest with both the seat belt and

the air bag, as well as from breathing

the smoke and powder. The powder

may aggravate asthma for some

people. If you experience breathing

problems after an air bag deploy-

ment, seek medical attention imme-

diately.

Though the smoke and powder are

nontoxic, they may cause irritation to

the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If

this is the case, wash and rinse with

cold water immediately and seek

medical attention if the symptoms

persist.

Occupant Classification

System (OCS)

Your vehicle is equipped with an

Occupant Classification System

(OCS) in the front passenger's seat.

The Occupant Classification System

sensor, which is equipped inside the

front passenger’s seat, distinguishes

whether the seat is occupied by an

adult or a child restraint system, and

sends this information to the ACU.

Then, the ACU integrates this infor-

mation with any impact information

while determining whether to deploy

the air bags for the front passenger’s

seat.

- The Occupant Classification

System properly detects a front

passenger, when a passenger sits

in upright position.In an accident, it

properly deploys the air bag.

- The Occupant Classification

System detects a child restraint

system, which is installed on the

front passenger's seat. In this

case, the air bag system for the

front passenger's seat gets dis-

abled.

- The Occupant Classification

System may not deploy the air bag

for the front passenger's seat,

when a tiny adult sits out of upright

position.

2-69

Main components of the

Occupant Classification System

• A detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion.

• Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bag sys-

tems should be activated or deacti-

vated.

• An indicator light located on the

instrument panel which illuminates

the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG

OFF" indicating the front passen-

ger air bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag indi-

cator light is interconnected with

the OCS.

The purpose is to help reduce the

risk of injury or death from an inflat-

ing air bag to certain front passenger

seat occupants, such as children, by

requiring the air bag to be automati-

cally turned OFF.

For example, if a child restraint of the

type specified in the regulations is on

the seat, the occupant classification

sensor can detect it and cause the

air bag to turn OFF.

Always be sure that you and all vehi-

cle occupants are seated properly

and wearing the seat belt properly for

the most effective protection by the

air bag and the seat belt.

OHI036046

■ Sensor

OHI036047

■ Warning signal

2-70

Safety system of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification

System

Condition detected by the

occupant classification system

Indicator/Warning light Devices

"PASSENGER

AIR BAG OFF"

indicator light

SRS

warning light

Front passenger

air bag

1. Adult *

Off Off Activated

2. Infant *

or child restraint

system with 12 months old *

On Off Deactivated

3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front

passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique

and posture.

Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has out-

grown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize

him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.

Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months

to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat.This is

a normal condition.

You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator on the center facia

panel. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and acti-

vates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.

When the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates with an

adult occupied on the front passenger's seat, the air bag may not

deploy in an accident. On the other hand, when the PASSENGER AIR

BAG OFF indicator does not illuminate with a child restraint system

installed on the front passenger's seat, the air bag may deploy in an

accident. In those cases, you should immediately move the occupant

or the child restraint system to a rear seat. In addition, have the sys-

tem inspected by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

When the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator does not illuminate

with a child restraint system installed on the front passenger's seat,

you should immediately move the child restraint system to a rear

seat. It implies that the air bag for the front passenger's seat may

deploy in an accident.

WARNING

2-71

Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passen-

ger's seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the

OCS.To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

WARNING

OHI036119

OHI036122

OHI036120

OHI036100

OHI036121

OHI036123

• NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or

seatback pocket, or hang any items on the

front passenger seat.

• NEVER place your feet on the front passenger

seatback.

• NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the

front of the seat.

• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when

the vehicle is moving.

• NEVER place your feet or legs on the dash-

board.

• NEVER lean on the door or center console or

sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

(continued)

2-72

Safety system of your vehicle

OHI036124

OHI036126

OHI036125

OHI036127

• Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heav-

ily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip

protector.

• Do not use car seat accessories such as thick

blankets and cushions which cover up the car

seat surface.

• Do not place electronic devices such as lap-

tops, DVD player, or conductive materials such

as water bottles on the passenger seat.

• Do not use electronic devices such as laptops

and satellite radios which use inverter charg-

ers.

• If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on

the passenger seat, the air bag warning light

may illuminate or malfunction.

Therefore, make sure the seat has been com-

pletely dried before driving the vehicle.

• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat.These may

damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat

cushion.

• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.

• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original

items only. The OCS has been developed based on using original

Genesis Branded products seats only. Altering or changing the

authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk

of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the

proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of

an injury in an accident.

(continued)

2-73

Proper seated position for OCS

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"

indicator is on when an adult is seat-

ed in the front passenger seat, place

engine Start/Stop button in the OFF

position and ask the passenger to sit

properly (sitting upright with the seat

back in an upright position, centered

on the seat cushion with their seat

belt on, legs comfortably extended

and their feet on the floor). Restart

the engine and have the person

remain in that position.This will allow

the system to detect the person and

to enable the passenger air bag. If

the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"

indicator is still on, ask the passen-

ger to move to the rear seat.

The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"

indicator illuminates for approxi-

mately 4 seconds after engine

Start/Stop button in the OFF posi-

tion or after the engine is started.

If the front passenger seat is

occupied, the OCS will then clas-

sify the front passenger after sev-

eral more seconds.

NOTICE

Never allow an adult passenger

to ride in the front passenger

seat when the "PASSENGER

AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illu-

minated. During a collision, the

air bag will not inflate if the indi-

cator is illuminated. Have your

passenger reposition himself in

the seat. If the "PASSENGER

AIR BAG OFF" indicator

remains illuminated after the

passenger repositions himself

properly and the vehicle is

restarted, have the passenger

move to the rear seat because

the air bag will not inflate.

WARNING

B990A01O

2-74

Safety system of your vehicle

Do Not Install a Child Restraint

in the Front Passenger's Seat

Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the OCS, never install

a child restraint in the front passen-

ger’s seat. An inflating air bag can

forcefully strike a child or child

restraint resulting in serious or fatal

injury.

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off

in a Collision?

Air bags are not designed to inflate in

every collision. There are certain

types of accidents in which the air

bag would not be expected to pro-

vide additional protection. These

include rear impacts, second or third

collisions in multiple impact acci-

dents, as well as low speed impacts.

Damage to the vehicle indicates a

collision energy absorption, and is

not an indicator of whether or not an

air bag should have inflated.

• NEVER place a rear-facing or

front-facing child restraint in

the front passenger’s seat of

the vehicle.

• An inflating frontal air bag

could forcefully strike a child

resulting in serious injury or

death.

• Always properly restrain chil-

dren in an appropriate child

restraint in the rear seat of the

vehicle.

WARNING

1JBH3051

2-75

Air bag collision sensors

OHI036078N/OHI036054/OHI036055N/OHI036056/OHI036057/OHI036058

(1) SRS control module

/Rollover sensor

(2) Front impact sensor

- on the front bumper

(3) Side impact sensor (Pressure)

- on the front door

(4) Side impact sensor (Speed)

- under the B-pillar

(5) Side impact sensor (Speed)

- under the C-pillar

3 4

2-76

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags and the driver's knee

air bag are designed to inflate in a

frontal collision depending on the the

severity of impact of the front colli-

sion.

OHI036059

To reduce the risk of an air bag

deploying unexpectedly and

causing serious injury or death:

• Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations where

air bags or sensors are

installed.

• Do not perform maintenance

on or around the air bag sen-

sors.If the location or angle of

the sensors is altered, the air

bags may deploy when they

should not or may not deploy

when they should.

• Do not install bumper guards

or replace the bumper with a

non-Genesis/Hyundai Part.

This may adversely affect the

collision and air bag deploy-

ment performance.

• Place the engine Start/Stop

button in the OFF or ACC

position when the vehicle is

being towed to prevent inad-

vertent air bag deployment.

• Have all air bag repairs con-

ducted by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

WARNING

Side and curtain air bags

Side and curtain air bags are

designed to inflate when an impact is

detected by side collision sensors

depending on the severity of impact

resulting from a side impact collision.

Although the driver's and front pas-

senger's air bags are designed to

inflate only in frontal collisions, they

also may inflate in other types of col-

lisions if the front impact sensors

detect a sufficient impact. Side and

curtain air bags are designed to

inflate only in side impact collisions

or rollover situations, but they may

inflate in other collisions if the side

impact sensors detect a sufficient

impact.

If the vehicle chassis is impacted by

bumps or objects on unimproved

roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive

carefully on unimproved roads or on

surfaces not designed for vehicle

traffic to prevent unintended air bag

deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions

In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags

are designed not to deploy in such

cases because they may not provide

benefits beyond the protection of the

seat belts.

2-77

OHI036060N

OHI036061

OHI036062

2-78

Safety system of your vehicle

Front air bags are not designed to

inflate in rear collisions, because

occupants are moved backward by

the force of the impact. In this case,

inflated air bags would not provide

any additional benefit.

Front air bags may not inflate in side

impact collisions, because occu-

pants move in the direction of the

collision, and thus in side impacts,

front air bag deployment would not

provide additional occupant protec-

tion.

However, side and curtain air bags

may inflate depending on the intensi-

ty, vehicle speed and angles of

impact.

In an angled collision, the force of

impact may direct the occupants in a

direction where the air bags would

not be able to provide any additional

benefit, and thus the sensors may

not deploy any air bags.

Just before impact, drivers often

brake heavily. Such heavy braking

lowers the front portion of the vehicle

causing it to "ride" under a vehicle

with a higher ground clearance. Air

bags may not inflate in this "under-

ride" situation because deceleration

forces that are detected by sensors

may be significantly reduced by such

"underride" collisions.

OHI036063

OHI036064N

OHI036088

OHI036065

2-79

Front air bags may not inflate in

rollover accidents because air bag

deployment could not provide protec-

tion to the occupants.

However, side and curtain air bags

may inflate when the vehicle is rolled

over by a side impact collision.

Information

Front air bags do not inflate in

rollover accidents. However, side

impact and curtain air bags may

inflate in a rollover, when it is detect-

ed by the rollover sensor.

Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle

collides with objects such as utility

poles or trees, where the point of

impact is concentrated and the colli-

sion energy is absorbed by the vehi-

cle structure.

OHI036086 OHI036066N

2-80

Safety system of your vehicle

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-free

and there are no parts you can safely

service by yourself. If the SRS air bag

warning light does not illuminate

when the Engine Start/Stop button is

in the ON position, or continuously

remains on, have your vehicle imme-

diately inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Any work on the SRS system, such

as removing, installing, repairing, or

any work on the steering wheel, the

front passenger's panel, front seats

and roof rails must be performed by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products. Improper han-

dling of the SRS system may result

in serious personal injury.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death, take the follow-

ing precautions:

• Do not attempt to modify or

disconnect the SRS compo-

nents or wiring, including the

addition of any kind of badges

to the pad covers or modifica-

tions to the body structure.

• Do not place objects over or

near the air bag modules on

the steering wheel, instrument

panel, or the front passen-

ger’s panel above the glove

box.

• Clean the air bag pad covers

with a soft cloth moistened

with plain water. Solvents or

cleaners could adversely

affect the air bag covers and

proper deployment of the sys-

tem.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

• Always have inflated air bags

replaced by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

• If components of the air bag

system must be discarded, or

if the vehicle must be

scrapped, certain safety pre-

cautions must be observed.

Consult an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products

for the necessary information.

Failure to follow these precau-

tions could increase the risk

of personal injury.

2-81

Additional Safety Precautions

Passengers should not move out of

or change seats while the vehicle is

moving. A passenger who is not

wearing a seat belt during a crash or

emergency stop can be thrown

against the inside of the vehicle,

against other occupants, or be ejected

from the vehicle.

Do not use any accessories on seat

belts. Devices claiming to improve

occupant comfort or reposition the

seat belt can reduce the protection

provided by the seat belt and increase

the chance of serious injury in a crash

Do not modify the front seats.

Modification of the front seats could

interfere with the operation of the sup-

plemental restraint system sensing

components or side air bags.

Do not place items under the front

seats. Placing items under the front

seats could interfere with the opera-

tion of the supplemental restraint sys-

tem sensing components and wiring

harnesses.

Do not cause impact to the doors.

Impact to the doors when the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the ON position

may cause the air bags to inflate.

Modifications to accommodate

disabilities. If you require modifica-

tion to your vehicle to accommodate

a disability, contact Genesis

Customer Care at 844 340-9741

Adding equipment to or modify-

ing your air bag equipped vehicle

If you modify your vehicle by changing

your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,

front end or side sheet metal or ride

height, this may affect the operation of

your vehicle’s air bag system.

2-82

Safety system of your vehicle

Air Bag Warning Labels

Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of

potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information

about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.

OHI036067N/OHI036068N/OHI036069/OHI036070

Accessing Your Vehicle ...............................................................3-4

Smart Key ......................................................................................................3-4

Immobilizer System......................................................................................3-9

Door Locks..................................................................................3-10

Outside the Vehicle ...................................................................................3-10

Inside the Vehicle.......................................................................................3-12

Auto Door Lock/Unlock Features .........................................................3-13

Child-Protector Rear Door locks...........................................................3-14

Theft-Alarm System..................................................................3-14

Seat Position Memory System.................................................3-15

Easy Access Function...............................................................................3-17

Steering Wheel ...........................................................................3-17

Motor-Driven Power Steering (MDPS)................................................3-17

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering ........................................................3-18

Heated Steering Wheel ............................................................................3-19

Horn ..............................................................................................................3-19

Mirrors.........................................................................................3-20

Inside Rearview Mirror.............................................................................3-20

Side View Mirrors......................................................................................3-37

Reverse Parking Aid Function ................................................................3-39

Windows ......................................................................................3-40

Sunroof........................................................................................3-44

Sunroof opening and closing..................................................................3-45

Tilting the Sunroof....................................................................................3-45

Sunshade......................................................................................................3-46

Resetting the Sunroof..............................................................................3-46

Hood.............................................................................................3-47

Opening the Hood .....................................................................................3-47

Closing the Hood........................................................................................3-47

Trunk............................................................................................3-48

Non-Powered Trunk .................................................................................3-48

Power Trunk................................................................................................3-49

Emergency Trunk Safety Release.........................................................3-53

CCoonnvveenniieenntt ffeeaattuurreess ooff

yyoouurr vveehhiiccllee

Smart Trunk ................................................................................3-54

Fuel Filler Door ..........................................................................3-57

Opening the Fuel Filler Door ..................................................................3-57

Closing the Fuel Filler Door ....................................................................3-57

Emergency Fuel Filler Door Release ....................................................3-59

Instrument Cluster .....................................................................3-60

Instrument Cluster Control ......................................................................3-61

Gauges and Meters...................................................................................3-61

Warning and Indicator Lights .................................................................3-65

LCD Display Messages..............................................................................3-75

LCD Display .................................................................................3-86

LCD Display Control...................................................................................3-86

LCD Modes ..................................................................................................3-87

Trip Computer .............................................................................3-95

Head-Up Display ........................................................................3-98

Lighting......................................................................................3-101

Exterior Lights..........................................................................................3-101

Interior Lights...........................................................................................3-108

Welcome System......................................................................................3-111

Wipers and Washers................................................................3-112

Windshield Wipers...................................................................................3-112

Windshield Washers................................................................................3-114

Driver Assist System................................................................3-115

Rear View Camera...................................................................................3-115

Surround View Monitor .........................................................................3-116

Parking Assist System ............................................................................3-117

Defroster...................................................................................3-121

Rear Window Defroster.........................................................................3-121

Front Wiper Deicer..................................................................................3-121

CCoonnvveenniieenntt ffeeaattuurreess ooff

yyoouurr vveehhiiccllee

Automatic Climate Control System........................................3-122

Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning ...........................................3-123

Manual Heating and Air Conditioning ................................................3-124

System Operation....................................................................................3-134

System Maintenance ..............................................................................3-135

Windshield Defrosting and Defogging..................................3-137

Climate Control Additional Features .....................................3-140

Clean Air ....................................................................................................3-140

Automatic Ventilation .............................................................................3-140

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation..........................................................3-140

DIS Navigation System Monitor...........................................................3-140

Storage Compartment..............................................................3-142

Center Console Storage.........................................................................3-142

Rear Console Storage.............................................................................3-142

Glove Box...................................................................................................3-143

Sunglass Holder .......................................................................................3-143

Cellular Phone Holder.............................................................................3-145

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ........................................3-145

Interior Features ......................................................................3-146

Cup Holder.................................................................................................3-146

Sunvisor .....................................................................................................3-147

Rear Vanity Mirror ..................................................................................3-147

Power Outlet.............................................................................................3-148

USB Charger .............................................................................................3-149

Clock ...........................................................................................................3-149

Clothes Hanger.........................................................................................3-150

Bag Hanger ...............................................................................................3-151

Floor Mat Anchor(s) ...............................................................................3-151

Rear Curtain..............................................................................................3-152

Rear Door Window Curtain ...................................................................3-153

Luggage Net Holder................................................................................3-154

Smart Key

Your G90 uses a Smart Key, which

you can use to lock or unlock a door

(and trunk) and even start the engine.

1. Door Lock

2. Door Unlock

3.Trunk Unlock

4. Panic

Locking

Using the door handle button

1. Close all doors, engine hood and

trunk.

2. Press the outside door handle

button.

3. The hazard warning lights will

blink and the chime will sound

once. Also, the outer side view

mirror will fold, if the side view mir-

ror folding switch is in the AUTO

position.

4. Make sure the doors are locked by

checking the position of the door

lock button inside the vehicle.

Information

• The door handle button will only

operate when the smart key is with-

in 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the

outside door handle.

• Pressing the door handle button does

not unlock the doors. To unlock the

doors, refer to the following page.

Even though you press the outside

door handle button, the doors will not

lock and the chime will sound for

three seconds if any of the following

occur:

• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.

• The Engine Start/Stop button is in

ACC or ON position.

• Any door except the trunk is open.

Using the button on the Smart Key

1. Close all doors, engine hood and

trunk.

2. Press the Door Lock button (1).

3. The hazard warning lights will

blink and the chime will sound

once. Also, the outer side view

mirror will fold, if the side view mir-

ror folding switch is in the AUTO

position.

4. Make sure the doors are locked by

checking the position of the Door

Lock button inside the vehicle.

AACCCCEESSSSIINNGG YYOOUURR VVEEHHIICCLLEE

3-4

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046058

OHI046003

Unlocking

Using the door handle

1. Carry the Smart Key.

2. Put your hand in the outside door

handle.

3. The driver's door will unlock.If you

put your hand in the outside door

handle again within 4 seconds,

then all doors will unlock.

The hazard warning lights will

blink two times. Also, the outer

side view mirror will unfold, if the

side view mirror folding switch is in

the AUTO position.

Using the button on the Smart Key

1. Carry the Smart Key.

2. Press the Door Unlock button (2).

3. The driver's door will unlock.If you

press the Door Unlock button (2)

on the Smart Key again within 4

seconds, then all doors will

unlock.

The hazard warning lights will

blink two times. Also, the outer

side view mirror will unfold, if the

side view mirror folding switch is in

the AUTO position.

Information

• The door handle unlocking will only

operate when the smart key is with-

in 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the

outside door handle and other peo-

ple can also open the doors.

• You can change the system to the

central door unlock mode in the User

Settings menu of the LCD display to

unlock all the doors when you press

the unlock button one time.

• After unlocking the doors, the doors

will lock automatically after 30 sec-

onds unless a door is opened.

Information

• The doors may unlock if the inner

sensor of the outer door handle is

recognized while washing your car

or due to heavy rain. However, the

doors are automatically locked in 30

seconds unless a door is opened

after they are unlocked.

• The doors may not unlock if you put

your hands in the inside of the outer

door handle with gloves on.

• The doors may not unlock if sud-

denly approach the door and put

your hands in the inside of the outer

door handle.

Trunk Unlocking

To open:

1. Carry the smart key.

2. Either press the trunk handle but-

ton or press and hold the Trunk

Unlock button (3) on the smart key

for more than one second.

3. The hazard warning lights will

blink two times.

Once the trunk is opened and then

closed, the trunk will lock automati-

cally.

3-5

Do not leave the Smart Key in

your vehicle with unsupervised

children. Unattended children

could press the Engine Start/

Stop button and may operate

power windows or other con-

trols, or even make the vehicle

move, which could result in

serious injury or death.

WARNING

Information

The trunk handle button will only oper-

ate when the smart key is within 28

inches (0.7 m) from the trunk handle.

Information

The power trunk (if equipped) can be

operated when the engine is not run-

ning. However, the power trunk con-

sumes large amounts of vehicle elec-

tric power. To prevent the battery

from being discharged, do not operate

consecutively (more than approxi-

mately 10 times).

Panic button

Press and hold the Panic button (4)

for more than one second. The horn

sounds and hazard warning lights

blink for about 30 seconds.To cancel

the panic mode, press any button on

the Smart Key.

Start-up

You can start the engine without

inserting the key.

For more information, refer to the

"Engine Start/Stop Button" section

in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the smart key:

• Keep the smart key away from

any liquid or fire. Internal circuits

may malfunction if the inside of

the smart key gets damp (from

liquids or moisture) or if it is heat-

ed. This can exclude the smart

key from warranty coverage.

• Avoid dropping or throwing the

smart key.

• Protect the smart key from

extreme temperatures.

Mechanical key

If the Smart Key does not operate

normally, you can lock or unlock the

door by using the mechanical key.

Press and hold the release button (1)

and remove the mechanical key (2).

Insert the mechanical key into the

key hole on the door.

To reinstall the mechanical key, put

the key into the hole and push it until

a click sound is heard.

NOTICE

3-6

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046008

Loss of a smart key

A maximum of two Smart Keys can

be registered to a single vehicle. If

you happen to lose your smart key,

you should immediately take the

vehicle and remaining keys to your

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products or tow the vehicle,

if necessary.

Smart key precautions

The smart key will not work if any of

the following occur:

• The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station

or an airport which can interfere

with normal operation of the trans-

mitter.

• The smart key is near a mobile two

way radio system or a cellular

phone.

• Another vehicle's smart key is being

operated close to your vehicle.

• If the smart key is in close proximi-

ty to your mobile phone, the signal

could be blocked by your mobile

phones normal operational signals.

This is especially important when

the phone is active such as making

and receiving calls, text messag-

ing, and/or sending/receiving

emails.Avoid placing the smart key

and your mobile phone in the same

pants or jacket pocket and always

try to maintain an adequate dis-

tance between the two devices.

When the smart key does not work

correctly, open and close the door with

the mechanical key. If you have a

problem with the smart key, contact an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Always have the smart key with

you when leaving the vehicle. If

the smart key is left near the vehi-

cle, the vehicle battery may be dis-

charged.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not express-

ly approved by the party responsible

for compliance could void the user's

authority to operate the device.

NOTICE

3-7

Keep the smart key away from

electromagnetic materials that

blocks electromagnetic waves

to the key surface.

CAUTION

Restrictions in handling keys

When leaving keys with parking lot and

valet attendants, the following proce-

dures will ensure your vehicle's trunk

and glove box compartment can only

be opened with the mechanical key.

To lock:

1. Remove the mechanical key from

the Smart Key.

2. Unlock the glove box by using the

mechanical key, then open it.

3. Set the Trunk Lid Control button to

the LOCK position (button pressed).

4. Close and lock the glove box using

the mechanical key.

5. Leave the Smart Key with the

attendant and keep the mechani-

cal key with you.

The Smart Key can only be used to

start the engine and operate door locks.

To unlock:

1.Open the glove box with the

mechanical key.

2. Set the Trunk Lid Control button to

the UNLOCK position (button not

pressed).

In this position the trunk lid will open

with the Trunk Lid button or the Smart

Key.

Battery replacement

If the Smart Key is not working prop-

erly, try replacing the battery with a

new one.

Battery Type : CR2032

To replace the battery:

1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry open the rear cover of

the smart key.

2. Remove the old battery and insert

the new battery.

3. Reinstall the rear cover of the

smart key.

If you suspect your smart key might

have sustained some damage, or

you feel your smart key is not work-

ing correctly, contact an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

Information

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to the

environment and human

health. Dispose the battery

according to your local

law(s) and regulation(s).

3-8

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046006

OHI046009

3-9

Immobilizer System

The immobilizer system protects

your vehicle from theft. If an improp-

erly coded key (or other device) is

used, the engine's fuel system is dis-

abled.

When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position, the immobilizer

system indicator should come on

briefly, then go off. If the indicator

starts to blink, the system does not

recognize the coding of the Smart

Key.

Press the Engine Start/Stop button

to the OFF position, then press the

Engine Start/Stop button to the ON

position again.

In some circumstances, the vehicle

may not recognize your smart key if

another smart key device is nearby

or a metal object such as a key chain

is causing interference with the

smart key.

If this occurs, your vehicle may not

start. Remove any metal objects or

additional keys near the smart key

before attempting to start the vehicle

again.

If the system repeatedly does not

recognize the coding of the key, con-

tact an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Do not attempt to alter this system or

add other devices to it. Electrical

problems could result that may make

your vehicle inoperable.

The transponder in your key is an

important part of the immobilizer

system. It is designed to give

years of trouble-free service, how-

ever you should avoid exposure to

moisture, static electricity and

rough handling. Immobilizer sys-

tem malfunction could occur.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user’s authority to operate

the device.

NOTICE

In order to prevent theft of your

vehicle, do not leave spare keys

anywhere in your vehicle. Your

immobilizer password is a cus-

tomer unique password and

should be kept confidential.

WARNING

3-10

Convenient features of your vehicle

DDOOOORR LLOOCCKKSS

Operating Door Locks from

Outside the Vehicle

Mechanical key

First, remove the cover (1~2), and

then turn the key toward the rear of

the vehicle to unlock and toward the

front of the vehicle to lock (3).

If you lock the driver's door with a

mechanical key, all vehicle doors will

lock. If you unlock the driver's door

with a mechanical key, the driver's

door will unlock.

Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the door

handle.

When closing the door, push the

door by hand. Make sure that doors

are closed securely.

When removing the cover, be

careful not to scratch the vehicle

or lose the cover.

Smart key

To lock:

Press the button on the outside door

handle while carrying the Smart Key

with you or press the Door Lock but-

ton on the Smart Key.

To unlock:

• Put your hand in the driver's out-

side door handle while carrying the

Smart Key with you, the driver's

door will unlock.

Put your hand in the outside door

handle again within 4 seconds,

then all doors will unlock.

• Put your hand in the passenger’s

out side door handle, all door will

unlock.

NOTICE

OHI046010

OHI046003

OHI046001

Door Unlock

Door Lock

3-11

• Press the Door Unlock button on

the Smart Key, the driver's door will

unlock.

Press the Door Unlock button on

the Smart Key again within 4 sec-

onds, then all doors will unlock.

• Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the door

handle.

When closing the door, push the

door by hand. Make sure that doors

are closed securely.

Information

You can change the system to the cen-

tral door unlock mode in the User

Settings menu of the LCD display to

unlock all the doors when you press

the unlock button one time.

Information

• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not work

properly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-

ple times in rapid succession with

either the vehicle key or door lock

switch, the system may stop operat-

ing temporarily in order to protect

the circuit and prevent damage to

system components.

Power door latch

If a door isn't closed completely but

is closed to the first detent position,

the door will close automatically.

To reduce the risk of injury:

• Before closing the door, check

there are no obstructions in the

path of the door.

• Keep your fingers away from the

edge of the door or they may

become trapped when the power

door latch operates.

NOTICE

OHI046011

3-12

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operating Door Locks from

Inside the Vehicle

With the door lock button

• To unlock a door, pull the door lock

button (1) to the "Unlock" position.

The red mark (2) on the door lock

button will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the "Lock" position. If

the door is locked properly, the red

mark (2) on the door lock button

will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door han-

dle (3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the dri-

ver's (or front passenger's) door is

pulled when the door lock button is

in the lock position, the button is

unlocked and door opens.

• Doors cannot be locked if the

smart key is in the vehicle and any

door is open.

Information

If a power door lock ever fails to func-

tion while you are in the vehicle try

one or more of the following tech-

niques to exit:

• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic and man-

ual) while simultaneously pulling on

the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks and

handles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use the

mechanical key to unlock the door

from outside.

With the central door lock

switch

When pressing the ( ) switch (1), all

vehicle doors will lock.

When pressing the ( ) switch (2), all

vehicle doors will unlock.

If the smart key is in the vehicle and

any door is opened, the doors will not

lock even though the lock button (1)

of the central door lock switch is

pressed.

OHI046013/OHI046014

■ Driver's door ■ Passenger's door

Lock

Unlock

OHI046012

3-13

Auto Door Lock/Unlock Features

Impact sensing door unlock

All doors will be automatically

unlocked when an impact causes the

air bags to deploy.

Speed sensing door lock

(if equipped)

All doors will be automatically locked

when vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph

(15 km/h).

All of the doors will be automatically

unlocked after the engine is turned off.

Shift lever auto door lock

(if equipped)

All doors will be automatically locked

when shifting the shift lever out of P

(Park) with the engine running.

You can activate or deactivate the

Auto Door Lock/Unlock features from

the User Settings mode on the LCD

display.

For more information, refer to the

"LCD Display" in this chapter.

The doors should always be

fully closed and locked while

the vehicle is in motion. If the

doors are unlocked, the risk of

being thrown from the vehicle in

a crash is increased.

WARNING

Do not leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle. An

enclosed vehicle can become

extremely hot, causing death or

serious injury to unattended

children or animals who cannot

escape the vehicle. Children

might operate features of the

vehicle that could injure them,

or they could encounter other

harm, possibly from someone

gaining entry to the vehicle.

WARNING

Always secure your vehicle.

Leaving your vehicle unlocked

increases the potential risk to

you or others from someone

hiding in your vehicle.

To secure your vehicle, while

depressing the brake, move the

shift lever to the P (Park) posi-

tion, engage the parking brake,

and place the Engine Start/Stop

button in the OFF position, close

all windows, lock all doors, and

always take the key with you.

WARNING

Opening a door when something

is approaching may cause dam-

age or injury. Be careful when

opening doors and watch for

vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles

or pedestrians approaching the

vehicle in the path of the door.

CAUTION

3-14

Convenient features of your vehicle

Child-Protector Rear Door locks

The child safety lock is provided to

help prevent children seated in the

rear from accidentally opening the

rear doors.The rear door safety locks

should be used whenever children

are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock is located on

the edge of each rear door.When the

child safety lock is in the lock (1)

position, the rear door will not open if

the inner door handle (2) is pulled.

To lock the child safety lock, insert a

screwdriver (1) into the hole and turn

(1) to the lock position.

To allow a rear door to be opened

from inside the vehicle, unlock the

child safety lock.

This system helps to protect your

vehicle and valuables. The horn will

sound and the hazard warning lights

will blink continuously if any of the

following occurs:

- A door is opened without using the

smart key.

- The trunk is opened without using

the smart key.

- The engine hood is opened.

The alarm continues for 30 seconds,

then the system resets. To turn off

the alarm, unlock the doors with the

smart key.

The Theft Alarm System automati-

cally sets 30 seconds after you lock

the doors and the trunk. For the sys-

tem to activate, you must lock the

doors and the trunk from outside the

vehicle with the smart key or by

pressing the button on the outside of

the door handles with the smart key

in your possession.

The hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound once to

indicate the system is armed.

Once the security system is set,

opening any door, the trunk, or the

hood without using the smart key will

cause the alarm to activate.

The Theft Alarm System will not set if

the hood, the trunk, or any door is

not fully closed. If the system will not

set, check the hood, the trunk, or the

doors are fully closed.

Do not attempt to alter this system or

add other devices to it.

TTHHEEFFTT--AALLAARRMM SSYYSSTTEEMM

OHI046015

If children accidently open the

rear doors while the vehicle is

in motion, they could fall out of

the vehicle.The rear door safety

locks should always be used

whenever children are in the

vehicle.

WARNING

3-15

Information

• Do not lock the doors until all pas-

sengers have left the vehicle. If the

remaining passenger leaves the

vehicle when the system is armed,

the alarm will be activated.

• If the vehicle is not disarmed with

the smart key, open the doors by

using the mechanical key or start

the engine by directly pressing the

Engine Start/Stop button with the

smart key.

• When the system is disarmed but a

door or trunk is not opened within 30

seconds, the system will be rearmed.

The Seat Position Memory System is

provided to store and recall the fol-

lowing memory settings with a sim-

ple button operation.

1) Driver's seat position

- Seat/Steering wheel/Outer side

view mirror position

- Instrument panel illumination inten-

sity

- Head-Up Display (HUD) position,

brightness, and angle (if equipped)

2) Passenger/Rear seat position

- Seat position

OHI046057L

■ Driver’s seat

OHI046043

■ Passenger/Rear seat

SSEEAATT PPOOSSIITTIIOONN MMEEMMOORRYY

SSYYSSTTEEMM

3-16

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information

• If the battery is disconnected, the

memory settings will be erased.

• If the Seat Position Memory System

does not operate normally, have the

system checked by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

Storing memory positions

1. Move the shift lever into P (Park)

while the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position.

2. Adjust the driver's seat position,

outer side view mirror position,

steering wheel position, instru-

ment panel illumination intensity

and head-up display height/bright-

ness to the desired position.

3. Press the SET button.The system

will beep once and notify you

"Press button to save settings"on

the LCD display.

4. Press one of the memory buttons

(1 or 2) within 4 seconds.The sys-

tem will beep twice when the mem-

ory has been successfully stored.

"Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will

appear on the LCD display.

Information

Only the driver's seat position memo-

ry appears on the LCD display.

Recalling memory positions

1. Move the shift lever into P (Park)

while the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position.

2. Press the desired memory button (1

or 2). The system will beep once,

and then the driver's seat position,

outer side view mirror position,

steering wheel position, instrument

panel illumination intensity and

head-up display height/brightness

will automatically adjust to the stored

positions.

"Driver 1(or 2) settings is applied"

will appear on the LCD display.

Information

• While recalling the "1" memory posi-

tion, pressing the SET or 1 button

temporarily stops the adjustment of

the recalled memory position.

Pressing the 2 button recalls the "2"

memory position.

• While recalling the "2" memory posi-

tion, pressing the SET or 2 button

temporarily stops the adjustment of

the recalled memory position.

Pressing the 1 button recalls the "1"

memory position.

• While recalling the stored positions,

pressing one of the control buttons

for the driver's seat, outside rearview

mirror, steering wheel, instrument

panel illumination or head-up display

will cause the movement of that com-

ponent to stop and move in the direc-

tion that the control button is pressed.

OHI046176L/OHI046177L

Never attempt to operate the

seat position memory system

while the vehicle is moving.

This could result in loss of con-

trol, and an accident causing

death, serious injury, or property

damage.

WARNING

OHI046178L/OHI046179L

3-17

Easy Access Function

When exiting the vehicle, the steering

wheel will move away from the driver

and the driver seat will move rear-

ward when the engine is turned off

and door is opened. When entering

the vehicle, the steering wheel will

move toward the driver and the driver

seat will move forward when the

Engine Start/Stop button is pressed

to the ACC position.

You can activate or deactivate the

Driver easy access function from the

User Settings mode on the LCD dis-

play. For more information, refer to

"LCD Display" in this chapter.

The front passenger’s seat or a rear

passenger’s seat moves backward

for his/her convenience, when a cor-

responding door is opened with the

DOOR button in the ON position.

Motor-Driven Power Steering

(MDPS)

The system assists you with steering

the vehicle. If the engine is turned off

or if the power steering system

becomes inoperative, you may still

steer the vehicle, but it will require

increased steering effort.

Should you notice any change in the

effort required to steer during normal

vehicle operation, have the system

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

If the Motor-Driven Power Steering

(MDPS) System does not operate

normally, the warning light ( )

will illuminate on the instrument

cluster.You may steer the vehicle,

but it will require increased steer-

ing efforts.Take your vehicle to an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products and have the

system checked as soon as possi-

ble.

Information

The following symptoms may occur

during normal vehicle operation:

• The steering effort may be high imme-

diately after the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position.

This happens as the system per-

forms the MDPS system diagnostics.

When the diagnostics is completed,

the steering wheel will return to its

normal condition.

• A click noise may be heard from the

MDPS relay after the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the ON or

OFF position.

(Continued)

NOTICE

SSTTEEEERRIINNGG WWHHEEEELL

3-18

Convenient features of your vehicle

(Continued)

• Motor noise may be heard when the

vehicle is at a stop or at a low driv-

ing speed.

• When you operate the steering

wheel in low temperature, abnormal

noise may occur. If temperature

rises, the noise will disappear. This

is a normal condition.

• When an error is detected from the

MDPS, the assistant function of

steering effort will not be activated

in order to prevent fatal accidents.

Instrument cluster warning lights

may be on or the steering effort may

be high. When the following symp-

toms occur, immediately drive the

vehicle to a safe area and check it.

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering

Adjust the steering wheel so it points

toward your chest, not toward your

face. Make sure you can see the

instrument cluster warning lights and

gauges.Always adjust the position of

the steering wheel before driving.

To change the steering wheel angle

and height:

• Move the switch (1) up and down to

adjust the angle (2).

• Move the switch forward or rear-

ward to adjust the height (3).

Do not adjust the steering wheel

longer than necessary when the

engine is turned off.This may result

in unnecessary battery drain.

NOTICE

OHI046046

NEVER adjust the steering

wheel while driving. This may

cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

WARNING

3-19

Heated Steering Wheel

When the Engine Start/Stop button is

in the ON position or when the engine

is running, press the heated steering

wheel button to warm the steering

wheel.The indicator on the button will

illuminate.

To turn the heated steering wheel off,

press the button again.The indicator

on the button will turn off.

• Each time you push the switch, the

temperature setting changes as

follows:

• When the heated steering wheel

switch is pressed to high ( ) :

The heated steering wheel switch

automatically changes to the low

position after 30 minutes. You can

turn off the heated steering wheel

by pressing the switch to the OFF

position.

Do not install any cover or accesso-

ry on the steering wheel.This cover

or accessory could cause damage

to the heated steering wheel sys-

tem.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol on your

steering wheel (see illustration). The

horn will operate only when this area

is pressed.

Do not strike the horn severely to

operate it, or hit it with your fist.

Do not press on the horn with a

sharp-pointed object.

NOTICE

OHI046049OHI046047

OFF

→

HIGH ( )

→

LOW ( )

→

3-20

Convenient features of your vehicle

MMIIRRRROORRSS

Inside Rearview Mirror

Before you start driving, adjust the

rearview mirror to the center on the

view through the rear window.

When cleaning the mirror, use a

paper towel or similar material

dampened with glass cleaner. Do

not spray glass cleaner directly on

the mirror as that may cause the

liquid cleaner to enter the mirror

housing.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with

HomeLink

system, compass and

Genesis Connected Service (Blue

Link

) (for U.S.A)

Your vehicle may be equipped with a

Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror

with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass

Display and an Integrated HomeLink

Wireless Control System. During

nighttime driving, this feature will

automatically detect and reduce

rearview mirror glare while the com-

pass indicates the direction the vehicle

is pointed. The HomeLink

Universal

Transceiver allows you to activate your

garage door(s), electric gate, home

lighting, etc.

(1) HomeLink Channel 1

(2) HomeLink Channel 2

(3) HomeLink Channel 3

(4) Garage Door Opener Status

Indicator : Closing or Closed

(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator

(6) Garage Door Opener Status

Indicator : Opening or Opened

(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator

NOTICE

Make sure your line of sight is

not obstructed. Do not place

objects in the rear seat, cargo

area, or behind the rear head-

rests which could interfere with

your vision through the rear

window.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury during

an accident or deployment of

the air bag, do not modify the

rearview mirror and do not

install a wide mirror.

WARNING

NEVER adjust the mirror while

driving. This may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an

accident.

WARNING

OHI046492N

Telematics buttons HomeLink Button

HomeLink Indicator

3-21

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision

Safety™ (NVS

) Mirror

(if equipped)

The NVS

Mirror automatically

reduces glare by monitoring light lev-

els in the front and the rear of the

vehicle. Any object that obstructs

either light sensor will degrade the

automatic dimming control feature.

For more information regarding

NVS

mirrors and other applica-

tions, please refer to the Gentex

website:

www.gentex.com

Your mirror will automatically dim

upon detecting glare from the vehi-

cles traveling behind you.

The mirror defaults to the ON posi-

tion each time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass Display

The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is

also equipped with a Z-Nav™

Compass that shows the vehicle

Compass heading in the Display

Window using the 8 basic cardinal

headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

Compass function

The Compass can be turned ON and

OFF, but it returns to ON after the

ignition is cycled.

1. Press and release the Control

Button within 1 second to turn the

display feature OFF.

2. Press and release the Control

Button again within 1 second to

turn the display back ON.

Additional options can be set with

press and hold sequences of the

Control Button and are detailed

below.

Information

Press the control button in the hole

with a pointed object, such as the tip

of a ballpoint pen or similar object.

There is a difference between mag-

netic north and true north. To com-

pensate for this difference you will

need to adjust the Zone setting based

on where you live.

OHI046495N

3-22

Convenient features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting:

1.Determine the desired Zone

Number based upon your current

location on the Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the Control Button

for up to 6 seconds, the current

Zone Number will appear on the

display.

3. Release and press the Control

Button and then hold the Control

Button again will cause the num-

bers to increment (Note: they will

repeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …).

Releasing the button when the

desired Zone Number appears on

the display will set the new Zone.

4.Within about 5 seconds the com-

pass will start displaying a com-

pass heading again.

B520C05NF

3-23

There are some conditions that can

cause changes to the vehicle mag-

nets, such as installing a ski rack or

a CB antenna. Body repair work on

the vehicle can also cause changes

to the vehicle's magnetic field. In

these situations, the compass will

need to be re-calibrated to quickly

correct these changes.

If you need to recalibrate the com-

pass:

1. Press and hold the Control Button

for more than 6 seconds. When

the compass memory is cleared, a

"C" will appear in the display.

2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete cir-

cles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Integrated HomeLink

Wireless

Control System

The HomeLink

Wireless Control

System can replace up to three

hand-held radio-frequency (RF)

transmitters with a single built-in

device. This innovative feature will

learn the radio frequency codes of

most current transmitters to operate

devices such as gate operators,

garage door openers, entry door

locks, security systems, even home

lighting. Both standard and rolling

code-equipped transmitters can be

programmed by following the out-

lined procedures.

Additional HomeLink

information

can be found at: www.homelink.com,

www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex

or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Retain the original transmitter of the

RF device you are programming for

use in other vehicles as well as for

future HomeLink

programming. It is

also suggested that upon the sale of

the vehicle, the programmed

HomeLink

buttons be erased for

security purposes.

Before programming HomeLink

to a garage door opener or gate

operator, make sure people and

objects are out of the way of the

device to prevent potential harm

or damage. Do not use the

HomeLink

with any garage door

opener that lacks the safety stop

and reverse features required by

U.S.federal safety standards (this

includes any garage door opener

model manufactured before April

1, 1982). A garage door that can-

not detect an object - signaling

the door to stop and reverse -

does not meet current U.S. feder-

al safety standards. Using a

garage door opener without

these features increases the risk

of serious injury or death.

WARNING

3-24

Convenient features of your vehicle

Programming HomeLink

Please note the following:

• When programming a garage door

opener, it is advised to park the

vehicle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new bat-

tery be placed in the hand-held

transmitter of the device being pro-

grammed to HomeLink

for quicker

training and accurate transmission

of the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require the

ignition switch to be placed in the

ACC (or "Accessories") position for

programming and/or operation of

HomeLink

• In the event that there are still pro-

gramming difficulties or questions

after following the programming

steps listed below, contact

HomeLink

at:www.homelink.com,

www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex

or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Programming

To train most devices, follow these

instructions:

1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)

button.

• If the indicator (4) is turned ON in

Orange, go to Step 3) since it is a

new programming.

• If the indicator (4) is continuously

turned ON or flashes in Green

rapidly several times, go to Step 2)

since it is a programmed button.

2. Press and hold the button you

wish to program about 15-25 sec-

onds until the LED flashes in

Orange for several times.

3. Hold the Garage Door Opener

Original Transmitter (OT) near the

HomeLink Mirror.

4.Press the Original Transmitter

(OT) button until the indicator (4) is

turned continuously ON or flashes

in Green for approximately 10 sec-

onds and it indicates the program-

ing is completed.

Information

• Some garage door openers require

to press the programed button on

the mirror up to three times right

after the programing is just com-

pleted to operate the garage door.

• The indicator (4) is turned ON in

Orange and flashes for about 60sec-

onds, during the programing mode

and if a programing is not succeed-

ed within the 60 seconds, the pro-

graming mode will be abort.

HomeLink

should now activate your

rolling code equipped device.

OHI046496N

OHI046497N

3-25

Gate operator & Canadian program-

ming

During programming, your handheld

transmitter may automatically stop

transmitting. Continue to press the

Integrated HomeLink

Wireless

Control System button while you

press and re-press ("cycle") your

handheld transmitter every two sec-

onds until the frequency signal has

been learned. The indicator light will

flash slowly and then rapidly after

several seconds upon successful

training.

Operating HomeLink

1. Press and release one of the

HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3) that

programed.

2. The HomeLink indicator (4) will

operate as below:

- Indicates Green and is continu-

ously ON (Fixed Code Garage

Door Opener)

- Flashes in Green rapidly (Rolling

Code Garage Door Opener)

Erasing HomeLink

buttons

1. Press and hold the button (1) and

(3) simultaneously.

2. The indicator (4) is turned continu-

ously ON in orange for about 10

seconds.

3. Then the indicator (4) color

changes to Green and flashes

rapidly.

Release the buttons once the

green indicator flashes.

4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and

(4) memories are all cleared.

NVS

is a registered trademark and

Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex

Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.

HomeLink

is a registered trademark

owned by Johnson Controls,

Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A

IC: 4112A-UAHL5A

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

(Continued)

OHI046498N

OHI046499N

3-26

Convenient features of your vehicle

(Continued)

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

3. The transceiver has been tested and

complies with FCC and Industry

Canada rules. Changes or modifica-

tions not expressly approved by the

party responsible for compliance

could void the user’s authority to

operate the device.

Two Way Communication Programing

1.Complete the HomeLink

"Programming" first.

2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink

button is pressed after the program-

ming, the following steps MUST

occur to program two way communi-

cation. (only for some older garage

doors)

3. Press and release the programed

HomeLink button to activate the

garage door.

4. Once the garage door is stopped,

press and release the "Lean" or

"Smart" button on the Garage

door opener within 1 minute from

the time of pressing the pro-

gramed HomeLink button on mir-

ror.

5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) are

flashing rapidly for about 5 sec-

onds, the two way synchronization

is completed.

Information

Some recent garage door opener pro-

vides automatic two way communica-

tion synchronization while just pro-

graming OT (Original Transmitter).

OHI046500N

OHI046501N

3-27

Operating Two Way Communication

1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)

button.

2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates

as below:

- If the indicator (4) flashes in

Orange, it indicates that the

garage door is "closing".

- If the indicator (4) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that

the garage door is "closed".

- If the indicator (6) flashes in

Orange, it indicates that the

garage door is "Opening".

- If the indicator (6) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that

the garage door is "Opened".

- If the indicator (4) or (6) does not

turn to Green, it indicates that the

last status of garage door was

not received properly (HomeLink

mirror tries to receive the last sta-

tus of garage door for seconds.)

Recalling Garage Door Status

Homelink mirror with two way com-

patible provides a way to view the

last stored message from the garage

door opener. In order to recall the

last known status of the last activat-

ed device, press the buttons "1 and

2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.

• If the indicator (4) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that the

last activated device was "closed"

properly.

• If the indicator (6) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that the

last activated device was "open"

properly.

Information

Two way communication range dis-

tance between "vehicle" and "garage

door opener" is 100m.

The range may be reduced or

increased a little due to obstacle condi-

tions around the garage door opener,

such as houses or trees.

OHI046503N

OHI046500N

3-28

Convenient features of your vehicle

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)

with compass and HomeLink

system (for Canada)

Your vehicle may be equipped with a

Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror

with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass

Display and an Integrated HomeLink

Wireless Control System.

During nighttime driving, this feature

will automatically detect and reduce

rearview mirror glare while the com-

pass indicates the direction the vehi-

cle is pointed. The HomeLink

Universal Transceiver allows you to

activate your garage door(s), electric

gate, home lighting, etc.

(1) HomeLink Channel 1

(2) HomeLink Channel 2

(3) HomeLink Channel 3

(4) Garage Door Opener Status

Indicator : Closing or Closed

(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator

(6) Garage Door Opener Status

Indicator : Opening or Opened

(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision

Safety™ (NVS

) Mirror (if equipped)

The NVS

Mirror automatically

reduces glare by monitoring light lev-

els in the front and the rear of the

vehicle. Any object that obstructs

either light sensor will degrade the

automatic dimming control feature.

For more information regarding

NVS

mirrors and other applica-

tions, please refer to the Gentex

website: www.gentex.com

The mirror defaults to the ON posi-

tion each time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass Display

The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is

also equipped with a Z-Nav™

Compass that shows the vehicle

Compass heading in the Display

Window using the 8 basic cardinal

headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

OHI046493C

HomeLink Button

HomeLink Indicator

Compass function

The Compass can be turned ON and

OFF, but it returns to ON after the

ignition is cycled.

1.Press and release the

Control

Button

to turn the display feature

OFF.

2. Press and release the Control

Button again to turn the display

back ON.

Additional options can be set with

press and hold sequences of the but-

ton and are detailed below.

Information

Press the control button in the hole

with a pointed object, such as the tip

of a ballpoint pen or similar object.

There is a difference between mag-

netic north and true north. To com-

pensate for this difference you will

need to adjust the Zone setting

based on where you live.

3-29

OHI046495C

To adjust the Zone setting:

1.Determine the desired Zone

Number based upon your current

location on the Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the Control Button

for up to 6 seconds, the current

Zone Number will appear on the

display.

3. Release and press the Control

Button and then hold the Control

Button again will cause the num-

bers to increment (Note: they will

repeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …).

Releasing the button when the

desired Zone Number appears on

the display will set the new Zone.

4.Within about 5 seconds the com-

pass will start displaying a com-

pass heading again.

3-30

Convenient features of your vehicle

B520C05NF

There are some conditions that can

cause changes to the vehicle mag-

nets, such as installing a ski rack or

a CB antenna. Body repair work on

the vehicle can also cause changes

to the vehicle's magnetic field. In

these situations, the compass will

need to be re-calibrated to quickly

correct these changes.

If you need to recalibrate the com-

pass:

1. Press and hold the Control Button

for more than 6 seconds. When

the compass memory is cleared, a

"C" will appear in the display.

2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete cir-

cles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Integrated HomeLink

Wireless

Control System

The HomeLink

Wireless Control

System can replace up to three hand-

held radio-frequency (RF) transmit-

ters with a single built-in device. This

innovative feature will learn the radio

frequency codes of most current

transmitters to operate devices such

as gate operators, garage door open-

ers, entry door locks, security sys-

tems, even home lighting. Both stan-

dard and rolling code-equipped trans-

mitters can be programmed by follow-

ing the outlined procedures.

Additional HomeLink

information

can be found at: www.homelink.com,

www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex

or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Retain the original transmitter of the

RF device you are programming for

use in other vehicles as well as for

future HomeLink

programming. It is

also suggested that upon the sale of

the vehicle, the programmed

HomeLink

buttons be erased for

security purposes.

Programming

1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)

button.

• If the indicator (4) is turned ON in

Orange, go to Step 3) since it is a

new programming.

• If the indicator (4) is continuously

turned ON or flashes in Green

rapidly several times, go to Step 2)

since it is a programmed button.

2. Press and hold the button you

wish to program about 15-25 sec-

onds until the LED flashes in

Orange for several times.

3. Hold the Garage Door Opener

Original Transmitter (OT) near the

HomeLink Mirror

3-31

OHI046496C

OHI046497C

4. Press the Original Transmitter (OT)

button until the indicator (4) is

turned continuously ON or flashes

in Green for approximately 10 sec-

onds and it indicates the program-

ing is completed.

Information

• Some garage door openers require

to press the programed button on

the mirror up to three times right

after the programing is just com-

pleted to operate the garage door.

• The indicator (4) is turned ON in

Orange and flashes for about 60sec

during the programing mode and if

a programing is not succeeded with-

in the 60 seconds, the programing

mode will be abort.

Programming HomeLink

Please note the following:

• When programming a garage door

opener, it is advised to park the

vehicle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new bat-

tery be placed in the hand-held

transmitter of the device being pro-

grammed to HomeLink

for quicker

training and accurate transmission

of the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require the

ignition switch to be placed in the

ACC (or "Accessories") position for

programming and/or operation of

HomeLink

• In the event that there are still pro-

gramming difficulties or questions

after following the programming

steps listed below, contact

HomeLink

at:www.homelink.com,

www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex

or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

3-32

Convenient features of your vehicle

Before programming HomeLink

to a garage door opener or gate

operator, make sure people and

objects are out of the way of the

device to prevent potential harm

or damage. Do not use the

HomeLink

with any garage door

opener that lacks the safety stop

and reverse features required by

U.S.federal safety standards (this

includes any garage door opener

model manufactured before April

1, 1982). A garage door that can-

not detect an object - signaling

the door to stop and reverse -

does not meet current U.S. feder-

al safety standards. Using a

garage door opener without

these features increases the risk

of serious injury or death.

WARNING

Rolling code programming

Rolling code devices which are

"code-protected" and manufactured

after 1996 may be determined by the

following:

• Reference the device owner's

manual for verification.

• The handheld transmitter appears to

program the HomeLink

Universal

Transceiver but does not activate the

device.

• Press release the programmed

HomeLink

button.The device has

the rolling code feature if the indi-

cator light flashes rapidly.

To train a rolling code device without

the "Quick Training" feature, follow

these instructions:

1. At the garage door opener receiv-

er (motor-head unit) in the garage,

locate the "learn" or "smart" but-

ton. This can usually be found

where the hanging antenna wire is

attached to the motor-head unit.

Exact location and color of the but-

ton may vary by garage door

opener brand. If there is difficulty

locating the training button, refer-

ence the device owner’s manual or

please visit our Web site at

www.homelink.com or

www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex

2. Firmly press and release the "learn"

or "smart" button (which activates

the "training light").You will have 30

seconds to initiate step 3.

3.Return to the vehicle and firmly

press, hold for two seconds and then

release the desired HomeLink

but-

ton. Repeat the "press/hold/release"

sequence a second time to complete

the programming. (Some devices

may require you to repeat this

sequence a third time to complete

the programming.)

4. Press and release the just-pro-

grammed HomeLink

button and

observe the user interface indica-

tor. If the user interface indicator

stays on constantly or flashes in

Green, programming is complete

and your device should activate.

5.To program the remaining two

HomeLink

buttons, follow either

steps 1 through 4 above for other

Rolling Code devices or steps 2

through 5 in Standard Programming

for standard devices.

3-33

Gate operator & Canadian program-

ming

During programming, your handheld

transmitter may automatically stop

transmitting. Continue to press the

Integrated HomeLink

Wireless

Control System button while you

press and re-press ("cycle") your

handheld transmitter every two sec-

onds until the frequency signal has

been learned. The indicator light

changes from orange to green upon

successful training.

Operating HomeLink

To operate, simply press and release

the programmed HomeLink

button.

Activation will now occur for the trained

device (i.e. garage door opener, gate

operator, security system, entry door

lock, home/office lighting, etc.).

For convenience, the hand-held trans-

mitter of the device may also be used

at any time.

Erasing HomeLink

buttons

Individual buttons cannot be erased.

However, to erase all three pro-

grammed buttons:

1. Press and hold the button (1) and

(3) simultaneously.

2.The indicator (4) is turned continu-

ously ON in orange for about 10

seconds.

3.Then the indicator (4) color

changes to Green and flashes rap-

idly. Release the buttons once the

green indicator flashes.

4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and

(3) memories are all cleared.

NVS

is a registered trademark and

Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex

Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.

HomeLink

is a registered trademark

owned by Johnson Controls,

Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A

IC: 4112A-UAHL5A

3-34

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046498C

OHI046499C

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interference

that may cause undesired operation.

3. The transceiver has been tested and

complies with FCC and Industry

Canada rules. Changes or modifica-

tions not expressly approved by the

party responsible for compliance

could void the user's authority to

operate the device.

Two

Way Communication Programing

1.Complete the HomeLink

"Programming" first.

2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink

button is pressed after the pro-

gramming, the following steps

MUST occur to program two way

communication. (only for some

older garage doors)

3. Press and release the programed

HomeLink button to activate the

garage door.

4. Once the garage door is stopped,

press and release the "Lean" or

"Smart" button on the Garage

door opener within 1 minute from

the time of pressing the pro-

gramed HomeLink button on mir-

ror.

5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) are

flashing rapidly for about 5 sec-

onds, the two way synchronization

is completed.

Some recent garage door opener

provides automatic two way com-

munication synchronization while

just programing OT (Original

Transmitter).

NOTICE

3-35

OHI046502C

OHI046501C

Operating Two-way communication

1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)

button

2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates

as below:

- If the indicator (4) flashes in

Orange, it indicates that the

garage door is "closing".

- If the indicator (4) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that

the garage door is "closed".

- If the indicator (6) flashes in

Orange, it indicates that the

garage door is "Opening".

- If the indicator (6) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that

the garage door is "Opened".

- If the indicator (4) or (6) does not

turn to Green, it indicates that the

last status of garage door was

not received properly (HomeLink

mirror tries to receive the last sta-

tus of garage door for seconds.)

Recalling Garage Door Status

Homelink mirror with two way com-

patible provides a way to view the

last stored message from the garage

door opener. In order to recall the

last known status of the last activat-

ed device, press the buttons "1 and

2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.

• If the indicator (4) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that the

last activated device was "closed"

properly.

• If the indicator (6) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that the

last activated device was "open"

properly.

Information

Two way communication range dis-

tance between "vehicle" and "garage

door opener" is 100m.

The range may be reduced or

increased a little due to obstacle condi-

tions around the garage door opener,

such as houses or trees.

3-36

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046503C

OHI046502C

Side View Mirrors

Be sure to adjust mirror angles

before driving.

Your vehicle is equipped with both

left-hand and right-hand side view

mirrors.The mirrors can be adjusted

remotely with the remote switch.The

mirror heads can be folded to pre-

vent damage during an automatic

car wash or when passing through a

narrow street.

The right side view mirror is convex.

Objects seen in the mirror are closer

than they appear.

Use your interior rearview mirror or

direct observation to determine the

actual distance of following vehicles

when changing lanes.

• Do not scrape ice off the mirror

face; this may damage the sur-

face of the glass.

• If the mirror is jammed with ice,

do not adjust the mirror by

force. Use an approved spray

de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)

spray, or a sponge or soft cloth

with very warm water, or move

the vehicle to a warm place and

allow the ice to melt.

NOTICE

3-37

OHI046052

Do not adjust or fold the side

view mirrors while driving. This

may cause loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

Side view mirrors control

Adjusting the side view mirrors:

1. Press either the L (driver's side) or

R (passenger's side) button (1) to

select the side view mirror you

would like to adjust.

2. Use the mirror adjustment control

(2) to position the selected mirror

up, down, left or right.

3. After adjustment, press the L or R

button (1) again to prevent inad-

vertent adjustment.

• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-

ing angles, but the motor contin-

ues to operate while the switch

is pressed. Do not press the

switch longer than necessary,

the motor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the side

view mirrors by hand or the

motor may be damaged.

Folding the side view mirrors

The outer side view can be folded or

unfolded by pressing the switch as

below.

Left (1) :The mirror will unfold.

Right (2) :The mirror will fold.

Center (AUTO) :

The mirror will fold or unfold automat-

ically as follows:

- The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked by

the smart key.

- The mirror will fold when the door is

locked by the button on the outside

door handle.

- The mirror will unfold when the door

is unlocked by putting your hand in

the front passenger’s outside door

handle.

- The mirror will unfold when you

approach the vehicle (all doors

closed and locked) with a smart

key in possession. (if equipped)

NOTICE

3-38

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046054OHI046054

Reverse Parking Aid Function

(if equipped)

When you move the shift lever to the

R (Reverse) position, the outer side

view mirror(s) will rotate downwards

to aid with driving in reverse.

The position of the outer side view

mirror switch (1) determines whether

or not the mirrors will move:

Left/Right :

When either the L (Left) or R (Right)

switch is selected, both outer side

view mirrors will move.

Neutral :

When neither switch is selected, the

outer side view mirrors will not move.

The outer side view mirrors will auto-

matically revert to their original posi-

tions if any of the following occur:

• The Engine Start/Stop button is

pressed to either the OFF position

or the ACC position.

• The shift lever is moved to any

position except R (Reverse).

• The remote control outer side view

mirror switch is not selected.

3-39

OHI046044L

3-40

Convenient features of your vehicle

1. Driver's door power window switch

2. Front passenger's door power

window switch

3. Rear door (left) power window

switch

4. Rear door (right) power window

switch

5.Window opening and closing

6. Automatic power window

7. Power window lock switch

WWIINNDDOOWWSS

OHI046028

The Engine Start/Stop button must

be in the ON position to be able to

raise or lower the windows. Each

door has a Power Window switch to

control that door's window. The driv-

er has a Power Window Lock switch

which can block the operation of pas-

senger windows.The power windows

will operate for approximately 30

seconds after the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the OFF position.

However, if the front doors are

opened, the Power Windows cannot

be operated even within the 30 sec-

ond period.

Information

• In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due to

freezing conditions.

• While driving with the rear win-

dows down or with the sunroof (if

equipped) opened (or partially

opened), your vehicle may demon-

strate a wind buffeting or pulsation

noise. This noise is normal and can

be reduced or eliminated by taking

the following actions. If the noise

occurs with one or both of the rear

windows down, partially lower both

front windows approximately one

inch. If you experience the noise

with the sunroof open, slightly close

the sunroof.

Window opening and closing

To open:

Press the window switch down to the

first detent position (5). Release the

switch when you want the window to

stop.

To close:

Pull the window switch up to the first

detent position (5). Release the win-

dow switch when you want the win-

dow to stop.

Auto up/down window

Pressing or pulling up the power win-

dow switch momentarily to the sec-

ond detent position (6) completely

lowers or lifts the window even when

the switch is released. To stop the

window at the desired position while

the window is in operation, pull up or

press down and release the switch.

3-41

To avoid serious injury or death,

do not extend your head, arms

or body outside the windows

while driving.

WARNING

OHI046029

3-42

Convenient features of your vehicle

To reset the power windows

If the power windows do not operate

normally, the automatic power win-

dow system must be reset as follows:

1. Place the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position.

2. Close the window and continue

pulling up on the power window

switch for at least one second.

If the power windows do not operate

properly after resetting, have the

system checked by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

Automatic reverse (if equipped)

If a window senses any obstacle

while it is closing automatically, it will

stop and lower approximately 12

inches (30 cm) to allow the object to

be cleared.

If the window detects the resistance

while the power window switch is

pulled up continuously, the window

will stop upward movement then

lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).

If the power window switch is pulled

up continuously again within 5 sec-

onds after the window is lowered by

the automatic window reverse fea-

ture, the automatic window reverse

will not operate.

Information

The automatic reverse feature is only

active when the "Auto Up" feature is

used by fully pulling up the switch to

the second detent.

Do not install any accessories on

the windows. The automatic

reverse feature may not operate.

NOTICE

Make sure body parts or other

objects are safely out of the way

before closing the windows to

avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

Objects less than 0.16 inch (4

mm) in diameter caught between

the window glass and the upper

window channel may not be

detected by the automatic

reverse window and the window

will not stop and reverse direc-

tion.

WARNING

OHI046030

The automatic reverse feature

doesn't activate while resetting

power window system. Make

sure body parts or other objects

are safely out of the way before

closing the windows to avoid

injuries or vehicle damage.

WARNING

Power window lock switch

The driver can disable the power

window switches on the rear passen-

ger's doors by pressing the power

window lock switch.

When the power window lock switch

is pressed:

• The driver's master control can

operate all the power windows.

• The front passenger's control can

operate the front passenger's

power window.

• The rear passenger's control can-

not operate the rear passenger's

power window.

• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do

not open or close two windows

or more at the same time. This

will also ensure the longevity of

the fuse.

• Never try to operate the main

switch on the driver's door and

the individual door window

switch in opposite directions at

the same time. If this is done,the

window will stop and cannot be

opened or closed.

NOTICE

3-43

OHI046031

Do not allow children to play

with the power windows. Keep

the driver's door power window

lock switch in the LOCK posi-

tion. Serious injury or death can

result from unintentional win-

dow operation by a child.

WARNING

If your vehicle is equipped with a

sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sun-

roof with the sunroof control lever

located on the overhead console.

The sunroof can only be opened,

closed, or tilted when the Engine Start/

Stop button is in the ON position.

Information

• In cold and wet climates, the sun-

roof may not work properly due to

freezing conditions.

• After the vehicle is washed or in a

rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any

water that is on the sunroof before

operating it.

• Do not continue to move the

sunroof control lever after the

sunroof is fully opened, closed,

or tilted. Damage to the motor or

system components could

occur.

• Make sure the sunroof is closed

fully when leaving your vehicle.

If the sunroof is open, rain or

snow may leak through the sun-

roof and wet the interior as well

as allow theft.

NOTICE

SSUUNNRROOOOFF ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

3-44

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046037

• Never adjust the sunroof or

sunshade while driving. This

could result in loss of control

and an accident that may

cause death, serious injury, or

property damage.

• Make sure heads, other body

parts or objects are out of the

way before using the sunroof.

(Continued)

• Do not extend your head,

arms or body outside the sun-

roof while driving, to avoid

serious injury.

• Do not leave the engine run-

ning and the key in your vehi-

cle with unsupervised chil-

dren. Unattended children

could operate the sunroof,

which could result in serious

injury.

• Do not sit on the top of the

vehicle. It may cause injuries

or vehicle damage.

WARNING

Sunroof opening and closing

To open:

Press the sunroof control lever back-

ward to the first detent position.

Release the switch when you want

the sunroof to stop.

To close:

Press the sunroof control lever forward

to the first detent position.Release the

switch when you want the sunroof to

stop.

Sliding the Sunroof

Pressing the sunroof control lever

backward or forward momentarily to

the second detent position completely

opens or closes the sunroof even

when the switch is released. To stop

the sunroof at the desired position

while the sunroof is in operation, press

the sunroof control lever backward or

forward and release the switch.

Automatic reverse

If the sunroof senses any obstacle

while it is closing automatically, it will

reverse direction then stop to allow

the object to be cleared.

Tilting the Sunroof

3-45

OHI046038 OHI046039

Small objects that can get

caught between the sunroof

glass and the front glass chan-

nel may not be detected by the

automatic reverse system. In

this case, the sunroof glass will

not detect the object and will

not reverse direction.

WARNING

OHI046040

3-46

Convenient features of your vehicle

To open the sunroof, push the sun-

roof control lever upward to the sec-

ond detent.The sunroof will tilt all the

way open. To stop the sunroof tilting

at any point, operate the control lever.

To close the sunroof, push the sunroof

control lever forward until the sunroof

moves to the desired position.

• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the sunroof

guide rail or between the sun-

roof and roof panel which can

make a noise.

• Do not try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is below

freezing or when the sunroof is

covered with snow or ice, other-

wise the motor could be dam-

aged. In cold and wet climates,

the sunroof may not work prop-

erly.

Sunshade

The sunshade will automatically

open with the glass panel when the

glass panel moves. Close it manual-

ly if you want it closed.

Resetting the Sunroof

Sunroof needs to be reset if (in the

followings)

- Battery is discharged or discon-

nected or the related fuse has been

replaced or disconnected.

- The one-touch sliding function of

the sunroof does not normally oper-

ate.

1. Turn the Engine Start/Stop button

to the ON position and close the

sunroof completely.

2. Release the control lever.

3. Pull and hold the control lever for-

ward until the sunroof tilts and

slightly moves up and down.Then,

release the lever.

4. Pull and hold the control lever for-

ward until the sunroof is operated

as follows;

TILT DOWN

→ SLIDE OPEN →

SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the control lever.

Information

• If the sunroof does not reset when

the vehicle battery is disconnected

or discharged, or related fuse is

blown, the sunroof may not operate

normally.

• For more detailed information, con-

tact an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

NOTICE

OHI046041

Opening the Hood

1. Park the vehicle and set the park-

ing brake.

2. Pull the release lever to unlatch

the hood. The hood should pop

open slightly.

3. Raise the hood slightly, push the

secondary latch up (1) inside of

the hood center and lift the hood

(2). After it has been raised about

halfway, it will raise completely by

itself.

Closing the Hood

1. Before closing the hood, check the

following:

• All filler caps in engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed.

• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be

removed from the engine com-

partment.

2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted

approximately 30cm from the

closed position) and push down to

securely lock in place. Then dou-

ble check to be sure the hood is

secure.

HHOOOODD

3-47

OHI046032

OHI046033N

• Before closing the hood,

ensure all obstructions are

removed from around hood

opening.

• Always double check to be

sure that the hood is firmly

latched before driving away.

Check there is no hood open

warning light displayed on the

instrument cluster. Driving

with the hood opened may

cause a total loss of visibility,

which might result in an acci-

dent.

• Do not move the vehicle with

the hood in the raised posi-

tion, as vision is obstructed,

which might result in an acci-

dent, and the hood could fall

or be damaged.

WARNING

TTRRUUNNKK

3-48

Convenient features of your vehicle

Non-Powered Trunk

To open:

1. Do one of the following :

- Press the smart key Trunk Unlock

button for more than one second.

- Press the button on the trunk

itself with the Smart Key in your

possession.

- Use the mechanical key.

- Use the trunk release button.

2. Lift the trunk lid up.

To close:

Lower the trunk lid and press down

until it locks.

To prevent damage to the trunk lift

cylinders and the attached hard-

ware, always close the trunk

before driving.

Information

In cold and wet climates, trunk lock

and trunk mechanisms may not work

properly due to freezing conditions.

NOTICE

OHI046016

■ Outside

OHI046017

■ Inside

Always keep the trunk lid com-

pletely closed while the vehicle is

in motion. If it is left open or ajar,

poisonous exhaust gases con-

taining carbon monoxide (CO)

may enter the vehicle and seri-

ous illness or death may result.

WARNING

The trunk swings upward. Make

sure no objects or people are

near the rear of the vehicle

when opening the trunk.

WARNING

3-49

Power Trunk (if equipped)

(1) Power Trunk Main Control button

(2) Power Trunk Open button

(3) Power Trunk Close button

(4) Power Trunk Lock button

To open:

Do one of the following :

- Press the smart key Trunk Unlock

button for more than one second.

- Press the Open button (2) on the

trunk. You need the smart key in

your possession, when all doors

are locked.

- Press the Power Trunk Main Control

button (1).

To close:

Do one of the following:

- Press the Power Trunk Main

Control button (1) until the Power

Trunk is closed securely.

- Press the Close button (3) on the

trunk.

- Press the Lock button (4) on the

trunk while carrying the smart key

with all the vehicle’s doors closed.

All doors will lock and arm the theft

alarm system.

If you push a button or switch while

the trunk is opening or closing, it

could stop moving. Press any button

to operate the Power Trunk again.

OHI046018

OHI046019

OHI046020N

OHI046021N

3-50

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information

The Power Trunk Lock button will

not work if you press the button when:

- Any door is open.

- The Engine Start/Stop button is not

in the OFF position.

- The Smart Key is in the vehicle.

• Do not close or open the Power

Trunk manually. This may cause

damage to the Power Trunk. If it

is necessary to close or open the

Power Trunk manually when the

battery is drained or disconnect-

ed, do not apply excessive force.

• Do not leave the Power Trunk

open for a long period of time.

This may drain the battery.

• To prevent damage to the trunk

lift cylinders and the attached

hardware, always close the trunk

before driving.

Information

In cold and wet climates, trunk lock

and trunk mechanisms may not work

properly due to freezing conditions.

Power trunk non-opening or

closing conditions:

• The Power Trunk will not open or

close automatically, when the vehi-

cle is moving more than 1.8 mph (3

km/h).

• The Power Trunk can be operated

when the engine is not running.

However, the Power Trunk operation

consumes large amounts of vehicle

electric power. To prevent the bat-

tery from draining, do not operate it

excessively (e.g., more than

approximately 10 times repeatedly.)

• Do not modify or repair any part of

the Power Trunk by yourself. This

must be done by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

• Before jacking up the vehicle to

change a tire or repair the vehicle,

open the Power Trunk. Do not oper-

ate the Power Trunk when the vehi-

cle is raised or this could cause the

Power Trunk to operate improperly.

NOTICE

Never leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle.

Children or animals might oper-

ate the power trunk that could

result in injury to themselves or

others, or damage to the vehicle.

WARNING

Always keep the trunk lid com-

pletely closed while the vehicle is

in motion. If it is left open or ajar,

poisonous exhaust gases con-

taining carbon monoxide (CO)

may enter the vehicle and seri-

ous illness or death may result.

WARNING

Make sure there are no people

or objects around the trunk

before opening or closing the

Power Trunk.Wait until the trunk

is open fully and stopped before

loading or unloading cargo from

the vehicle.

WARNING

• If there are obstacles such as snow

on the Power Trunk, it may not open

automatically. After removing the

obstacle, try to open it again.

Automatic stop and reverse

If, during power opening or closing,

the trunk is blocked by an object or

part of someone's body, the power

trunk will detect the resistance and it

will stop movement or move to the

full open position to allow the object

to be cleared.

However, if the resistance is weak

such as from an object that is thin or

soft, or the trunk is near the latched

position, the automatic stop and

reversal may not detect the resist-

ance and the closing operation will

continue. Also, if the Power Trunk is

forced by a strong impact, the auto-

matic stop and reversal may operate.

If the automatic stop and reverse fea-

ture operates more than twice during

one opening or closing operation, the

Power Trunk may stop at that posi-

tion. If this occurs, close the trunk

manually and operate the trunk auto-

matically again.

To reset the power trunk

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, or if the related fuse

has been replaced or disconnected,

reset the Power Trunk as follows:

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Close the trunk manually.

If the Power Trunk doesn't work prop-

erly after performing the above proce-

dure, have the system checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

3-51

OHI046022N

To prevent serious injury and

damage take the following pre-

cautions when operating the

power trunk:

- Keep all faces, hands, arms,

body parts and other objects

away from the path of the

power trunk.

- Do not intentionally place any

body parts or objects in the

path of the power trunk to

make sure the automatic stop

and reversal operates.

- Do not allow children to play

with the power trunk.

WARNING

Trunk lid control button

When the trunk lid control button is in

the UNLOCK (button not pressed)

position, the power trunk can be con-

trolled with the power trunk main

control button, power trunk open,

close button, and the smart key.

When this trunk lid control button is in

the LOCK (button pressed) position,

the power trunk can be controlled

using the mechanical key of the

smart key only.

The smart trunk does not operate,

when the trunk lid control button is

pressed to the LOCK position.

Even though the trunk lid control but-

ton is in the LOCK (button pressed)

position, the trunk will still be pro-

pelled upward by mechanical force if

the trunk is manually opened more

than 10 degrees beyond the fully

closed position. In addition, if the

trunk is manually closed to the sec-

ondary latch position, the trunk will

be electrically moved to the fully

latched position.

Close the trunk, and keep the

trunk lid control button in the

LOCK (button pressed) position

before washing the vehicle in an

automatic car wash.

Information

If the trunk lid control button is in the

LOCK position, the Smart Trunk sys-

tem will also be deactivated.

NOTICE

3-52

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046009

• Always keep the Trunk Lid

Control Button in the LOCK

(button pressed) position when

not in use. Serious injury or

death can result from uninten-

tional operation by a child.

• Make sure heads, other body

parts or other obstacles are

safely out of the way before

operating the power trunk.

WARNING

Emergency Trunk Safety

Release

Your vehicle is equipped with an

Emergency Trunk Safety Release

lever located inside the trunk. When

someone is inadvertently locked in

the trunk, the trunk can be opened by

moving the lever in the direction of the

arrow and pushing the trunk open.

3-53

OHI046023N

• You and your passengers

must be aware of the location

of the Emergency Trunk Safety

Release lever in this vehicle

and how to open the trunk in

case you are accidentally

locked in the trunk.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

• NEVER allow anyone to occupy

the trunk of the vehicle at any

time. If the trunk is partially or

totally latched and the person

is unable to get out, serious

injury or death could occur due

to lack of ventilation, exhaust

fumes and rapid heat build-up,

or because of exposure to cold

weather conditions. The trunk

is also a highly dangerous loca-

tion in the event of a crash

because it is not a protected

occupant space but is a part of

the vehicle's crush zone.

• Your vehicle should be kept

locked and the Smart Key

should be kept out of the

reach of children. Parents

should teach their children

about the dangers of playing

in trunks.

• Use the release lever for emer-

gencies only.

SSMMAARRTT TTRRUUNNKK ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

3-54

Convenient features of your vehicle

On a vehicle equipped with a smart

key, the trunk can be opened with no-

touch activation using the Smart

Trunk system.

How to use the Smart Trunk

The trunk can be opened with no-

touch activation satisfying all the

conditions below.

• After 15 seconds when all doors

are closed and locked

• Positioned in the detecting area for

more than 3 seconds.

Information

• The Smart Trunk does not operate

when:

- The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and is continu-

ously detected.

- The smart key is detected within

15 seconds after the doors are

closed and locked, and 60 inches

(1.5 m) from the front door han-

dles. (for vehicles equipped with

Welcome Light)

- A door is not locked or closed.

- The smart key is in the vehicle.

1. Setting

To activate the Smart Trunk, go to

User Settings mode and select

Smart Trunk on the LCD display.

For more information, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

2. Detect and Alert

If you are positioned in the detecting

area (20~40 inches (50 ~100 cm)

behind the vehicle) carrying a smart

key, the hazard warning lights will

blink and chime will sound to alert

you the smart key has been detected

and the trunk will open.

OHI046024N

OHI046025N

OHI046195L

Information

Do not approach the detecting area if

you do not want the trunk to open. If

you have unintentionally entered the

detecting area and the hazard warn-

ing lights and chime starts to operate,

leave the detecting area with the smart

key. The trunk will stay closed.

3. Automatic opening

The hazard warning lights will blink

and chime will sound several times

and then the trunk will slowly open.

The smart trunk does not operate,

when the trunk lid control button is

pressed to the LOCK position.

How to deactivate the Smart

Trunk function using the smart

key

1. Door lock

2. Door unlock

3.Trunk open

4. Panic button

If you press any button of the smart

key during the Detect and Alert

stage, the Smart Trunk function will

be deactivated.

Make sure to be aware of how to

deactivate the Smart Trunk function

for emergency situations.

3-55

OHI046026N

OHI046058

• Make sure you close the trunk

before driving your vehicle.

• Make sure there are no people

or objects around the trunk

before opening or closing the

trunk.

• Make sure objects in the trunk

do not come out when open-

ing the trunk on a slope. It

may cause serious injury.

(Continued)

• Make sure to deactivate the

Smart Trunk when washing

your vehicle. Otherwise, the

trunk may open inadvertently.

• The key should be kept out of

reach of children. Children

may inadvertently open the

Smart Trunk while playing

around the rear area of the

vehicle.

WARNING

Information

• If you press the door unlock button

(2), the Smart Trunk function will

be deactivated temporarily. But, if

you do not open any door for 30 sec-

onds, the smart trunk function will

be activated again.

• If you press the trunk open button

(3) for more than 1 second, the

trunk opens.

• If you press the door lock button (1)

or trunk open button (3) when the

Smart Trunk function is not in the

Detect and Alert stage, the smart

trunk function will not be deactivated.

• In case you have deactivated the

Smart Trunk function by pressing

the smart key button and opened a

door, the smart trunk function can

be activated again by closing and

locking all doors.

Detecting area

• The Smart Trunk operates with a

welcome alert if the smart key is

detected within 20~40 inches (50

~100 cm) from the trunk.

• The alert stops at once if the smart

key is positioned outside the detect-

ing area during the Detect and Alert

stage.

Information

• The Smart Trunk function will not

work if any of the following occurs:

- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station

or an airport which can interfere

with normal operation of the

transmitter.

- The smart key is near a mobile two

way radio system or a cellular

phone.

- Another vehicle's smart key is being

operated close to your vehicle.

• The detecting range may decrease

or increase when :

- One side of the tire is raised to

replace a tire or to inspect the vehi-

cle.

- The vehicle is slantingly parked on

a slope or unpaved road, etc.

3-56

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046027N

Opening the Fuel Filler Door

1.Turn the engine off.

2. Push the fuel filler door opener

button.

3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to

fully open.

4.To remove the fuel tank cap (2),

turn it counterclockwise. You may

hear a hissing noise as the pres-

sure inside the tank equalizes.

Place the cap on the fuel filler

door.

Information

If the fuel filler door does not open

because ice has formed around it, tap

lightly or push on the door to break the

ice and release the door. Do not pry on

the door. If necessary, spray around the

door with an approved de-icer fluid (do

not use radiator anti-freeze) or move

the vehicle to a warm place and allow

the ice to melt.

Closing the Fuel Filler Door

1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it

clockwise until it "clicks" one time.

2. Close the fuel filler door until it is

latched securely.

FFUUEELL FFIILLLLEERR DDOOOORR

3-57

OHI046034

OHI046035

Gasoline is highly flammable

and explosive. Failure to follow

these guidelines may result in

SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:

• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station.

• Before refueling, note the

location of the Emergency

Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,

at the gas station.

• Before touching the fuel noz-

zle, you should eliminate the

potential build-up of static

electricity by touching a metal

part of the vehicle, a safe dis-

tance away from the fuel filler

neck, nozzle, or other gas

source, with your bare hand.

(Continued)

WARNING

3-58

Convenient features of your vehicle

(Continued)

• Do not use cellular phones

while refueling. Electric cur-

rent and/or electronic interfer-

ence from cellular phones can

potentially ignite fuel vapors

and cause a fire.

• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuel-

ing.You can generate a build-

up of static electricity by

touching, rubbing or sliding

against any item or fabric

capable of producing static

electricity. Static electricity

discharge can ignite fuel

vapors causing a fire. If you

must re-enter the vehicle, you

should once again eliminate

potentially dangerous static

electricity discharge by touch-

ing a metal part of the vehicle,

away from the fuel filler neck,

nozzle or other gasoline

source, with your bare hand.

• When using an approved

portable fuel container, be

sure to place the container on

the ground prior to refueling.

Static electricity discharge

from the container can ignite

fuel vapors causing a fire.

Once refueling has begun,

contact between your bare

hand and the vehicle should

be maintained until the filling

is complete.

• Use only approved portable

plastic fuel containers designed

to carry and store gasoline.

(Continued)

• When refueling, always move

the shift lever to the P (Park)

position, set the parking

brake, and place the Engine

Start/Stop button to the OFF

position. Sparks produced by

electrical components related

to the engine can ignite fuel

vapors causing a fire.

• Do not use matches or a

lighter and do not smoke or

leave a lit cigarette in your

vehicle while at a gas station,

especially during refueling.

• Do not over-fill or top-off your

vehicle tank, which can cause

gasoline spillage.

• If a fire breaks out during refu-

eling, leave the vicinity of the

vehicle, and immediately con-

tact the manager of the gas

station and then contact the

local fire department. Follow

any safety instructions they

provide.

• If pressurized fuel sprays out,

it can cover your clothes or

skin and thus subject you to

the risk of fire and burns.

Always remove the fuel cap

carefully and slowly. If the cap

is venting fuel or if you hear a

hissing sound, wait until the

condition stops before com-

pletely removing the cap.

• Always check that the fuel cap

is installed securely to pre-

vent fuel spillage in the event

of an accident.

Information

• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel Requirements"

suggested in the Introduction chapter.

• Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur-

faces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel

spilled on painted surfaces may dam-

age the paint.

If the fuel filler cap requires replace-

ment, use only a Genesis/Hyundai

cap or the equivalent specified for

your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler

cap can result in a serious malfunc-

tion of the fuel system or emission

control system.

Emergency Fuel Filler Door

Release

If the fuel filler door does not open

using the remote fuel filler door

release button, you can open it man-

ually. Pull the handle of the release

located on the left side of the lug-

gage compartment outward slightly.

Do not pull the handle excessively,

otherwise the luggage area trim or

release handle may be damaged.

NOTICE

3-59

OHI046036L

1.Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3.Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5.Warning and indicator lights

6.LCD display (including trip computer)

IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR

3-60

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI048100N

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

All warning sounds (e.g. welcome/good-bye sound, virtual engine

sound) are generated from the exterior amplifiers. If necessary, we rec-

ommend you to purchase Genesis/Hyundai Part to replace an exterior

amplifier. Any unauthorized product may cause a malfunction of the

exterior amplifiers.

NOTICE

Instrument Cluster Control

Adjusting instrument cluster

illumination

When the vehicle's parking lights or

headlights are on, press the illumina-

tion control button to adjust the

brightness of the instrument panel

illumination.

When pressing the illumination con-

trol button, the interior switch illumi-

nation intensity is also adjusted.

• The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination is displayed.

• If the brightness reaches the maxi-

mum or minimum level, a chime

will sound.

Gauges and Meters

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed

of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles

per hour (mph) and/or kilometers per

hour (km/h).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates the approx-

imate number of engine revolutions

per minute (rpm).

Use the tachometer to select the cor-

rect shift points and to prevent lug-

ging and/or over-revving the engine.

Do not operate the engine within

the tachometer's RED ZONE. This

may cause severe engine damage.

NOTICE

3-61

OHI046412

OHI046101L

OHI046110L

OHI046102

Engine coolant temperature

gauge

This gauge indicates the tempera-

ture of the engine coolant when the

Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON

position.

If the gauge pointer moves beyond

the normal range area toward the

"H" position, it indicates overheat-

ing that may damage the engine.

Do not continue driving with an

overheated engine. If your vehicle

overheats, refer to "If the Engine

Overheats" in chapter 6.

Fuel gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-

mate amount of fuel remaining in the

fuel tank.

Information

• The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.

• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a

low fuel warning light, which will

illuminate when the fuel tank is

nearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge

pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel

warning light may come on earlier

than usual due to the movement of

fuel in the tank.

Avoid driving with an extremely

low fuel level. Running out of fuel

could cause the engine to misfire,

damaging the catalytic converter.

NOTICE

3-62

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046103

Never remove the radiator cap or

reservoir cap when the engine is

hot. The engine coolant is under

pressure and could severely

burn.Wait until the engine is cool

before adding coolant to the

reservoir.

WARNING

OHI046104

Running out of fuel can expose

vehicle occupants to danger.You

must stop and obtain additional

fuel as soon as possible after

the warning light comes on or

when the gauge indicator comes

close to the "E (Empty)" level.

WARNING

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-

tance that the vehicle has been driv-

en and should be used to determine

when periodic maintenance should

be performed.

Range

The range is the estimated distance

the vehicle can be driven with the

remaining fuel in the fuel tank.

If the estimated distance is below 1

mile (1 km), the cluster will display

"----" as the range.

Information

• If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been inter-

rupted, the range function may not

operate correctly.

• The range may differ from the actu-

al driving distance as it is an esti-

mate of the available driving dis-

tance.

• The range may not register addi-

tional fuel if less than 6 liters of fuel

are added to the vehicle.

• The range may vary significantly

based on driving conditions, driving

habits, and condition of the vehicle.

3-63

OHI046114N OHI046186N

Outside temperature gauge

This gauge indicates the current out-

side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).

- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F

(-40°C ~ 60°C)

The outside temperature on the dis-

play may not change immediately

like a general thermometer (to avoid

distracting the driver).

To change the temperature unit from

°F to °C or °C to °F, it can be selected

by one of the following methods:

- Go to the 'User Settings ➝ Other

Features ➝ Temperature Unit' on

the LCD display.

- Press the AUTO button for 3 sec-

onds while pressing the OFF button

on the climate control system.

Both the temperature unit on the

cluster LCD display and climate con-

trol screen will change.

Transmission shift indicator

This indicator displays which auto-

matic transmission shift lever is

selected.

• Park : P

• Reverse : R

• Neutral : N

• Drive : D

• Manual mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8

Shift indicator pop-up

The pop-up displays the current gear

position selected for 2 seconds

(P/R/N/D).

3-64

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046111N OHI046112

OHI046113

Warning and Indicator Lights

Supplemental Restraint

System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 6

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the SRS.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driver

that the seat belt is not fastened.

For more information, refer to the

"Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

Parking Brake & Brake

Fluid Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds.

- It remains on if the parking brake

is applied.

• When the parking brake is applied.

• When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low.

- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, it

indicates the brake fluid level in

reservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reser-

voir is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and

add fluid as required (For more

information, refer to "Brake

Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding

brake fluid, check all brake compo-

nents for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid

leak is found, or if the warning light

remains on, or if the brakes do not

operate properly, do not drive the

vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected

by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-

diagonal braking systems. This

means you still have braking on two

wheels even if one of the dual sys-

tems should fail.

3-65

With only one of the dual systems

working, more than normal pedal

travel and greater pedal pressure is

required to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in as

short a distance with only a portion

of the brake system working.

If the brakes fail while you are driv-

ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-

al engine braking and stop the vehi-

cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

Anti-lock Brake System

(ABS) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with the

ABS (The normal braking system will

still be operational without the assis-

tance of the anti-lock brake system).

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Electronic Brake Force

Distribution (EBD)

System Warning Light

These two warning lights

illuminate at the same

time while driving:

When the ABS and regular brake sys-

tem may not work normally.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Information

- Electronic

Brake Force Distribution

(EBD) System Warning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is on or

both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake

Fluid Warning Lights are on, the

speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter

may not work. Also, the MDPS

Warning Light may illuminate and the

steering effort may increase or decrease.

In this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

3-66

Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid

Warning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warn-

ing light ON is dangerous. If the

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid

Warning Light illuminates with

the parking brake released, it

indicates that the brake fluid

level is low.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

Electronic Brake force

Distribution (EBD) System

Warning Light

When both ABS and Parking

Brake & Brake Fluid Warning

Lights are on, the brake system

will not work normally and you

may experience an unexpected

and dangerous situation during

sudden braking.

In this case, avoid high speed

driving and abrupt braking.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

Motor-Driven Power

Steering (MDPS)

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the MDPS.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you place Engine Start/Stop

button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the emission control system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Driving with the Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may

cause damage to the emission

control systems which could

affect drivability and/or fuel econ-

omy.

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) illuminates, potential catalyt-

ic converter damage is possible

which could result in loss of

engine power.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products.

Charging System

Warning Light

If this warning light comes on while

the engine is running, the battery is

not being charged. Immediately turn

off all electrical accessories. Try not

to use electrically operated controls,

such as the power windows. Keep

the engine running; stopping then

restarting the engine will quickly dis-

charge the battery.

If there is a malfunction with either

the alternator or electrical charging

system:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and check the

alternator drive belt for looseness

or breakage.

If the belt is adjusted properly,

there may be a problem in the

electrical charging system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

NOTICE

3-67

Engine Oil Pressure

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

• When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and check the

engine oil level (For more infor-

mation, refer to "Engine Oil" in

chapter 7). If the level is low, add

oil as required.

If the warning light remains on

after adding oil and restarting the

engine or if oil is not available,

turn off the engine. There is a

mechanical concern that needs to

be repaired before you can contin-

ue driving. In this case, have your

vehicle inspected by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

To prevent severe engine damage,

after the Engine Oil Pressure

Warning Light is illuminated and

as soon as it is safe to do so, turn

the engine off and check the oil

level.

If the oil level is low, fill the engine

oil to the proper level and start the

engine again. If the light stays on

with the engine running, turn the

engine off immediately.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products.

Low Fuel Level

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

Driving with the Low Fuel Level

warning light on or with the fuel

level below "E" can cause the

engine to misfire and damage the

catalytic converter.

NOTICE

3-68

Convenient features of your vehicle

Low Tire Pressure

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated.

For more information, refer to

"Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

This warning light remains ON

after blinking for approximately 60

seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON

and OFF in 3 second intervals:

When there is a malfunction with the

TPMS.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

For more information, refer to

"Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Electronic Parking

Brake (EPB) Warning

Light

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you place Engine Start/Stop

button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the EPB.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Information

The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)

Warning Light may illuminate when

the Electronic Stability control (ESC)

Indicator Light comes on to indicates

that the ESC is not working properly

(This does not indicate malfunction of

the EPB).

3-69

Safe Stopping

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damage

caused by external factors.

• If you notice any vehicle insta-

bility, immediately take your

foot off the accelerator pedal,

apply the brakes gradually with

light force, and slowly move to

a safe position off the road.

WARNING

Automatic Emergency

Braking (AEB) Warning

light

This warning light illuminates :

• When the AEB system is turned off.

• When the radar sensor or cover is

blocked with dirt or snow. Check

the sensor and cover and clean

them by using a soft cloth.

• When there is a malfunction with

AEB. In this case, have your vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

Adaptive Front Lighting

System (AFLS)

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates :

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop Button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the AFLS.

If there is a malfunction with the

AFLS:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and restart the

engine. If the warning light

remains on, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

All Wheel Drive (AWD)

Warning Light

(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the AWD system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

3-70

Convenient features of your vehicle

Master Warning Light

This indicator light illuminates

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction in

operation in any of the following

systems:

- Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB) mal-

function

- Smart high beam malfunction

- Adaptive Front Lighting System

(AFLS) malfunction

- Blind Spot Detection (BSD) mal-

function

- Lane Keeping Assist System

(LKAS) malfunction (if equipped)

- Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)

- Automatic Emergency Braking

(AEB) malfunction

- Advanced smart cruise control

malfunction

- Electronic Controlled Suspension

(ECS) malfunction

- Haptic steering malfunction

To identify the details of the warning,

look at the LCD display.

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

the ESC system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

This indicator light blinks:

While the ESC is operating.

For more information, refer to

"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"

in chapter 5.

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) OFF

Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• Once you place the Engine Start/

Stop button to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-

ton.

For more information, refer to

"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"

in chapter 5.

3-71

Immobilizer Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates for

up to 30 seconds:

When the vehicle detects the smart

key in the vehicle with the Engine

Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON

position.

- At this time, you can start the

engine.

- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a few

seconds:

When the smart key is not in the

vehicle.

- At this time, you cannot start the

engine.

This indicator light illuminates for

2 seconds and goes off:

If the smart key is in the vehicle and

the Engine Start/Stop button is ON,

but the vehicle cannot detect the

smart key.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

This indicator light blinks:

• When the battery voltage of the

smart key is low.

- At this time, you can not start the

engine. However, you can start the

engine if you press the ignition

switch or the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton with the smart key. (For more

information, refer to "Starting

the Engine" in chapter 5).

• When there is a malfunction with

the immobilizer system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Turn Signal Indicator

Light

This indicator light blinks:

When you operate the turn signal

indicator.

If any of the following occurs, there

may be a malfunction with the turn

signal system.

- The turn signal indicator light illu-

minates but does not blink

- The turn signal indicator light

blinks rapidly

- The turn signal indicator light

does not illuminate at all

If either of these conditions occur,

have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

3-72

Convenient features of your vehicle

High Beam Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlights are on and in

the high beam position.

• When the turn signal lever is pulled

into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When the tail lights or headlights are

on.

Smart High Beam indi-

cator (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates :

• When the high-Beam is on with the

light switch in the AUTO light posi-

tion.

• If your vehicle detects oncoming or

preceding vehicles, the Smart High

Beam system will switch the high

beam to low beam automatically.

For more information, refer to

"Smart High Beam" in this chapter.

SPORT Mode Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When you select "SPORT" mode as

drive mode.

For more information, refer to

"Drive Mode Integrated Control

System" in chapter 5.

SMART Mode Indicator Light

This indicator illuminates:

When you select “SMART” mode as

drive mode.

For more information, refer to

"Drive Mode Integrated Control

System" in chapter 5.

ECO Mode Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates :

When you select "ECO" mode as

drive mode.

For more information, refer to

"Drive Mode Integrated Control

System" in this chapter.

3-73

INDIVIDUAL Mode

Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When you select "INDIVIUAL" mode

as drive mode.

For more information, refer to

"Drive Mode Integrated Control

System" in chapter 5.

AUTO HOLD Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• [White] When you activate the auto

hold system by pressing the AUTO

HOLD switch.

• [Green] When you stop the vehicle

completely by depressing the

brake pedal with the auto hold sys-

tem activated.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-

tion with the auto hold system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

For more information, refer to

"Auto Hold" in chapter 5.

Lane Keeping Assist System

(LKAS) Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• [Green] When the system operat-

ing conditions are satisfied for

LKAS.

• [White] When the system operating

conditions are not satisfied or

when the sensor does not detect

the lane line.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-

tion with the lane keeping assist

system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

For more information,refer to "Lane

Keeping Assist System (LKAS)" in

chapter 5.

3-74

Convenient features of your vehicle

LCD Display Messages

Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine

This warning message is displayed if

you try to start the engine with the

shift lever not in the P (Park) or N

(Neutral) position.

Information

You can start the engine with the shift

lever in the N (Neutral) position. But,

for your safety, we recommend that

you start the engine with the shift

lever in the P (Park) position.

Shift to "P"

This message is displayed if you try

to turn off the engine without the shift

lever in P (Park) position.

At this time, the Engine Start/Stop

button turns to the ACC position (If

you press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton once more, it will turn to the ON

position).

Press START button again

This message is displayed if you

were unable to start the vehicle when

the Start/Stop button was pressed.

If this occurs, attempt to start the

engine by pressing the Start/Stop

button again.

If the warning message appears

each time you press the Start/Stop

button, have your vehicle inspected

by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

3-75

OHI046123L

OHI046120L

OHI046122L

Press brake pedal to start engine

This warning message is displayed if

the Engine Start/Stop button changes

to the ACC position twice by pressing

the button repeatedly without depress-

ing the brake pedal.

In order to start the vehicle, press the

brake pedal to start the engine.

Press START button with key

This warning message is displayed if

you press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton while the warning message "Key

not detected" is shown.

At this time, the immobilizer indicator

light blinks.

Low Key Battery

This warning message is displayed if

the battery of the smart key is dis-

charged when the Engine Start/Stop

button changes to the OFF position.

Key not detected

This warning message is displayed if

the smart key is not detected when

you press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton.

3-76

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046117L

OHI046119L OHI046118L

OHI046116L

Key not in vehicle

This warning message is displayed if

the smart key is not in the vehicle

when you press the Engine Start/Stop

button.

When attempting to start the vehicle,

always have the smart key with you.

Door / Hood / Trunk open

This warning is displayed indicating

which door, or the hood, or the trunk

is open.

If the door/hood/trunk open warning is

blocked with another warning mes-

sage, an icon will appear on the top of

the LCD display.

Sunroof open

This warning is displayed if you turn

off the engine when the sunroof is

open.

3-77

OHI046115L

OHI046125

OHI046126

Before driving the vehicle, you

should confirm that the door/

hood/trunk is fully closed. Also,

check there is no door/hood/

trunk open warning light or

message displayed on the

instrument cluster.

CAUTION

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse

This warning message is displayed if

the brake switch fuse is disconnected.

If this message is displayed, replace

the fuse with a new one before start-

ing the vehicle. If that is not possible,

you can start the engine by pressing

the Engine Start/Stop button for 10

seconds in the ACC position.

Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"

This warning message is displayed if

the fuse switch under the steering

wheel is OFF.

If this message is displayed, turn the

fuse switch on.

For more information, refer to

"Fuses" in chapter 7.

Low Tire Pressure

This warning message is displayed if

the tire pressure is low. The corre-

sponding tire on the vehicle will be

illuminated.

For more information, refer to

"Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Check Active Air Flap System

This warning message is displayed

in the following situations:

- There is a malfunction with the

actuator flap

- There is a malfunction with the

actuator air flap controller

- The air flap does not open

When all of the above conditions are

fixed, the warning will disappear.

3-78

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046130

OHI046129N

OHI046131L

OHI046124L

Low Fuel

This warning message is displayed if

the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.

When this message is displayed, the

vehicle range is approximately 30

miles.

When this message is displayed, the

low fuel level warning light in the

cluster will come on.

It is recommended to look for the

nearest fueling station and refuel as

soon as possible.

If your vehicle is equipped with a

head-up display, Low Fuel warning

will be displayed only on the head-up

display.

Engine has overheated

This warning message is displayed

when the engine coolant tempera-

ture is above 248°F (120°C). This

means that the engine is overheated

and may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheated, refer

to "Overheating" in chapter 6.

3-79

OHI046145L OHI046147L

3-80

Convenient features of your vehicle

Check turn signal

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem the turn signal.

Have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

When replacing the bulb, use the

same wattage bulb.

For more information, refer to

"BULB WATTAGE" in chapter 8.

Check Smart High Beam

System

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the Smart

High Beam System.Have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

For more information, refer to

"Smart High Beam System" in

chapter 3.

Illumination

The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination is displayed when

it is adjusted.

For more information, refer to

"Instrument Panel Illumination" in

chapter 3.

NOTICE

OHI046153L

OHI046142L

OHI046110L

Lights Mode

This indicator displays which exterior

light is selected using the lighting

control.

Wiper

This indicator displays which wiper

speed is selected using the wiper

control.

Low Washer Fluid

This warning message is displayed

in the service reminder mode if the

washer fluid level in the reservoir is

nearly empty.

Have the washer fluid reservoir

refilled.

Parking assist system malfunc-

tion (if equipped)

This warning is displayed if there is a

problem with the Parking Assist

System. Have the vehicle inspected

by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

For more information, refer to

"Parking Assist System" in chap-

ter 3.

3-81

OHI046148L

OHI046149L

OHI046150L

OHI046174

Check haptic steering wheel

system (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the haptic

steering wheel system. Have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

Check shift lever

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the shift lever.

Have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Shifter Malfunction

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the automat-

ic transmission system. Have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

3-82

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046135L

OHI046133L

OHI046134L

Check ECS (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

Electronic Control Suspension

(ECS) system is not working proper-

ly. Have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

For more information, refer to

"Electronic Control Suspension

(ECS)" in chapter 5.

Information

When there is a malfunction with the

Electronic Stability Control (ESC),

the Electronic Control Suspension

(ECS) warning message may be dis-

played as well as the Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) indicator

light.

Check PSB

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the Pre-active

Seat Belt (PSB) system. Have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

For more information, refer to

"Seat Belt" in chapter 2.

Check BSD System (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the Blind Spot

Detection (BSD) system. Have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

For more information, refer to

"Blind Spot Detection (BSD)

System" in chapter 5.

3-83

OHI046137L

OHI046132L OHI046144L

Check AEB system

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the Automatic

Emergency Braking (AEB) system.

In some cases, the AEB sensor or

the cover located in the lower front

grille may be dirty or obscured with

dirt or snow. Check the sensor and

cover and clean them by using a soft

cloth.

If the warning message persists,

have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

For more information, refer to

"Automatic Emergency Braking

(AEB) System" in chapter 5.

Cruise indicator

The indicator is displayed when the

cruise control system is enabled (1)

and the cruise control speed is set

(2).

For more information, refer to

"Advanced Smart Cruise Control

System" in chapter 5.

Check LKAS (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the Lane

Keeping Assist System (LKAS). We

recommend you to have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

For more information, refer to

"Lane Keeping Assist System

(LKAS)" in chapter 5.

3-84

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046143L OHI056134

OHI056117L

Driver Attention Alert

Check System

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the Driver

Attention Alert System. Have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

For more information, refer to

"Driver Attention Alert (DAA)" in

chapter 5.

3-85

OHI046141L

The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the

steering wheel.

1. : MODE button for changing modes

2. , : MOVE switch for changing items

3. OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

LCD Display Control

LLCCDD DDIISSPPLLAAYY

3-86

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046400N

LCD Modes

3-87

Modes Symbol Explanation

Trip Computer

This mode displays driving information like the trip-

meter, fuel economy, etc.

For more information,refer to "Trip Computer" in

this chapter.

Turn By Turn

(TBT)

(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the navigation.

Assist

• This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise

Control (SCC) and Lane Departure Warning

System (LDWS)/Lane Keeping Assist System

(LKAS).

For more information, refer to "Smart Cruise

Control (SCC)" and "Lane Departure Warning

System (LDWS)/Lane Keeping Assist System

(LKAS)" in chapter 5.

• This mode displays information related to Driver

Attention Alert and Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS).

For more information, refer to "Driver Attention

Alert (DAA)" in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

User Settings

In this mode, you can change settings of the

doors, lamps, etc.

Warning

This mode displays warning messages related to

the Blind Spot Detection system, etc.

The information provided differs according to the items applied to your

vehicle.

Edit settings after shifting to P

This warning message appears if

you try to adjust the User Settings

while driving.

Quick guide help

Press and hold the OK button in the

User Settings mode, the explanation

about the selected item is displayed.

Trip computer mode

The trip computer mode displays

information related to vehicle driving

parameters including range, fuel

economy, trip meter information and

vehicle speed.

For more information, refer to

"Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode

This mode displays the state of the

navigation.

3-88

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046154L OHI046156N

OHI046157N

Assist mode

SCC/LKAS

This mode displays the state of the

Smart Cruise Control (SCC) and

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).

For more information, refer to

"Advanced Smart Cruise Control"

and "Lane Keeping Assist System

(LKAS)" in chapter 5.

Driver Attention Alert (DAA)

This mode displays information relat-

ed to Driver Attention Alert (DAA).

For more information, refer to

"Driver Attention Alert (DAA)" in

chapter 5.

Tire Pressure

This mode displays information relat-

ed to Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS).

For more information, refer to

"Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Warning mode

If one of followings occurs, warning

messages will be displayed in the

information mode for several seconds.

- Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB) malfunc-

tion

- Smart high beam malfunction

- Adaptive Front Lighting System

(AFLS) malfunction

- Blind Spot Detection (BSD) mal-

function (if equipped)

- Automatic Emergency Braking

(AEB) malfunction

- Advanced smart cruise control

malfunction

- Electronic Controlled Suspension

(ECS) malfunction

- Haptic steering malfunction

3-89

OHI046158N

OHI046160L

OHI056120L

User settings mode

In this mode, you can change the

setting of the head-up display, instru-

ment cluster, doors, lamps, etc.

1. Head-Up Display

2. Driving Assist

3. Door

4. Lights

5. Sound

6. Convenience

7. Service Interval

8. Other Features

9. Reset

The information provided differs

according to the items applied to your

vehicle.

1. Head-Up Display

• Head-Up Display

If this item is checked, it will turn on

the head-up display.

• Display Height

To adjust the height of the image.

• Rotation

To adjust the angle of the image.

• Brightness

To adjust the brightness of the image.

• Content Select

To select the information displayed

- Turn by Turn

- Traffic information

- Smart cruise control

- Lane keeping assist system

- Blind spot detection system

• Speedometer Size

To select the speedometer font size.

- Large/Medium/Small

• Speedometer Color

To select the speedometer font color.

White/Orange/Green

For more information, refer to the

"Head-Up Display" in this chapter.

3-90

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046161L

OHI046162L

2. Driving Assist

• Lane Keeping Assist System

To adjust the sensitivity of the Lane

Keeping Assist System.

- Lane Departure/Standard LKA/Active

LKA

For more information, refer to the

"Lane Keeping Assist System" in

chapter 5.

• Driver Attention Alert

To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver

Attention Alert (DAA).

- Off/Normal/Early

For more information, refer to the

"Driver Attention Alert (DAA)" in

chapter 5.

• Smart Cruise Control Response

To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart

Cruise Control system.

- Slow/Normal/Fast

For more information, refer to the

"Advanced Smart Cruise Control"

in chapter 5.

• Autonomous Emergency Braking

To activate or deactivate the Automatic

Emergency Braking (AEB).

For more information, refer to

"Automatic Emergency Braking

(AEB)" in chapter 5.

• Forward Collision Warning

To adjust the initial warning alert time

for Automatic Emergency Braking

system.

- Late/Normal/Early

For more information, refer to

"Automatic Emergency Braking

(AEB)" in chapter 5.

• Lane Change Assist

To adjust the initial warning alert time

for the Lane Change Assist.

- Normal/Late

For more information, refer to

"Blind Spot Detection" in chapter 5.

• Rear Cross Traffic Alert

To activate or deactivate the Rear

Cross Traffic Alert system.

For more information, refer to

"Blind Spot Detection" in chapter 5.

• Blind Spot Detection Sound

To activate or deactivate the Blind

Spot Detection sound.

For more information, refer to

"Blind Spot Detection" in chapter 5.

3-91

OHI046208L

3. Door

• Automatically Lock

- Enable on Speed: All doors will be

automatically locked when the vehi-

cle speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).

- Enable on Shift: All doors will be

automatically locked if the automat-

ic transmission shift lever is shifted

from the P (Park) position to the R

(Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive)

position.

• Automatically Unlock

- Disable:The auto door unlock oper-

ation will be canceled.

- Vehicle Off: All doors will be auto-

matically unlocked when the Engine

Star/Stop button is set to the OFF

position.

- On Shift to P: All doors will be auto-

matically unlocked if the automatic

transmission shift lever is shifted to

the P (Park) position.

• Two Press Unlock

- To activate or deactivate the two

press unlock function. If activated,

the driver's door will unlock if the

door is unlocked. When the door is

unlocked again within 4 seconds,

all doors will unlock.

• Lock/Unlock Sound

To activate or deactivate the lock

sound when the doors are locked

and unlocked.

• Smart Trunk

To activate or deactivate the Smart

Trunk system.

For more information, refer to the

"Smart Trunk" in this chapter.

4. Lights

• One Touch Turn Signal

- Off:The one touch turn signal func-

tion will be deactivated.

- 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indi-

cator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when

the turn signal lever is moved slightly.

For more information, refer to

"Light" in this chapter.

• Ambient Light Color

To select the color of the ambient

light.

- Polar White/Ocean Blue/Lake Blue

Green/Orchid Green/Freesia Yellow/

Sunrise Red/Aurora Purple

• Ambient Light Brightness

To select the brightness of the ambient

light.

- Level 1~4

3-92

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046206N

OHI046165L

• Headlamp Delay

To activate or deactivate the head-

lamp delay function.

For more information, refer to

"Light" in this chapter

5. Sound

• Park Assist System Volume

To adjust the Park Assist System vol-

ume.

- Level 1~3

• Welcome Sound

To activate or deactivate the wel-

come sound function.

6. Convenience

• Seat Easy Access

- None: The seat easy access func-

tion is deactivated.

- Normal/Extended: When you turn

off the engine, the driver's seat will

automatically move rearward short

(Normal) or long (Extended) for you

to enter or exit the vehicle more

comfortably.

For more information, refer to

"Seat Position Memory System" in

this chapter.

• Steering Easy Access

- On: The steering wheel will auto-

matically move forward or rearward

for the driver to enter or exit the

vehicle comfortably.

- Off:The steering easy access func-

tion will be deactivated.

For more information, refer to

"Seat Position Memory System" in

this chapter.

• Wireless Charging System

To activate or deactivate the wireless

charging system in the front seat.

For more information, refer to

"Wireless Charging System" in

this chapter.

• Wiper/Lights Display

To activate or deactivate the Wiper/

Light mode.

When activated, the LCD display

shows the selected Wiper/Light mode

whenever you change the mode.

• Gear Position Pop-up

To activate or deactivate the gear

position pop-up.

When activated, the gear position

will be displayed on the LCD display.

3-93

OHI046196L

OHI046167L

7. Service Interval

• Service Interval

To activate or deactivate the service

interval function.

• Adjust Interval

To adjust the interval by mileage and

period.

• Reset

To reset the service interval function.

8. Other Features

• Fuel Economy Auto Reset

- Off: The average fuel economy will

not reset automatically whenever

refueling.

- After Ignition: The average fuel

economy will reset automatically

whenever it has passed 4 hours

after turning OFF the engine.

- After Refueling: The average fuel

economy will reset automatically

when refueling.

For more information, refer to

"Trip Computer" in this chapter.

• Fuel Economy Unit

To select the fuel economy unit.

(km/L, L/100)

• Temperature Unit

To select the temperature unit.

(°C,°F)

• Tire Pressure Unit

To select the tire pressure unit.

(psi, kPa, bar)

9. Reset

You can reset the menus in the User

Settings mode.All menus in the User

Settings mode are initialized, except

language and service interval.

3-94

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046168L

OHI046169L

3-95

The trip computer is a microcomput-

er-controlled driver information sys-

tem that displays information related

to driving.

Information

Some driving information stored in

the trip computer resets if the battery

is disconnected.

Trip modes

To change the trip mode, toggle the

UP/DOWN arrow switch " , " on

the steering wheel.

Fuel economy

Average Fuel Economy (1)

• The average fuel economy is calcu-

lated by the total driving distance

and fuel consumption since the last

average fuel economy reset.

• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-

cally.

TTRRIIPP CCOOMMPPUUTTEERR

• Tripmeter

• Fuel Economy

• Elapsed Time

Drive Info

• Tripmeter

• Fuel Economy

• Elapsed Time

Accumulated Info

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

Fuel Economy

Digital Speedometer

OHI046400N

OHI046156N

3-96

Convenient features of your vehicle

Manual reset

To clear the average fuel economy

manually, press the OK button on the

steering wheel for more than 1 sec-

ond when the average fuel economy

is displayed.

For more information on the OK

button, refer to the "LCD Display

Control" in this chapter.

Automatic reset

To reset the average fuel economy

automatically whenever refueling,

select the "After refueling" menu in

User Settings mode of the LCD dis-

play (Refer to "LCD Display").

Under "After refueling" menu, the

average fuel economy will be cleared

to zero (----) when the vehicle speed

exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h) after refuel-

ing more than 2 gallons (6 liters).

Information

The vehicle must be driven for a min-

imum of 0.19 mile (0.3 km) since the

last ignition key cycle before the aver-

age fuel economy will be recalculated.

Instant Fuel Economy (2)

This mode displays the instanta-

neous fuel economy while driving

when the vehicle speed is greater

than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Driving Info display

This display shows the trip distance

(1), the average fuel economy (2),

and the total driving time (3).

The information is calculated for each

ignition cycle.The driving information

data gets initialized, when it has

passed 4 hours after turning OFF the

engine. In other words, the last driv-

ing information is available 4 hours

after you have turned on the engine.

To manually reset the information,

press and hold the OK button when

viewing the Driving info. The trip dis-

tance, the average fuel economy, and

total driving time will reset simultane-

ously.

The driving information will continue to

be counted while the engine is still run-

ning (for example, when the vehicle is

in traffic or stopped at a stop light.)

Information

The vehicle must be driven for a mini-

mum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the

last ignition key cycle before the average

fuel economy will be recalculated.

OHI046171N

3-97

Accumulated Info display

This display shows the accumulated

trip distance (1), the average fuel

economy (2), and the total driving

time (3).

The information is calculated starting

from the last reset.

To manually reset the information,

press and hold the OK button when

viewing the Accumulated driving info.

The trip distance, the average fuel

economy, and total driving time will

reset simultaneously.

The accumulated driving information

will continue to be counted while the

engine is still running (for example,

when the vehicle is in traffic or

stopped at a stop light.)

Information

The vehicle must be driven for a min-

imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since

the last ignition key cycle before the

average fuel economy will be recalcu-

lated.

Digital speedometer

This message shows the speed of

the vehicle.

OHI046173NOHI046172N

3-98

Convenient features of your vehicle

The Head-Up Display is a transpar-

ent display which projects a shadow

of information of the instrument clus-

ter and navigation on the windshield

glass.

Precautions while using the

Head-Up Display

It may be difficult to read information

on the Head-Up Display in the follow-

ing situations.

- The driver is improperly positioned

in the driver's seat.

- The diver wears polarizing-filter

sunglasses.

- An object is located above the

head-up display cover.

- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.

- Any improper lighting accessory is

installed inside the vehicle, or there

is incoming light from outside of the

vehicle.

- The driver wears glasses.

- The driver wears contact lenses.

When it is difficult to read the head-

up display information, adjust the

head-up display angle or the head-

up display brightness level in the

User Settings mode.For more infor-

mation, refer to "LCD Display" in

this chapter.

Have your head-up display main-

tained by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products. The

head-up display maintenance

requires a special windshield exclu-

sive for the head-up display.

• Do not tint the front windshield

glass or add other types of

metallic coating. Otherwise, the

head-up display image may be

invisible.

• Do not place any accessories on

the crash pad or attach any

objects on the windshield glass.

Information

When replacing the front windshield

glass of the vehicles equipped with the

head up display, replace it with a

windshield glass designed for the

head-up display operation.

Otherwise, duplicated images may be

displayed on the windshield glass.

NOTICE

HHEEAADD--UUPP DDIISSPPLLAAYY ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OHI046401

The Blind Spot Detection (BSD)

system is a supplemental device

for your safe driving. Do not

solely depend on the blind spot

detection warnings to change

lanes. Always take a look around

before changing lanes.

WARNING

3-99

Head-Up Display ON/OFF

To activate the head-up display,

select "Head-Up Display" on the

User Settings mode in the cluster.

If you do not select "Head-Up

Display", the head-up display will be

deactivated.

Head-Up Display information

1. Turn-by-turn (TBT) navigation

information

2. Road information

3. Driving speed information

4. Cruise system set speed informa-

tion

5. Advanced smart cruise informa-

tion

6. Lane Keeping Assist System

(LKAS) information

7. Blind spot detection warnings

8. Warning lights

9. AV information

Information

If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT)

navigation information as Head-Up

Display contents, the Turn By Turn

(TBT) navigation information will not

be displayed on the LCD Display.

OHI046175L

OHI046504N

3-100

Convenient features of your vehicle

Head-Up Display setting

The driver can set the Head-Up

Display menus by using the Users

Settings mode on the LCD display.

For more information, refer to "LCD

Display" in this chapter.

• Head-Up Display

• Display Height

• Rotation

• Brightness

• Content Select

• Speedometer Size

• Speedometer Color

OHI046162L

3-101

LLIIGGHHTTIINNGG

Exterior Lights

Lighting control

To operate the lights, turn the knob at

the end of the control lever to one of

the following positions:

Type A

1. DRL (Daytime Running Lights)

OFF position

2. AUTO light position

3. Parking lamp position

4. Headlamp position

Type B

1. OFF position

2. AUTO light position

3. Parking lamp position

4. Headlamp position

AUTO light position

The parking lamp and headlamp will

be turned ON or OFF automatically

depending on the amount of light

outside the vehicle.

Even with the AUTO light feature in

operation, it is recommended to

manually turn ON the lamps when

driving at night or in a fog, driving in

the rain, or when you enter dark

areas, such as tunnels and parking

facilities.

• Do not cover or spill anything on

the sensor (1) located in front of

the instrument panel.

• Do not clean the sensor using a

window cleaner, the cleanser may

leave a light film which could

interfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint

or other types of metallic coat-

ing on the front windshield, the

AUTO light system may not work

properly.

NOTICE

OHI046413N

OHI046413

OHI046414N

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-102

Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking lamp position ( )

The parking lamp, license plate lamp

and instrument panel lamp are turned

ON.

Headlamp position ( )

The headlamp, parking lamp, license

plate lamp and instrument panel lamp

are turned ON.

Information

The Engine Start/Stop button must be

in the ON position to turn on the head-

lamp.

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp,

push the lever away from you. The

lever will return to its original position.

The high beam indicator will light

when the headlamp high beams are

switched on.

To turn off the high beam headlamp,

pull the lever towards you. The low

beams will turn on.

OHI046415N

OHI046418N

OHI046416N

Do not use high beam when there

are other vehicles approaching

you. Using high beam could

obstruct the other driver's vision.

WARNING

3-103

To flash the high beam headlamp,

pull the lever towards you, then

release the lever. The high beams

will remain ON as long as you hold

the lever towards you.

Smart High Beam

The Smart High Beam is a system

that automatically adjusts the head-

lamp range (switches between high

beam and low beam) according to

the brightness of other vehicles and

road conditions.

Operating condition

1. Place the light switch in the AUTO

position.

2.Turn on the high beam by pushing

the lever away from you.

The smart high beam ( ) indica-

tor will illuminate.

3.The Smart High Beam will turn on

when vehicle speed is above

25 mph (40km/h).

• If the lever is pushed away when

the Smart High Beam is operating,

the Smart High Beam will turn off

and the high beam will be on con-

tinuously. The smart high beam

( ) indicator will turn off.

• If the lever is pulled towards you

and turns on the high beam when

the Smart High Beam is operating,

the Smart High Beam will turn off.

4. If the light switch is placed to the

headlamp position, the Smart

High Beam will turn off and the low

beam will be on continuously.

The high beam switches to low beam

in the below conditions.

- When the Smart High Beam is off.

- When the light switch is not in the

AUTO position.

- When the headlamp is detected

from the on-coming vehicle.

- When the tail lamp is detected

from the front vehicle.

- When the surrounding is bright

enough high beams are not needed.

- When streetlights or other lights

are detected.

- When vehicle speed is below 15 mph

(24 km/h).

OHI046417N

OHI046419N

3-104

Convenient features of your vehicle

Warning light and message

When the Smart High Beam Assist

System is not working properly, the

warning message will come on for a

few second. After the message disap-

pears, the master warning light will illu-

minate.Take your vehicle to an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts and have the system checked.

The system may not operate nor-

mally in the below conditions.

• When the light from the on-

coming or front vehicle is not

detected because of lamp dam-

age, hidden from sight, etc.

• When the lamp of the on-com-

ing or front vehicle is covered

with dust, snow or water.

• When the light from the on-

coming or front vehicle is not

detected because of exhaust

fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.

• When the front window is cov-

ered with foreign matters such

as ice,dust,fog,or is damaged.

• When there is a similar shape

lamp with the front vehicle’s

lamps.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

• When it is hard to see because

of fog, heavy rain or snow.

• When the headlamp is not

repaired or replaced at an

authorized dealer.

• When headlamp aiming is not

properly adjusted.

• When driving on a narrow

curved road or rough road.

• When driving downhill or uphill.

• When only part of the vehicle in

front is visible on a crossroad

or curved road.

• When there is a traffic light,

reflecting sign, flashing sign or

mirror.

• When the road conditions are

bad such as being wet or cov-

ered with snow.

• When the front vehicle's head-

lamps are off but the fog lamps

on.

• When a vehicle suddenly

appears from a curve.

• When the vehicle is tilted from

a flat tire or being towed.

• When the LKAS (Lane Keeping

Assist System) warning light

illuminates.

OHI046489N/OHI046490N

■ Warning message ■ Master warning

3-105

Turn signals and lane change

signals

To signal a turn, push down on the

lever for a left turn or up for a right

turn in position (A).

If an indicator stays on and does not

flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of

the turn signal bulbs may be burned

out and will require replacement.

Onetouch turn signal function

To activate the One Touch Turn Signal

function, push the turn signal lever up

or down to position (B) and then

release it.

The lane change signals will blink 3,

5 or 7 times.

You can activate or deactivate the

One Touch Turn Signal function or

choose the number of blinking (3, 5,

or 7) from the User Settings mode

(Light) on the LCD display.

For more information, refer to the

"LCD Display" in this chapter.

OHI046420N

• Do not place any accessories,

stickers or tint on the wind-

shield.

• Have the windshield glass

replaced from an authorized

dealer.

• Do not remove or impact relat-

ed parts of the Smart High

Beam system.

• Be careful that water doesn’t

get into the Smart High Beam

unit.

• Do not place objects on the

dashboard that reflects light

such as mirrors, white paper,

etc.The system may malfunc-

tion if sunlight is reflected.

• At times, the Smart High

Beam system may not work

properly, always check the

road conditions for your safe-

ty. When the system does not

operate normally, manually

change between the high

beam and low beam.

WARNING

3-106

Convenient features of your vehicle

Battery saver function

The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-

charged. The system automatically

turns off the parking lamp when the

driver turns the engine off and opens

the driver-side door.

With this feature, the parking lamps

will turn off automatically if the driver

parks on the side of road at night.

If necessary, to keep the lamps on

when the engine is turned off, perform

the following:

1) Open the driver-side door.

2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and

ON again using the light switch on

the steering column.

Headlamp delay function

If the Engine Start/Stop button is

placed in the ACC position or the

OFF position with the headlamps

ON, the headlamps (and/or parking

lamps) remain on for about 5 min-

utes. However, if the driver’s door is

opened and closed, the headlights

are turned off after 15 seconds. Also,

with the engine off if the driver's door

is opened and closed, the headlamps

(and/or parking lamps) are turned off

after 15 seconds.

The headlamps (and/or parking

lamps) can be turned off by pressing

the lock button on the smart key

twice or turning the light switch to the

OFF or AUTO position.

You can activate or deactivate the

Headlamp Delay function from the

User Settings mode on the LCD dis-

play.

For more information, refer to the

"LCD Display" in this chapter.

If the driver gets out of the vehicle

through other doors (except dri-

ver’s door), the battery saver func-

tion does not operate and the

headlamp delay function does not

turn off automatically.Therefore, It

causes the battery to be dis-

charged. In this case, make sure

to turn off the lamp before getting

out of the vehicle.

NOTICE

3-107

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting

System) a.k.a. DBL

(Dynamic Bending Light)

Adaptive front lighting system uses

the steering angle and vehicle

speed, to keep your field of vision

wide by swiveling and leveling the

headlamp.

Change the switch to the AUTO posi-

tion when the engine is running. The

adaptive front lighting system will

operate when the headlamp is ON.

To turn off the AFLS, change the

switch to other positions. After turn-

ing the AFLS off, headlamp swiveling

no longer occurs, but leveling oper-

ates continuously.

If the AFLS malfunction indicator

comes on, the AFLS is not working

properly. Drive to the nearest safe

location and restart the engine. If the

indicator continuously remains on,

we recommend that the system be

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Daytime running light (DRL)

The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)

can help others to see the front of

your vehicle during the day, especial-

ly after dawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will turn OFF when:

• The light switch is in the parking or

headlamp lamp position, including

the operation that the parking lamp

or headlamp is turned on automat-

ically in the AUTO light position.

• The engine is turned off.

• The hazard warning flasher is on.

• The turn signal light is on.

If you turn on the turn signal light,

only the corresponding daytime

running lights will turn off.

• The parking brake is applied.

OHI046473

3-108

Convenient features of your vehicle

Interior Lights

Do not use the interior lights for

extended periods when the engine

is turned off or the battery will dis-

charge.

Interior lamp AUTO cut

The interior lamps will automatically

go off approximately 20 minutes after

the engine is turned off and the

doors closed.If a door is opened, the

lamp will go off 40 minutes after the

engine is turned off. If the doors are

locked by the remote key or smart

key and the vehicle enters the armed

stage of the theft alarm system, the

lamps will go off five seconds later.

Front lamps

• :

Press either of these buttons to

turn the map lamp on or off. This

light produces a spot beam for con-

venient use as a map lamp at night

or as a personal lamp for the driver

and the front passenger.

•

Press the button to turn ON all

front lamps. Re-repress the button

to turn OFF all front lamps.

•

The front or rear room lamps come

on when the front or rear doors are

opened if the engine is running or

not. When doors are unlocked by

the Smart Key, the front and rear

lamps come on for approximately

30 seconds as long as any door is

not opened.The front and rear room

lamps go out gradually after approx-

imately 30 seconds if the door is

closed.However, if the Engine Start/

Stop button is in the ON position or

all doors are locked, the front and

rear lamps will turn off. If a door is

opened with the Engine Start/Stop

button in the ACC position or the

OFF position, the front and rear

lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.

•

Press this button to turn the front

and rear room lamps on and off.

NOTICE

Do not use the interior lights

when driving in the dark.The inte-

rior lights may obscure your view

and cause an accident.

WARNING

OHI046423

3-109

Rear lamp

• :

Press the button to turn ON the

rear map lamp and the door handle

lamps. You cannot separately turn

OFF the door handle lamps. Re-

press the button to turn OFF the

rear map lamp and the door handle

lamps together.

•

Press this button to turn the rear

room lamps on and off.

• :

Press the button to dim the rear

map lamp. Re-press the button to

turn OFF the rear map lamp.

Do not leave the lamp switches on

for an extended period of time

when the engine is turned off.

Trunk room lamp

The trunk room lamp comes on

when the trunk is opened.

The trunk lamp comes on as long

as the trunk lid is open.To prevent

unnecessary charging system

drain, close the trunk lid securely

after using the trunk.

NOTICE

OHI046424

■ Type A

OHI046425L

■ Type B

OHI046426

3-110

Convenient features of your vehicle

Vanity mirror lamp (Front)

Opening the lid of the vanity mirror

will automatically turn on the mirror

light.

Vanity mirror lamp (Rear)

Press the vanity mirror on the vehicle

ceiling. Then, it automatically turns

ON the rear vanity mirror lamp while

opening the cover.

Glove box lamp

The glove box lamp comes on when

the glove box is opened.

If the glove box is not closed, the

lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.

To prevent unnecessary charging

system drain, close the glove box

securely after using the glove box.

Puddle lamp

Welcome light

When all doors (and trunk) are

closed and locked, the puddle lamp

will come on for 15 seconds if the

door is unlocked by the smart key or

outside door handle button.

For more information, refer to "Welcome

System" in this chapter.

NOTICE

OHI046428

OHI046430

OHI046427

OHI046429

3-111

Escort light

When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the OFF position and the driver's

door is opened, the puddle lamp will

come on for 30 seconds. If the dri-

ver's door is closed within the 30

seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off

after 15 seconds. If the driver's door

is closed and locked, the puddle

lamp will turn off immediately.

The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will

turn on only the first time the driver's

door is opened after the engine is

turned off.

Welcome System

Welcome light

Door handle lamp (if equipped)

When all the doors (and trunk) are

closed and locked, the door handle

lamp will come on for about 15 sec-

onds if any of the below is performed.

• When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

• When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

• When the vehicle is approached

with the smart key in possession.

Headlamp and Parking lamp

When the headlamp (with the lamp

switch in the headlamp or AUTO

position) is on and all doors (and

trunk) are locked and closed, the

parking lamp and headlamp will

come on for 15 seconds if/or any of

the below is performed.

• When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lock

or unlock button on the smart key the

parking lamp and headlamp will turn

off immediately.

You can activate or deactivate the

Welcome Light from the User Settings

mode on the LCD display.

For more information, refer to the

"LCD Display" in this chapter.

Interior lamp

When the interior lamp switch is in

the DOOR position and all doors (and

trunk) are closed and locked, the

room lamp will come on for 30 sec-

onds if any of the below is performed.

• When the door unlock button is

pressed on the smart key.

• When you put your hand into the

door handle while carrying the

smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lock

or unlock button on the remote key or

smart key the room lamp will turn off

immediately.

OHI046411N

3-112

Convenient features of your vehicle

WWIIPPEERRSS AANNDD WWAASSHHEERRSS

A :Wiper speed control

· MIST – Single wipe

· OFF – Off

· INT – Intermittent wipe

· LO – Low wiper speed

· HI – High wiper speed

B : Auto control wipe time adjust-

ment

C :Wash with brief wipes

Windshield Wipers

Operates as follows when the igni-

tion switch is in the ON position.

MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

push the lever upward and

release.The wipers will oper-

ate continuously if the lever is

held in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation.

INT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. To

vary the speed setting, move

the speed control lever.The top

most setting will run the wipers

most frequently (for more rain).

The bottom setting will run the

wipers the least frequently (for

less rain).

LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.

HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.

Information

If there is heavy accumulation of snow

or ice on the windshield, defrost the

windshield for about 10 minutes, or

until the snow and/or ice is removed

before using the windshield wipers to

ensure proper operation.

If you do not remove the snow and/or

ice before using the wiper and washer,

it may damage the wiper and washer

system.

OHI046421L

3-113

AUTO (Automatic) control

The rain sensor located on the upper

end of the windshield glass senses

the amount of rainfall and controls

the wiping cycle for the proper inter-

val. The more it rains, the faster the

wiper operates.

When the rain stops, the wiper stops.

To vary the speed setting, turn the

speed control knob (B).

If the wiper switch is set in AUTO

mode when Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position, the wiper will

operate once to perform a self-check

of the system. Set the wiper to OFF

position when the wiper is not in use.

• When washing the vehicle, set

the wiper switch in the OFF (O)

position to stop the auto wiper

operation. The wiper may oper-

ate and be damaged if the switch

is set in the AUTO mode while

washing the vehicle.

• Do not remove the sensor cover

located on the upper end of the

passenger side windshield

glass. Damage to system parts

could occur and may not be cov-

ered by your vehicle warranty.

• There may be a malfunction with

the wiper sensor while operating

in the AUTO mode, when there

are interruptions by foreign sub-

stances, such as small pebbles,

dust, or insects, or when an out-

side brightness is abruptly

changed while driving.

• There may be a malfunction with

the wiper sensor in detecting a

rainfall amount, when the front

windshield is coated with wax,

or when the wiper blades are

worn out.

NOTICE

To avoid personal injury from

the windshield wipers, when the

engine is running and the wind-

shield wiper switch is placed in

the AUTO mode:

• Do not touch the upper end of

the windshield glass facing

the rain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of

the windshield glass with a

damp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the

windshield glass.

WARNING

3-114

Convenient features of your vehicle

Windshield Washers

In the OFF position, pull the lever gen-

tly toward you to spray washer fluid on

the windshield and to run the wipers

1-3 cycles.The spray and wiper oper-

ation will continue until you release

the lever.If the washer does not work,

you may need to add washer fluid to

the washer fluid reservoir.

• To prevent possible damage to

the washer pump, do not oper-

ate the washer when the fluid

reservoir is empty.

• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do not

operate the wipers when the

windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiper

arms and other components, do

not attempt to move the wipers

manually.

• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers and washer system,

use anti-freezing washer fluids

in the winter season or cold

weather.

NOTICE

OHI046422L

When the outside temperature is

below freezing, ALWAYS warm

the windshield using the

defroster to prevent the washer

fluid from freezing on the wind-

shield and obscuring your vision

which could result in an acci-

dent and serious injury or death.

WARNING

3-115

Rear View Camera (if equipped)

The Rear View Camera will activate

when the engine is running and the

shift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi-

tion.

This is a supplemental system that

helps provide a view of the area

behind the vehicle through the A/V

display while the vehicle is in the R

(Reverse) position.

• Always keep the camera lens

clean.The camera may not work

normally if the lens is covered

with dirt or snow.

• Do not use any cleanser con-

taining acid or alkaline deter-

gents when cleaning the lens.

Use only a mild soap or neutral

detergent, and rinse thoroughly

with water.

NOTICE

DDRRIIVVEERR AASSSSIISSTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

OHI046477L

OHI046476

The Rear View Camera is not a

safety device. It only serves to

assist the driver in identifying

objects directly behind the mid-

dle of the vehicle. The camera

does NOT cover the complete

area behind the vehicle.

WARNING

• Never rely solely on the Rear

View Camera when backing-

up.

• ALWAYS look around your

vehicle to make sure there are

no objects or obstacles before

moving the vehicle in any

direction to prevent a collision.

• Always pay close attention

when the vehicle is driven

close to objects, particularly

pedestrians, and especially

children.

WARNING

Surround View Monitor

(if equipped)

The Surround View Monitor system

can assist in parking by allowing the

driver to see around the vehicle.

Press the Surround View Monitor

button to turn on the system with the

engine running. Re-press the button

again to turn off the system

Operating conditions

- When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position

- When the shift lever is on D, N or R

- When the vehicle speed is lower

than 9 mph (15 km/h)

Always keep the camera lens clean.

The camera may not work normally

if the lens is covered with foreign

material.

Information

• When vehicle speed is over 9 mph (15

km/h), the Surround View Monitor

system will turn off. The system will

not automatically turn on again, even

though vehicle speed gets below 9

mph (15 km/h). Press the button

again, to turn on the system.

• When the vehicle is backing up, the

Surround View Monitor system will

turn ON regardless of vehicle speed or

button status. However, if vehicle

speed is over 6 mph (10 km/h) when

driving forward, the system will turn

off.

• A warning appears on the system

when:

- The trunk is opened

- The driver's door is opened

- The passenger's door is opened

- The outer side view mirror is folded

(Continued)

NOTICE

3-116

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046408

(Continued)

The Surround View Monitor sys-

tem is a supplemental system to

assist you in parking. However,

the screen displays an integrat-

ed image, which combines 4

images from the front/rear/right/

left cameras.Therefore, the actu-

al parking line locations may dif-

fer from the image displayed on

the screen.

ALWAYS look around your vehi-

cle to make sure there are no

objects or obstacles before

moving the vehicle.

1) Front camera

2) Left/Right

camera

3) Rear camera

(Continued)

CAUTION

OHI046409

(Continued)

• If the Surround View Monitor sys-

tem is not operating normally, the

system should be checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Detailed information is described in a

separately supplied manual.

Parking Assist System

The Parking Assist System assists

the driver during movement of the

vehicle by chiming if any object is

sensed within the distance of 39

inches (100 cm) in front and 47 inch-

es (120 cm) behind the vehicle.

This system is a supplemental sys-

tem that senses objects within the

range and location of the sensors, it

cannot detect objects in other areas

where sensors are not installed.

3-117

OHI046402N

■ Front sensor

OHI046403

■ Rear sensor

Sensors

• ALWAYS look around your

vehicle to make sure there are

not any objects or obstacles

before moving the vehicle in

any direction to prevent a col-

lision.

• Always pay close attention

when the vehicle is driven

close to objects, particularly

pedestrians, and especially

children.

• Be aware that some objects

may not be visible on the

screen or be detected by the

sensors, due to the objects

distance, size or material, all

of which can limit the effec-

tiveness of the sensor.

WARNING

3-118

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operation of the parking assist

system

Operating condition

• This system will activate when the

Parking Assist button is pressed

with the engine running.

• Sensing distance when backing up

is approximately 47 in (120 cm)

when you are driving less than

6 mph (10 km/h).

• Sensing distance when moving for-

ward is approximately 39 in (100

cm) when you are driving less than

6 mph (10 km/h).

• When more than two objects are

sensed at the same time, the clos-

est one will be recognized first.

• If you move the shift lever to the R

(Reverse) position with the engine

running and the Parking Assist

System off, the Parking Assist

System will operate automatically.

But it will turn off automatically,

when the vehicle speed exceeds

12 mph (20 km/h). The system will

not automatically operate again

even if vehicle speed returns to

6 mph (10 km/h).

OHI046405L

■ Type A

OHI046406L

■ Type B

3-119

• The indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors

status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that the system be

checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

• If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-

mittently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a

malfunction with the Parking Assist System. If this occurs, we recom-

mend that you have your vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products as soon as possible.

NOTICE

Types of warning sound and indicator

Distance

from object

Warning indicator

Warning sound

When driving

forward

When driving

rearward

24 ~ 39

(61 ~ 100)

Front -

Buzzer beeps

intermittently

24 ~ 47

(61 ~ 120)

Rear -

Buzzer beeps

intermittently

12 ~ 24

(31 ~ 60)

Front

Buzzer beeps

frequently

Rear -

Buzzer beeps

frequently

(30)

Front

Buzzer sounds

continuously

Rear -

Buzzer sounds

continuously

inches (cm)

3-120

Convenient features of your vehicle

Non-operational conditions of

parking assist system

Parking assist system may not

operate normally when:

• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.

• Sensor is covered with foreign mat-

ter, such as snow or water, or the

sensor cover is blocked.

There is a possibility of parking

assist system malfunction when:

• Driving on uneven road surfaces

such as unpaved roads, gravel,

bumps, or gradient.

• Objects generating excessive noise

such as vehicle horns, loud motor-

cycle engines, or truck air brakes

can interfere with the sensor.

• Heavy rain or water spray is present.

• Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are present near the sensor.

• The sensor is covered with snow.

• Any non-factory equipment or

accessories have been installed, or

if the vehicle bumper height or sen-

sor installation has been modified.

Detecting range may decrease when:

• Outside air temperature is extremely

hot or cold.

• Undetectable objects smaller than

40 inches (1 m) and narrower than

6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.

The following objects may not be

recognized by the sensor:

• Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.

• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-

sor frequency such as clothes,

spongy material or snow.

Parking assist system precau-

tions

• The parking assist system may not

operate consistently in some cir-

cumstances depending on the

speed of the vehicle and the

shapes of the objects detected.

• The parking assist system may mal-

function if the vehicle bumper height

or sensor installation has been

modified or damaged. Any non-fac-

tory installed equipment or acces-

sories may also interfere with the

sensor performance.

• The sensor may not recognize

objects less than 15 in (40 cm)

from the sensor, or it may sense an

incorrect distance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is blocked with

snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the park-

ing assist system may be inopera-

tive until the snow or ice melts, or

the debris is removed. Use a soft

cloth to wipe debris away from the

sensor.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the

sensor with any hard objects that

could damage the surface of the

sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

• Do not spray the sensors or its sur-

rounding area directly with a high

pressure washer. Doing so may

cause the sensors to fail to operate

normally.

Your new vehicle warranty does

not cover any accidents or dam-

age to the vehicle or injuries to

its occupants related to a

Parking Assist System. Always

drive safely and cautiously.

WARNING

To prevent damage to the conduc-

tors bonded to the inside surface

of the rear window, never use

sharp instruments or window

cleaners containing abrasives to

clean the window.

If you want to defrost and defog

the front windshield, refer to the

"Windshield Defrosting and

Defogging" section in this chapter.

Rear Window Defroster

The defroster heats the window to

remove frost, fog and thin ice from

the interior and exterior of the rear

window, while engine is running.

•

To activate the rear window defroster,

press the rear window defroster but-

ton located in the center facia switch

panel. The indicator on the rear win-

dow defroster button illuminates

when the defroster is ON.

• To turn off the defroster, press the

rear window defroster button again.

Information

• If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush it off

before operating the rear defroster.

• The rear window defroster automat-

ically turns off after approximately

20 minutes or when the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the OFF posi-

tion.

Side view mirror defroster

If your vehicle is equipped with the

side view mirror defrosters, they will

operate at the same time you turn on

the rear window defroster.

Front Wiper Deicer

If your vehicle is equipped with the

front wiper deicer, it will be operating

at the same time you operate the

rear window defroster.

NOTICE

DDEEFFRROOSSTTEERR

3-121

OHI046304

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

3-122

Convenient features of your vehicle

Front

1. Driver’s temperature control knob

2. Driver’s fan speed control button

3. Driver’s AUTO button

4. Driver’s mode selection button

5. Passenger’s temperature control knob

6. Passenger’s fan speed control button

7. Passenger’s AUTO button

8. Passenger’s mode selection button

9. Front windshield defroster button

10. Rear window defroster button

11. AQS (Air quality system) button

12. Air intake control button

13. Air conditioning button

14. SYNC button

15. OFF button

Rear

16. Rear fan speed control knob

17. Rear mode selection button

18. Rear OFF button

19. Rear AUTO button

20. Rear temperature control knob

21. LCD display

■■

Front

■ Rear

OHI046301/OHI046302L

Automatic Heating and Air

Conditioning

The Automatic Climate Control System

is controlled by setting the desired tem-

perature.

1. Press the AUTO button.

The modes, fan speeds, air intake

and air-conditioning will be controlled

automatically by the temperature set-

ting you select.

2. Turn the temperature control knob

to the desired temperature. If the

temperature is set to the lowest

setting (Lo), the air conditioning

system will operate continuously.

To turn the automatic operation off,

select any button of the following:

- Mode selection button

- Air conditioning button

- Front windshield defroster button

(Press the button one more time to

deselect the front windshield

defroster function.The 'AUTO' sign

will illuminate on the LCD display

once again.)

- Fan speed control button

The selected function will be con-

trolled manually while other functions

operate automatically.

3-123

OHI046306

OHI046308

OHI046307

■ Front

• Driver’s side • Passenger’s side

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

■ Rear

For your convenience and to improve

the effectiveness of the climate con-

trol, use the AUTO button and set the

temperature to 73°F (23°C).

Never place anything near or cov-

ering the sensor (both inside and

outside the vehicle) to ensure bet-

ter control of the heating and cool-

ing system.

Manual Heating and Air

Conditioning

The heating and cooling system can

be controlled manually by pushing

buttons other than the AUTO button.

In this case, the system works

sequentially according to the order of

buttons selected.

When pressing any button except the

AUTO button while using automatic

operation, the functions not selected

will be controlled automatically.

1. Start the engine.

2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.

To improve the effectiveness of

heating and cooling:

- Heating:

- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn

the air conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to

convert to full automatic control of

the system.

The climate control system settings

will be maintained, even when the

engine is turned OFF. However, the

climate control system settings will

be initialized when the battery has

been discharged, or when the cables

have been disconnected. In this

case, adjust the climate control sys-

tem settings again.

NOTICE

3-124

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046309N

Mode selection

3-125

OHI046312

Rear outlet vents (F)

The rear outlet vents are controlled by the rear climate control system.

However, external conditions and manual settings also have influences on the

actual operation of the rear outlet vents by blocking air flows or changing air

flow volumes.

The rear outlet vents may blow slightly cooler air when the heater is operat-

ing due to some heat loss through the air ducts from the front of the vehicle.

To prevent this, the rear outlet vents may not blow any air immediately after a

cold start when the outside temperature is detected to be extremely low in

winter and the engine has not sufficiently warmed up.

Side outlet vents (D)

G90 is equipped with temperature sensors inside the side outlet vents to

accurately measure and control air temperature both in the driver’s seat and

the front passenger’s seat. However, when the side outlet vents are closed,

the temperature sensor will measure air temperature only inside the side out-

let vents. For accurate temperature control, open the side outlet vents.

Front mode selection button

The mode selection button controls

the direction of the air flow through

the ventilation system.

The air flow outlet port is converted

as follows:

Information

The passenger's side cannot select the

Floor & Defrost ( ) mode.

Face-Level (B, C, D, F, G)

Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each

outlet can be controlled to direct the

air discharged from the outlet.

A small amount of air blows from the

floor air vents to help provide pleas-

ant air quality inside the passenger

compartment.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G)

Air flow is directed towards the face

and the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air

being directed to the windshield and

side window defrosters.

Floor & Defrost (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield with a small

amount directed to the side window

defrosters.

3-126

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046310

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

Rear mode selection button

If you press the rear mode selection

button, you can adjust the rear mode

individually.

To adjust the rear mode individually,

go to the DIS Navigation screen and

select 'Setup → General → Rear

Seat Displays' and deselect 'Lock

Rear Controls' (the RSE button indi-

cator on the rear armrest will turn off).

If the Lock Rear Controls is selected

(the RSE button indicator on the rear

armrest will turn on), the rear mode

will operate same as the front mode.

For more information, refer to

the "Setup" section of the DIS

Navigation Manual supplied sepa-

rately.

The air flow outlet port is converted

as follows:

Face-Level (G, F)

Air flow is toward the upper body and

face

Bi-Level (G, E, F)

Air flow is toward the face and floor

Floor-Level (F)

Air flow is toward the floor.

Information

If the indicator illuminates on the

LCD display of the rear climate control

system, the air flow will be blocked,

and the rear mode selection button will

become inoperable in the below situa-

tions.

- The front windshield defroster is ON.

- The auto defogging system operates.

- Right after the heating and air condi-

tioning system is operated in winter.

- The climate control system is turned

OFF after turning ON the front

defroster button.

To operate the rear mode selection but-

tons again, turn OFF the front

defroster button while operating the

climate control system.

3-127

OHI046311L

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

windshield with a small amount of air

directed to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened ( )

or closed ( ) separately using the

thumbwheel.

Also, you can adjust the direction of

air delivered from these vents using

the vent control lever as shown.

3-128

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046315

■ Front

OHI046316

■ Rear

OHI046314

Temperature control

Turn the knob to the right to increase

the temperature.Turn the knob to the

left to decrease temperature.

The temperature will increase or

decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each but-

ton press. When set to the lowest

temperature setting, the air condi-

tioning will operate continuously.

Temperature unit conversion

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, the temperature mode

display will reset to Fahrenheit.

This is a normal condition. You can

switch the temperature mode between

Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;

- Automatic climate control system

While pressing the OFF button,

press the driver's side AUTO button

for 3 seconds or more. The display

will change from Centigrade to

Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to

Centigrade.

- 'User settings mode' in the cluster :

You can change the temperature unit

in the 'Other features - Temperature

unit'

3-129

OHI046307

■ Front

• Driver’s side • Passenger’s side

OHI046308

■ Rear

SYNC button

Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature and air flow

direction equally

• Press the SYNC button (button

indicator ON) to adjust the driver

and front/rear passenger side tem-

perature and air flow direction

equally.

The front and rear passenger side

temperature and air flow direction

will be set to the same temperature

and air flow direction as the driver’s

side.

• Turn the temperature control knob

for the driver's side to control the

temperature settings of all seats.

Also, press the mode selection but-

ton for the driver's side to control

the air flow direction of all seats.

Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature and air flow

direction individually

• Press the SYNC button again (but-

ton indicator OFF) to adjust the

driver and front/rear passenger

side temperature and air flow

direction individually.

• When the temperature settings are

differently adjustable :

- Operate the driver's side temper-

ature control knob and mode

selection button to adjust the dri-

ver's side temperature and air

flow directions.

- Operate the front/rear passen-

ger's side temperature control

knob and mode selection button

to adjust the front/rear passen-

ger's side temperature and air

flow directions.

3-130

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046318

OHI046333L

Air intake control

This button is used to select the out-

side (fresh) air position or recirculat-

ed air position.

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated air

position selected, air from

the passenger compart-

ment will be drawn

through the heating sys-

tem and heated or cooled

according to the function

selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh)

air position selected, air

enters the vehicle from

outside and is heated or

cooled according to the

function selected.

Information

Prolonged operation of the heater in

the recirculated air position (without

air conditioning selected) may cause

fogging of the windshield and side

windows and the air within the pas-

senger compartment may become

stale.

In addition, prolonged use of the air

conditioning with the recirculated air

position selected will result in exces-

sively dry air in the passenger com-

partment.

3-131

OHI046321

• Continued use of the climate

control system operation in

the recirculated air position

can cause drowsiness or

sleepiness, that may cause

loss of vehicle control result-

ing in an accident. Set the air

intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position as much as

possible while driving.

• Continued use of the climate

control system operation in

the recirculated air position

(without the air conditioning

selected) may allow humidity

to increase inside the vehicle

which may fog the glass and

obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with

the air conditioning or heating

system on. It may cause seri-

ous injury or death due to a

drop in the oxygen level

and/or body temperature.

WARNING

Air quality system (AQS)

The air inflow from outside the vehi-

cle can be automatically controlled.

Press the button to activate the air

quality control system.

When using AQS mode, AQS (Air

Quality System) automatically sens-

es outdoor air pollutants and mini-

mizes them from entering the vehi-

cle, however, unpleasant or foul

odors that might be present may still

be noticeable within the vehicle.

Exhaust gas cutoff mode :

Air enters the vehicle from the outside.

If exhaust gas from the outside of the

vehicle is detected, the exhaust gas cut-

off mode is automatically converted

from the outside air position to the recir-

culated air position to prevent exhaust

gas from entering the vehicle.

Information

• The AQS button indicator will imme-

diately illuminate when the engine is

started with the AQS in the ON posi-

tion. However, the AQS starts oper-

ating after 40 seconds.

• The AQS filters out toxic exhaust (i.e.

NO, NO2, SO2, CO, CxHy) to pre-

vent it from entering the passenger

compartment but, does not totally

block odor.

The AQS does not operate in any of

the following situations :

• The AQS button is re-repressed to

the OFF position.

• Either the outside (fresh) air posi-

tion or the recirculated air position

is selected.

• The defroster button is pressed to

the ON position, or the floor &

defrost ( ) mode is selected.

• The temperature is set to either the

highest (HI) or the lowest (Lo) posi-

tion, while the climate control sys-

tem is automatically controlled

(AUTO button indicator ON).

• The OFF button of the climate con-

trol system is selected.

• The auto defogging system oper-

ates to defog the front windshield.

Information

If the windows fog up with the

Recirculation or AQS mode selected,

set the air intake control to the fresh

air position or or turn off the AQS

mode.

Fan speed control

Press the ( ) button to increase the

fan speed and air flow. Press the ( )

button to decrease fan speed and air

flow.

3-132

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046330

OHI046324

■ Front

Pressing the OFF button turns off the

fan.

Operating the fan speed when the

Engine Start/Stop button is in the

ON position could cause the bat-

tery to discharge. Operate the fan

speed when the engine is running.

Turn the knob to the right ( ) to

increase the fan speed and airflow.

Turn the knob to the left ( ) to

decrease fan speed and airflow.

To adjust the rear fan speed control

individually, go to the DIS Navigation

screen and select 'Setup → General

→ Rear Seat Displays' and deselect

'Lock Rear Controls' (the RSE button

indicator on the rear armrest will turn

off). If the Lock Rear Controls is

selected (the RSE button indicator on

the rear armrest will turn on), the rear

fan speed control will operate same

as the front fan speed control.

For more information, refer to the

"Setup" section of the DIS

Navigation Manual supplied sepa-

rately.

Air conditioning

Push the A/C button to turn the air

conditioning system on (indicator

light will illuminate).

Push the button again to turn the air

conditioning system off.

Information

When AUTO mode and the desired

temperature have been selected, the

climate control system will select the

A/C operation automatically. The A/C

button is not illuminated at all times

during AUTO mode operation.

OFF mode

Push the OFF button to turn off the

climate control system.

NOTICE

3-133

OHI046331

■ Rear

OHI046323

OHI046326

System Operation

Ventilation

1. Select the Face Level mode.

2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating

1. Select the Floor Level mode.

2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system on.

If the windshield fogs up, select the

Floor & Defrost mode or press

the Front Defrost mode.

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the car through the

ventilation system, temporarily set

the air intake control to the recircu-

lated air position. Return the con-

trol to the fresh air position when

the irritation has passed. This will

help keep the driver alert and com-

fortable.

• To prevent the inside of the wind-

shield from fogging, set the air

intake control to the fresh air posi-

tion and fan speed to the desired

position, turn on the air conditioning

system, and adjust the temperature

control to desired temperature.

Air conditioning

All Genesis Branded Vehicle Air

Conditioning Systems are filled with

environmentally friendly R-134a

refrigerant.

1. Start the engine.

2. Push the air conditioning button.

3. Set the mode to the Face Level

mode.

4. Set the air intake control to the

recirculated air position. However,

prolonged operation of the recircu-

lated air position will excessively

dry the air.In this case, change the

air position.

5. Adjust the fan speed control and

temperature control to maintain

maximum comfort.

When maximum cooling is desired,

set the temperature control to the

extreme left position then set the fan

speed control to the highest speed.

When using the air conditioning

system, monitor the engine tem-

perature gauge closely while driv-

ing up hills or in heavy traffic

when outside temperatures are

high. Air conditioning system

operation can cause engine over-

heating. Continue to use the blow-

er fan, but turn the air condition-

ing system off if the engine tem-

perature gauge indicates engine

overheating.

NOTICE

3-134

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation

tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,

open the windows for a short time

to let the hot air inside the vehicle

escape.

• After sufficient cooling has been

achieved, switch back from the

recirculated air to the fresh outside

air position.

• To help reduce moisture inside of

the windows on rainy or humid

days, decrease the humidity inside

the vehicle by operating the air

conditioning system with the win-

dows and sunroof closed.

• Use the air conditioning system

every month only for a few minutes

to ensure maximum system per-

formance.

• If you operate air conditioner

excessively, the difference between

the temperature of the outside air

and that of the windshield could

cause the outer surface of the

windshield to fog up, causing loss

of visibility. In this case, set the

mode selection knob or button to

the position and fan speed

control to the lower speed.

System Maintenance

Climate control air filter

This filter is installed behind the glove

box. It filters the dust or other pollu-

tants that enter the vehicle through the

heating and air conditioning system.

Have the climate control air filter

replaced by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products accord-

ing to the maintenance schedule. If

the car is being driven in severe con-

ditions such as dusty or rough roads,

more frequent air conditioner filter

inspections and changes are

required.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-

es, the system should be checked at

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

3-135

OHI046480

Outside air

Recirculated

air

Climate control

air filter

Blower

Evaporator

core

Heater core

Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and

compressor lubricant

When the amount of refrigerant is

low, the performance of the air condi-

tioning is reduced. Overfilling also

has a negative influence on the air

conditioning system.

Therefore, if abnormal operation is

found, have the system inspected by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

It is important that the correct

type and amount of oil and refrig-

erant is used. Otherwise, damage

to the compressor and abnormal

system operation may occur.

The air conditioning system should

be serviced by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Air Conditioning refrigerant label

The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant

label in the vehicle may differ from the

illustration.

Each symbols and specification on

air conditioning refrigerant label

means as below :

1. Classification of refrigerant

2. Amount of refrigerant

3. Classification of Compressor lubri-

cant

Refer to chapter 8 for more detail

location of the air conditioning

refrigerant label.

NOTICE

3-136

Convenient features of your vehicle

ODH043365

Because the refriger-

ant is at very high

pressure, the air con-

ditioning system

should only be serv-

iced by trained and certified

technicians. It is important that

the correct type and amount of

oil and refrigerant is used, oth-

erwise damage to the vehicle

and personal injury may occur.

WARNING

3-137

WWIINNDDSSHHIIEELLDD DDEEFFRROOSSTTIINNGG AANNDD DDEEFFOOGGGGIINNGG

• For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control to the extreme

right/hot position and the fan speed

control to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired

while defrosting or defogging, set the

mode to the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and

ice from the windshield, rear win-

dow, side view mirrors, and all side

windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the

hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to

improve heater and defroster effi-

ciency and to reduce the probability

of fogging up the inside of the wind-

shield.

If the engine temperature is still

cold after starting, then a brief

engine warm up period may be

required for the vented air flow to

become warm or hot.

To defog inside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the desired

position.

2. Select desired temperature.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).

4.The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambient

temperature and outside (fresh)

air position will be selected auto-

matically.

If the air conditioning and outside

(fresh) air position are not selected

automatically, adjust the correspon-

ding button manually. If the posi-

tion is selected, lower fan speed is

adjusted to a higher fan speed.

NOTICE

Windshield heating

Do not use the or posi-

tion during cooling operation in

extremely humid weather. The

difference between the temper-

ature of the outside air and that

of the windshield could cause

the outer surface of the wind-

shield to fog up, causing loss of

visibility could cause an acci-

dent resulting in serious injury

or death. In this case, set the

mode selection knob or button

to the position and fan

speed control knob or button to

a lower speed.

WARNING

OHI046335N

3-138

Convenient features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest

position.

2. Set the temperature to the extreme

hot (HI) position.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).

4.The air conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambient

temperature and outside (fresh)

air position will be selected auto-

matically.

Defogging logic

To reduce the possibility of fogging

up the inside of the windshield, the

air intake is controlled automatically

according to certain conditions such

as or position. To cancel or

return the defogging logic, perform

the following steps:

1.Turn the Engine Start/Stop Button

to the ON position.

2. Select the defrost position press-

ing defrost button ( ).

3.While holding the air conditioning

button (A/C) pressed, press the air

intake control button at least 5

times within 3 seconds.

The indicator on the air intake control

button blinks 3 times with 0.5 second

of interval.It indicates that the defog-

ging logic is canceled or returned to

the programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, the system resets to

the preprogrammed defogging logic.

OHI046328N OHI046329N

3-139

Auto Defogging System

Auto defogging reduces the possibil-

ity of fogging up the inside of the

windshield by automatically sensing

the moisture of inside the windshield.

The auto defogging system operates

when the climate control system is on.

To cancel the auto defogging system

1. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton to the ON position.

2. Press the front defroster button

over 3 seconds.

3.The front defroster button indicator

will blink 3 times and then ADS

OFF will illuminate on the climate

control LCD display when the auto

defogging system is canceled.

To reactivate the auto defogging sys-

tem

1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button

to the ON position.

2. Press the front defroster button

over 3 seconds.

3.The front defroster button indicator

will blink 6 times and then ADS

OFF will go out on the climate con-

trol LCD display when the auto

defogging system is reactivated.

Information

The auto defogging system may not

operate normally, when the outside

temperature is below 50 °F (-10 °C).

This indicator illuminates

when the auto defogging

system senses the mois-

ture of inside the wind-

shield and operates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle,

higher steps operate as follow.

Step 1 : Outside air position

Step 2 :Operating the air conditioning

Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the

windshield

Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward

the windshield

OHI046309N

3-140

Convenient features of your vehicle

Clean Air

When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ON position, the clean air

function turns on automatically.

Also, the clean air function turns off

automatically, when the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the OFF posi-

tion.

Automatic Ventilation

The system automatically selects the

outside (fresh) air position when the

climate control system operates over a

certain period of time (approximately

30 minutes) in low temperature with

the recirculated air position selected.

To cancel or reactivate

the Automatic Ventilation

When the air conditioning system is

on, select Face Level mode and

press the recirculated air position

button for more than 3 seconds.

When the automatic ventilation is

canceled, the indicator blinks 3

times. When the automatic ventila-

tion is activated, the indicator blinks

6 times.

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation

The outside (fresh) air position is auto-

matically selected, when the sunroof

is opened while operating the heat-

ing/air conditioning system.

When you select the recirculated air

position, the system maintains the

recirculated air position for 3 minutes

and then automatically converts to the

outside (fresh) air position.

When the sunroof is closed, the air

intake position will return to the origi-

nal position that was selected.

Setting the Climate Control

System on the DIS Navigation

System Monitor

Using the DIS Navigation System

monitor, press 'Setup → Climate'.

The Climate settings screen will be

displayed.

Climate information

Climate information (e.g. temperature,

air-flow direction, fan speed, etc.) of

the driver's/front passenger's/rear

seats is displayed.

Adjusting the rear climate con-

trol system

Select 'Rear Climate Control' and

then adjust the temperature, fan

speed and mode selection.

CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AADDDDIITTIIOONNAALL FFEEAATTUURREESS ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OHI046201L

OHI046202L

3-141

Rear climate control system

ON/OFF

Check the box next to 'Rear Climate'

to turn on the rear climate control

system and uncheck the box to turn

off the system.

Smart ventilation

The smart ventilation system main-

tains pleasant/fresh air condition

inside the passenger compartment

by automatically detecting/controlling

the temperature, humidity, etc., when

you drive the vehicle with the climate

control system in the OFF position.

When the smart ventilation system

starts to operate, the message,

"SMART VENTILATION ON" appears

for 5 seconds.

Information

• The smart ventilation system stops

operating, when the OFF button of

the climate control system is selected.

• The smart ventilation system stops

operating, when any button of the

climate control system is selected for

operation.

• The smart ventilation system may

not operate, when the vehicle is

driven at low speed.

Pay extreme caution not to damage

the CO2 sensor, which is located

inside the glove box undercover.

Activate CO2 monitor

(if equipped)

When driving, the climate control

system controls CO2 concentration

and helps maintain pleasant air in

the vehicle.

Check the box next to 'Activate CO2

monitor' to turn on the function and

uncheck the box to turn off the func-

tion.

For more information on the fea-

tures described, refer to the sepa-

rately supplied DIS Navigation

System manual.

NOTICE

OHI046203L

OHI046207N

OHI046205L

3-142

Convenient features of your vehicle

To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storage

compartments.

Center Console Storage

To open :

Press the button.

Rear Console Storage

To open :

Press the button.

NOTICE

SSTTOORRAAGGEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

Never store cigarette lighters,

propane cylinders, or other

flammable/explosive materials

in the vehicle. These items may

catch fire and/or explode if the

vehicle is exposed to hot tem-

peratures for extended periods.

WARNING

ALWAYS keep the storage com-

partment covers closed secure-

ly while driving. Items inside

your vehicle are moving as fast

as the vehicle. If you have to

stop or turn quickly, or if there

is a crash, the items may fly out

of the compartment and may

cause an injury if they strike the

driver or a passenger.

WARNING

OHI046431

OHI046432

3-143

Glove Box

The glove box can be locked and

unlocked with the mechanical key

(1).

To open:

Pull the lever (2).

Make sure the glove box is closed

while driving.

Sunglass Holder

To open:

Push and release the cover and the

holder will slowly open. Place your

sunglasses in the compartment door

with the lenses facing out.

To close:

Push back into position.

Make sure the sunglass holder is

closed while driving.

OHI046435

ALWAYS close the glove box

after use.

An open glove box can cause

serious injury to the passenger

in an accident, even if the pas-

senger is wearing a seat belt.

WARNING

OHI046436

• Do not keep objects except

sunglasses inside the sun-

glass holder. Such objects can

be thrown from the holder in

the event of a sudden stop or

an accident, possibly injuring

the passengers in the vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass

holder while the vehicle is

moving.The rear view mirror of

the vehicle can be blocked by

an open sunglass holder.

• Do not put the glasses forcibly

into a sunglass holder. It may

cause personal injury if you try

to open it forcibly when the

glasses are jammed.

WARNING

3-144

Convenient features of your vehicle

Cellular Phone Holder

To open:

Push the cover.

Items other than a cellular phone

may not fit inside the cellular

phone storage in accordance with

its size or shape. Do not forcefully

push items into the cellular phone

storage and close the cover. It may

damage or distort those items. In

addition, do not forcefully open the

cellular phone storage cover, when

it is jammed with a stored item

inside.

Wireless Cellular Phone

Charging System (if equipped)

There is a wireless cellular phone

charging inside the front console.

The system is available when all

doors are closed, and when the

Engine Start/Stop button is in the

ACC/ON position.

NOTICE

OHI046437

3-145

To charge a cellular phone

The wireless cellular phone charging

system charges only the Qi-enabled

cellular phones ( ). Read the label

on the cellular phone accessory

cover or visit your cellular phone

manufacturer’s website to check

whether your cellular phone supports

the Qi technology.

The wireless charging process starts

when you put a Qi-enabled cellular

phone on the wireless charging unit.

1. Remove other items, including the

smart key, from the wireless charg-

ing unit. If not, the wireless charg-

ing process may be interrupted.

2.The indicator illuminates in orange

during the charging process. The

indicator color changes to green,

when the charging process is

completed.

3.You can turn ON or OFF the wire-

less charging function in the user

settings mode on the instrument

cluster. (For further information,

refer to the "LCD Modes" in this

chapter.)

Slightly change the cellular phone

position, when the cellular phone is

not being charged. Make sure that

the indicator illuminates in orange.

The indicator color may not change

to green in accordance with the cel-

lular phone type, even though the

charging process is completed. The

indicator blinks in orange for 10 sec-

onds when there is a malfunction

with the wireless charging system. In

this case, temporarily stop the charg-

ing process, and re-attempt to wire-

lessly charge your cellular phone

again.

The system warns you with a mes-

sage on the LCD display when you

do not take out the cellular phone

from the wireless charging unit with

the front door open and the Engine

Start/Stop button in the OFF posi-

tion.

• The wireless cellular phone

charging system may not sup-

port certain cellular phones,

which are not verified for the Qi

specification ( ).

• Locate your cell phone well in the

middle of the wireless cellular

phone charging system. Even

when your cell phone locates

slightly to one side, the charging

speed may decrease.

• The wireless charging process

may temporarily stop, when a

smart key function operates (i.e.

starting the engine, opening the

doors, closing the doors).

• For certain cell phones, the indi-

cator color may not change to

green, even when the wireless

charging process is properly

completed.

• The wireless charging process may

temporarily stop, when tempera-

ture abnormally increases inside

the wireless cellular phone charg-

ing system.The wireless charging

process restarts, when tempera-

ture falls to a proper level.

• The wireless charging process

may temporarily stop when there

is any metallic item, such as a

coin, between the wireless cellu-

lar phone charging system and a

cellular phone.

NOTICE

3-146

Convenient features of your vehicle

Cup Holder

You can also store cups or small bev-

erage cans inside.

Front seats

Press the button to open the cover.

Rear seats

Press the button to open the cover

• Keep your drinks sealed while

driving to prevent spilling your

drink. If liquid spills, it may get

into the vehicle's electrical/elec-

tronic system and damage elec-

trical/electronic parts.

• When cleaning spilled liquids, do

not dry the cup holder at high

temperature. This may damage

the cup holder.

NOTICE

IINNTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS

Keep cans or bottles out of

direct sun light and do not put

them in a hot vehicle. It may

explode.

WARNING

OHI046439

OHI046440

• Avoid abrupt starting and

braking when the cup holder

is in use to prevent spilling

your drink. If hot liquid spills,

you could be burned. Such a

burn to the driver could cause

loss of vehicle control result-

ing in an accident.

• Do not place uncovered or

unsecured cups, bottles,

cans, etc., in the cup holder

containing hot liquid while the

vehicle is in motion. Injuries

may result in the event of sud-

den stop or collision.

• Only use soft cups in the cup

holders. Hard objects can

injure you in an accident.

WARNING

3-147

Sunvisor

To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.

To use a sunvisor for a side window,

pull it downward, unsnap it from the

bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).

To use the vanity mirror, pull down the

sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).

Adjust the sunvisor forward or back-

ward (4) as needed. Use the ticket

holder (5) to hold tickets (if equipped).

Close the vanity mirror cover

securely and return the sunvisor

to its original position after use.

• Do not put several tickets in the

ticket holder at one time. This

could cause damage to the tick-

et holder.

• Avoid putting a plastic card

such as a credit card in the tick-

et holder located in the outside

of the sunvisor.This could cause

damage to the plastic card.

Rear Vanity Mirror

Press the cover to open the rear van-

ity mirror. Push up the cover to close

the rear vanity mirror.

Make sure to close the rear vanity

mirror cover after use. If not, the

rear vanity mirror lamp remains

ON, possibly draining the battery

or damaging the rear vanity mirror.

NOTICE

OHI046444

For your safety, do not block your

view when using the sunvisor.

WARNING

OHI046430

3-148

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power Outlet (if equipped)

The power outlet is designed to pro-

vide power for mobile telephones or

other devices designed to operate

with vehicle electrical systems. The

devices should draw less than 180 W

(Watts) with the engine running.

To prevent damage to the Power

Outlets :

• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and

remove the accessory plug after

use. Using the accessory plug

for prolonged periods of time

with the engine off could cause

the battery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric acces-

sories which are less than 180 W

(Watts) in electric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner or

heater to the lowest operating

level when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.

• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interference

when plugged into a vehicle’s

power outlet.These devices may

cause excessive audio static

and malfunctions in other elec-

tronic systems or devices used

in your vehicle.

• Push the plug in as far as it will

go. If good contact is not made,

the plug may overheat and the

fuse may open.

• Plug in battery equipped electri-

cal/electronic devices with

reverse current protection. The

current from the battery may

flow into the vehicle's electrical/

electronic system and cause

system malfunction.

NOTICE

OHI046446N

■ Front

• Type A

OHI046445

■ Front

• Type B

OHI046447

■ Rear

Avoid electrical shocks. Do not

place your fingers or foreign

objects (pin, etc.) into a power

outlet or touch the power outlet

with wet hands.

WARNING

3-149

USB Charger (if equipped)

Insert the USB charger into the USB

port, and re-charge a smart phone or

a tablet PC.

A charging status/charging comple-

tion message is displayed on a screen

of a smart phone or a tablet PC.

A smart phone or a tablet PC may

get warn during the re-charging

process.It does not indicate any mal-

function with the charging system.

A smart phone or a tablet PC, which

adopts a different re-charging method,

may not be properly re-charged.In this

case, use an exclusive charger for

your device.

The rear USB charging terminal will

not allow you to play your media on

the AVN unit. To connect your media

to the AVN unit, use the USB port in

the front.

Clock

You can set the clock by using the

DIS Navigation System.

For more information, refer to the

separately supplied manual.

OHI046438

■ Front

OHI046450N

■ Rear

OHI046451

Do not adjust the clock while

driving. You may lose your

steering control and cause an

accident that results in severe

personal injury or death.

WARNING

3-150

Convenient features of your vehicle

Clothes Hanger

These hangers are not designed to

hold large or heavy items.

OHI046452L

■ Type A

OHI046453N

■ Type B

Do not hang other objects such

as hangers or hard objects

except clothes.

Also, do not put heavy, sharp or

breakable objects in the clothes

pockets. In an accident or when

the curtain air bag is inflated, it

may cause vehicle damage or

personal injury.

WARNING

OPD046048

3-151

Bag Hanger (if equipped)

Pull the strap (1) to hang a bag on

the hook (2). Fold the hook when not

in use.

Floor Mat Anchor(s)

ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors

to attach the front floor mats to the

vehicle. The anchors on the front

floor carpet keep the floor mats from

sliding forward.

The following must be observed

when installing ANY floor mat

to the vehicle.

• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehi-

cle's floor mat anchor(s)

before driving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that

cannot be firmly attached to

the vehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top

of one another (e.g. all-weath-

er rubber mat on top of a car-

peted floor mat). Only a single

floor mat should be installed

in each position.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was

manufactured with driver’s side

floor mat anchors that are

designed to securely hold the

floor mat in place. To avoid any

interference with pedal opera-

tion, Genesis Branded Vehicle

recommends that the Genesis/

Hyundai floor mat designed for

use in your vehicle be installed.

WARNING

OHI046454N

OHI046474

■ Front

OHI046475

■ Rear

3-152

Convenient features of your vehicle

Rear Curtain

To raise and lower the rear curtain,

press the button.

The rear curtain will be lowered auto-

matically when you shift the shift

lever into R (Reverse) and raised

automatically when you shift the shift

lever from R (Reverse) into P (Park).

After the rear curtain is lowered by

shifting into R (Reverse), if you drive

more than 12 mph (20 km/h) with the

shift lever in D (Drive), the rear cur-

tain will be raised automatically.

The rear curtains may stop operating

in the position and move to the reverse

direction, when its opening/closing

operation is interrupted.

Do not apply excessive force while

operating the rear curtain.This could

cause damage to the rear curtain.

NOTICE

OHI046457

OHI046456N

■ Rear

• Type C

OHI046455

■ Front

OHI046491N

OHI046336N

■ Rear

• Type A

■ Rear

• Type B

3-153

Rear Door Window Curtain

You can raise/lower the rear door win-

dow curtain by operating the power

window switches, which is located on

the driver's door and the rear doors.

The switch on the driver's door also

operates the rear door curtains.

Power window switch (1)

To operate the rear door window cur-

tain on the right side.

Power window switch (2)

To operate the rear door window cur-

tain on the left side.

1. Fully close the rear window by

pulling up the power window

switch.

2. Pull up the power window switch

again to move the rear door win-

dow curtain.

3. When you want to open the rear

window with the curtain raised up,

you should lower the rear door

window curtain and then open the

rear window by pushing down the

power window switch.

The power window switch on the dri-

ver's door operates in the same man-

ner.

• If resistance is detected during

upward/downward movement of

the rear door window curtain, the

rear door window curtain stops

moving and then starts to move

in a reverse direction.

• Do not apply excessive external

force on the rear door window

curtain while operating. It may

cause a malfunction.

NOTICE

OHI046462L

■ Driver’s window switch

OHI046461L

■ Rear window switch

Luggage Net Holder

(if equipped)

To help items from shifting in the trunk,

you can use the holders located in the

trunk to attach the luggage net.

Make sure the luggage net is securely

attached to the holders in the trunk.

3-154

Convenient features of your vehicle

OHI046459

■ Type A

OHI046460L

■ Type B

Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-

stretch the luggage net. ALWAYS

keep your face and body out of

the luggage net's recoil path. DO

NOT use the luggage net when

the strap has visible signs of

wear or damage.

WARNING

MMuullttiimmeeddiiaa ssyysstteemm

Multimedia system .......................................................................4-2

AUX, USB and iPod

Port..........................................................................4-2

Antenna ..........................................................................................................4-2

Steering Wheel Audio Control ..................................................................4-3

DIS Navigation System................................................................................4-4

DVD Player ....................................................................................................4-4

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology Hands-Free .....................................4-5

• If you install an aftermarket HID

head lamp, your vehicle's audio

and electronic devices may not

function properly.

• Prevent chemicals such as per-

fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,

hand cleaner, and air freshener

from contacting the interior

parts because they may cause

damage or discoloration.

AUX, USB and iPod

Port

You can use an AUX port or USB

cable to connect audio devices to the

vehicle AUX or USB port.

Information

When using a portable audio device

connected to the power outlet, noise

may occur during playback. If this

happens, use the power source of the

portable audio device.

❈ iPod

is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Antenna

Combination antenna (1)

The combination antenna will receive

the transmit data (example: GPS and

SXM radio signal).

Glass antenna (2)

Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to

receive both AM and FM signals.

• Do not clean the inside of the

rear glass window with a cleaner

or scraper to remove foreign

deposits as this may cause dam-

age to the antenna elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coatings

to the rear glass window. These

can degrade AM and FM broad-

cast signals.

NOTICE

MMUULLTTIIMMEEDDIIAA SSYYSSTTEEMM

4-2

Multimedia system

OHI046463

OHI046438L

Steering Wheel Audio Control

Do not operate multiple audio

remote control switches simulta-

neously.

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)

• Press the VOLUME toggle switch

up to increase volume.

• Press the VOLUME toggle switch

down to decrease volume.

SEEK ( / ) (2)

If the SEEK toggle switch is pressed

up or down and held for 0.8 second

or more, it will function in the follow-

ing modes:

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK

select switch. It will SEEK until you

release the toggle switch.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the FF/RW switch.

If the SEEK toggle switch is pressed

up or down, it will function in the fol-

lowing modes:

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA-

TION UP/DOWN switch.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/

DOWN switch.

MODE (3)

Press the MODE button to toggle

through Radio, JUKEBOX, USB(iPod)

or AUX modes.

MUTE ( ) (4)

• Press the MUTE button to mute the

sound.

• Press the MUTE button again to

activate the sound.

Information

Detailed information is described in a

separately supplied manual.

NOTICE

4-3

OHI046464

DIS Navigation System

Detailed information for the DIS nav-

igation system is described in a sep-

arately supplied manual.

DVD Player (if equipped)

The DVD player is installed in the

glove box. If you press the left upper

side in the glove box, DVD slot will

come down.

Detailed information for the DVD

player system is described in a sep-

arately supplied manual.

4-4

Multimedia system

OHI046465L

■ Front (Switch and Monitor)

OHI046485L

■ Center control panel

OHI046466

■ Rear remote switch

OHI047060

OHI047061

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology Hands-Free

You can use the phone wirelessly by

using the

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology.

(1) Call / Answer button

(2) Call end button

(3) Microphone

Detailed information for the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology hands-free is

described in a separately supplied

manual.

4-5

OHI046468

OHI046469

Before Driving ..............................................................................5-5

Before Entering the Vehicle......................................................................5-5

Before Starting.............................................................................................5-5

Engine Start/Stop Button ..........................................................................5-7

Automatic Transmission ............................................................5-11

Automatic Transmission Operation .......................................................5-11

LCD Display Messages..............................................................................5-17

Good Driving Practices.............................................................................5-19

All Wheel Drive (AWD) ..............................................................5-21

Using All Wheel Drive (AWD)..................................................................5-21

Emergency Precautions ...........................................................................5-23

Braking System ..........................................................................5-25

Power Brakes..............................................................................................5-25

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator.....................................................................5-26

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) .............................................................5-26

Auto Hold.....................................................................................................5-31

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)...............................................................5-35

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ..........................................................5-37

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ...................................................5-40

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)...............................................................5-41

Good Braking Practices............................................................................5-42

Genesis Adaptive Control Suspension.....................................5-43

Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) ....................................................5-43

Dynamic Stability Damping Control (DSDC) ........................................5-43

Drive Mode Integrated Control System ..................................5-44

Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) ........................................5-49

Blind Spot Detection (BSD) / Lane Change Assist (LCA) ................5-50

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA).............................................................5-53

Limitations of the System .......................................................................5-56

Smart Blind Spot Detection System (SBSD) ..........................5-57

Limitations of the System .......................................................................5-58

DDrriivviinngg yyoouurr vveehhiiccllee

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB).....................................5-61

System Setting and Activation ...............................................................5-61

AEB Warning Message and System Control.......................................5-63

AEB Front Radar Sensor .........................................................................5-65

System Malfunction ..................................................................................5-66

Limitations of the System .......................................................................5-68

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).......................................5-72

LKAS Operation..........................................................................................5-73

Warning light and message.....................................................................5-77

LKAS Function Change.............................................................................5-78

Limitations of the System .......................................................................5-79

Advanced Smart Cruise Control System (ASCC) ...................5-80

To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control............................5-81

To Convert to Cruise Control Mode ......................................................5-82

Smart Cruise Control Speed....................................................................5-83

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance...........................5-88

Front Radar Sensor...................................................................................5-91

Limitations of the System .......................................................................5-92

Driver Attention Alert system (DAA) ......................................5-97

System Setting and Activation ...............................................................5-97

Resetting the System................................................................................5-99

System Disabled.........................................................................................5-99

System Malfunction................................................................................5-100

Special Driving Conditions ......................................................5-102

Hazardous Driving Conditions ..............................................................5-102

Rocking the Vehicle ................................................................................5-102

Smooth Cornering ...................................................................................5-103

Driving at Night........................................................................................5-103

Driving in the Rain...................................................................................5-103

Driving in Flooded Areas .......................................................................5-104

Highway Driving.......................................................................................5-104

DDrriivviinngg yyoouurr vveehhiiccllee

Winter Driving ..........................................................................5-105

Snow or Icy Conditions ..........................................................................5-105

Winter Precautions .................................................................................5-107

Vehicle Load Limit....................................................................5-109

Tire Loading Information Label ...........................................................5-110

Trailer Towing ...........................................................................5-114

5-4

Driving your vehicle

Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause uncon-

sciousness and death.

Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or

smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.

If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the win-

dows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death

by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to

change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound

of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath

side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible

by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is

a hazardous practice.Run the engine only long enough to start the engine

and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the

vehicle.

If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside

the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at

"Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation

air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or

other obstructions.

If you must drive with the trunk open:

Close all windows.

Open instrument panel air vents.

Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face",

and the fan control set to high.

WARNING

Before Entering the Vehicle

• Be sure all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean

and unobstructed.

• Remove frost, snow, or ice.

• Visually check the tires for uneven

wear and damage.

• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.

• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Before Starting

• Make sure the hood, the trunk, and

the doors are securely closed and

locked.

• Adjust the position of the seat and

steering wheel.

• Adjust the inside and outside

rearview mirrors.

• Verify all the lights work.

• Fasten your seatbelt.Check that all

passengers have fastened their

seatbelts.

• Check the gauges and indicators in

the instrument panel and the mes-

sages on the instrument display

when the ignition switch is in the

ON position.

• Check that any items you are car-

rying are stored properly or fas-

tened down securely.

BBEEFFOORREE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

5-5

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-

ety of automobile components

including components found in

the interior furnishings in a vehi-

cle, contain or emit harmful

chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and

birth defects and reproductive

harm. In addition, certain fluids

contained in vehicles and certain

products of components contain

or emit chemicals known to the

State of California to cause can-

cer and birth defects or other

reproductive harm.

WARNING

5-6

Driving your vehicle

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH, take the fol-

lowing precautions:

• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.

All passengers must be prop-

erly belted whenever the vehi-

cle is moving. For more infor-

mation, refer to "Seat Belts" in

chapter 2.

• Always drive defensively.

Assume other drivers or pedes-

trians may be careless and

make mistakes.

• Stay focused on the task of

driving. Driver distraction can

cause accidents.

• Leave plenty of space between

you and the vehicle in front of

you.

WARNING

NEVER drink or take drugs and

drive.

Drinking or taking drugs and

driving is dangerous and may

result in an accident and SERI-

OUS INJURY or DEATH.

Drunk driving is the number

one contributor to the highway

death toll each year. Even a

small amount of alcohol will

affect your reflexes, percep-

tions and judgment. Just one

drink can reduce your ability to

respond to changing conditions

and emergencies and your reac-

tion time gets worse with each

additional drink.

Driving while under the influ-

ence of drugs is as dangerous

or more dangerous than driving

under the influence of alcohol.

You are much more likely to

have a serious accident if you

drink or take drugs and drive. If

you are drinking or taking

drugs, don't drive. Do not ride

with a driver who has been

drinking or taking drugs.

Choose a designated driver or

call a taxi.

WARNING

Engine Start/Stop Button

Whenever the front door is opened,

the Engine Start/Stop button will illu-

minate and will go off 30 seconds

after the door is closed.

5-7

To reduce risk of serious injury

or death, NEVER allow children

or any person who is unfamiliar

with the vehicle to touch the

Engine Start/Stop button or

related parts. Unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement can

occur.

WARNING

To turn the engine off in an

emergency:

Press and hold the Engine

Start/Stop button for more than

two seconds OR rapidly press

and release the Engine Start/

Stop button three times (within

three seconds).

If the vehicle is still moving, you

can restart the engine without

depressing the brake pedal by

pressing the Engine Start/Stop

button with the shift lever in the

N (Neutral) position.

WARNING

• NEVER press the Engine

Start/Stop button while the

vehicle is in motion except in

an emergency. This will result

in the engine turning off and

loss of power assist for the

steering and brake systems.

This may lead to loss of direc-

tional control and braking

function, which could cause

an accident.

• Before leaving the driver's

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is in the P (Park)

position, set the parking

brake, press the Engine Start/

Stop button to the OFF posi-

tion, and take the Smart Key

with you. Unexpected vehicle

movement may occur if these

precautions are not followed.

(Continued)

WARNING

OHI056001

Engine Start/Stop button posi-

tions

To turn off the

engine, press the

Engine Start/Stop

button with shift

lever in P (Park).

Also, the engine

will turn off when

the Engine Start/

Stop button is

pressed with the shift lever in D

(Drive) or R (Reverse) because the

transmission automatically shifts to

the P (Park) position. But, when it is

pressed in N (Neutral), the Engine

Start/Stop button will go to the ACC

position.

Press the Engine

Start/Stop button

when the button is

in the OFF position

without depressing

the brake pedal.

Some electrical

accessories are

usable.

Information

If you leave the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton in the ACC position for more than

one hour, the battery power will turn

off automatically to prevent the bat-

tery from discharging.

Press the Engine

Start/Stop button

while it is in the

ACC position with-

out depressing the

brake pedal.

The warning lights

can be checked

before the engine is

started.

Information

Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop

button in the ON position when the

engine is not running to prevent the

battery from discharging.

To start the engine,

depress the brake

pedal and press the

Engine Start/Stop

button with the shift

lever in the P (Park)

or in the N (Neutral)

position.

For your safety,

start the engine with the shift lever in

the P (Park) position.

5-8

Driving your vehicle

OFF

ACC

START

(Continued)

• NEVER reach through the

steering wheel for the Engine

Start/Stop button or any other

control while the vehicle is in

motion. The presence of your

hand or arm in this area may

cause a loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

Information

If you press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton without depressing the brake

pedal, the engine does not start and

the Engine Start/Stop button changes

as follows:

OFF

→→

ACC

→→

OFF

However, the engine may start if you

depress the brake pedal within 0.5 sec-

ond after pressing the Engine Start/

Stop button from the OFF position.

Starting the engine

Information

• The engine will start by pressing the

Engine Start/Stop button, only when

the smart key is in the vehicle.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-

cle, if it is far away from the driver,

the engine may not start.

• When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ACC or ON position, if any

door is open, the system checks for

the smart key. If the smart key is not

in the vehicle, the warning "Key not

in vehicle" will come on and if all

doors are closed, the chime will also

sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the

smart key in the vehicle when using

the ACC position or if the vehicle

engine is ON.

1. Always carry the smart key with

you.

2. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.

3. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).

4. Depress the brake pedal.

5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton.

Information

• Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains station-

ary. Start driving at moderate

engine speeds. (Rapid accelerating

and decelerating should be avoid-

ed.)

• Always start the vehicle with your

foot on the brake pedal. Do not

depress the accelerator while start-

ing the vehicle. Do not race the

engine while warming it up.

5-9

• Always wear appropriate shoes

when operating your vehicle.

Unsuitable shoes, such as

high heels, ski boots, sandals,

flip-flops, etc., may interfere

with your ability to use the

brake and accelerator pedals.

• Do not start the vehicle with the

accelerator pedal depressed.

The vehicle can move and lead

to an accident.

• Wait until the engine rpm is

normal. The vehicle may sud-

denly move if the brake pedal

is released when the rpm is

high.

WARNING

5-10

Driving your vehicle

To prevent damage to the vehicle:

• If the engine stalls while you are

in motion, do not attempt to

move the shift lever to the P

(Park) position.

If traffic and road conditions

permit, you may put the shift

lever in the N (Neutral) position

while the vehicle is still moving

and press the Engine Start/Stop

button in an attempt to restart

the engine.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle

to start the engine.

To prevent damage to the vehicle:

When the stop lamp fuse is blown,

you can't start the engine normal-

ly. Replace the fuse with a new

one. If you are not able to replace

the fuse, you can start the engine

by pressing and holding the

Engine Start/Stop button for 10

seconds with the Engine Start/

Stop button in the ACC position.

Do not press the Engine Start/

Stop button for more than 10 sec-

onds except when the stop lamp

fuse is blown.

For your safety always depress

the brake pedal before starting the

engine.

Information

If the smart key battery is weak or the

smart key does not work correctly,

you can start the engine by pressing

the Engine Start/Stop button with the

smart key in the direction of the pic-

ture above.

NOTICE

OHI056006

5-11

Automatic Transmission Operation

The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed.

The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN

OHI056010L

When you move the shift lever, depress the brake pedal while

pressing the UNLOCK button.

UNLOCK Button

P Button

5-12

Driving your vehicle

Transmission ranges

The indicator in the instrument clus-

ter displays the shift lever position

when the ignition switch is in the ON

position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into P (Park).

To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N

(Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual mode

to P (Park), press the [P] button.

If you turn off the engine in D (Drive),

R (Reverse) or Manual mode the

shifting automatically changes to P

(Park).

When you park the vehicle, press the

[P] button while depressing the brake

pedal and then apply the parking

brake.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death:

• ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle for

people, especially children,

before shifting a vehicle into

D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver's

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is in the P (Park)

position, then set the parking

brake, and place the Engine

Start/Stop button in the OFF

position. Unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement

can occur if these precautions

are not followed.

• When using the paddle shifter

(manual mode), do not use

engine braking (shifting from

a high gear to lower gear) rap-

idly on slippery roads. The

vehicle may slip causing an

accident.

WARNING

• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion may

cause you to lose control of

the vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,

always make sure the shift

lever is in P (Park), apply the

parking brake, and turn the

engine off.

• Do not use the P (Park) posi-

tion in place of the parking

brake.

WARNING

OHI056011L

5-13

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle

backward.

To move the shift lever to R

(Reverse), press the [UNLOCK] but-

ton while depressing the brake pedal

and then move the shift lever for-

ward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are not

engaged.

Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart

a stalled engine, or if it is necessary

to stop with the engine ON. Shift into

P (Park) if you need to leave your

vehicle for any reason.

Always depress the brake pedal

when you are shifting from N

(Neutral) to another gear.

In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts

to turn off the engine, the transmis-

sion remains in the N (Neutral) posi-

tion and the Engine Start/Stop button

will be in the ACC position.

To turn off the engine from the ACC

position, press the Engine Start/Stop

button to the ON position, press the

[P] button, and press the Engine

Start/Stop button to the OFF posi-

tion.

When either the driver's door or the

front passenger's door is opened

with the Engine Start/Stop button in

the ACC position and the shift lever

in N (Neutral) position, the engine is

automatically turned OFF and the

transmission automatically changes

to the P (Park) position.

OHI056013L

■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → R (Reverse)

Unlock Button

OHI056014L

Unlock Button

■ R (Reverse), D (Drive) → N (Neutral)

OHI056012L

■ D (Drive) → R (Reverse)

Unlock Button

Always come to a complete

stop before shifting into or out

of R (Reverse); you may dam-

age the transmission if you shift

into R (Reverse) while the vehi-

cle is in motion.

CAUTION

5-14

Driving your vehicle

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position.

The transmission will automatically

shift through an eight-gear

sequence, providing the best fuel

economy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-

er vehicle or driving uphill depress

the accelerator pedal further until

you feel the transmission downshift

to a lower gear.

To shift into D (Drive), depress the

brake pedal and press the

[UNLOCK] button on the shift lever.

Move the shift lever backward.

To shift into D (Drive) from N

(Neutral), you must depress the

brake pedal.

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into D (Drive).

NOTICE

OHI056015L

■ R (Reverse) → D (Drive)

Unlock Button

OHI056016L

■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → D (Drive)

Unlock Button

• Do not shift into gear unless

your foot is firmly on the

brake pedal. Use the N

(Neutral) position to idle a

vehicle for an extended period

of time. The wheels and the

transmission are not

engaged. While parking the

vehicle with the engine run-

ning, depress the brake pedal

or apply the parking brake.

• Do not drive with the shift

lever in N (Neutral). Doing so

may result in an accident

because of a loss of engine

braking and the transmission

could be damaged.

WARNING

5-15

Paddle shifter (Manual mode)

The paddle shifter is available when

the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-

tion.

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once

to shift up or down one gear and the

system changes from automatic

mode to manual mode.

To change back to the automatic

mode from manual mode, do one of

the following:

• Move the shift lever down.

• Depress the accelerator pedal for

more than 5 seconds.

• Drive the vehicle under 4 mph (7

km/h).

• Pull and hold the right side paddle

shifter.

Information

If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are

pulled at the same time, gear change

may not occur.

Shift-lock system

For your safety, the automatic trans-

mission has a shift-lock system

which prevents shifting the transmis-

sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)

or D (Drive) unless the [UNLOCK]

button is pressed while depressing

the brake pedal.

To shift the transmission from P

(Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) :

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine or place the

Engine Start/Stop button in the

ON position.

3. Move the shift lever to R (Reverse)

or D (Drive) while pressing the

[UNLOCK] button.

OHI056018

5-16

Driving your vehicle

When the battery is discharged:

You cannot move the shift lever,

when the battery is discharged.

In emergencies, do the following to

move the shift lever to N (Neutral) on

a level ground.

1. Connect the battery cables from

another vehicle or from another

battery to the jump-starting termi-

nals inside the engine compart-

ment.

For more information refer to

"Jump Starting" in chapter 6.

2. Release the parking brake with

the Engine Start/Stop button in the

ON position.

3. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton to the OFF position.

4. Remove the cap-cover (1) and

press the button (2) while depress-

ing the brake pedal.Then, the gear

will change to the N (Neutral) posi-

tion. The button (2) should be

pressed within 3 minutes after

turning OFF the engine. In addi-

tion, the button (2) operates only

for 20 seconds to change the gear

between N (Neutral) and P (Park)

from the time when the button (2)

is first pressed.

Information

In situations when the gear needs to be

changed from P (Park) to N (Neutral)

when the Engine Start/Stop button is

in the OFF position, refer to step 4.

Parking

Always come to a complete stop and

continue to depress the brake pedal.

Move the shift lever into the P (Park)

position, apply the parking brake,

and place the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton in the OFF position.Take the Key

with you when exiting the vehicle.

OHI056017L

• When you stay in the vehicle

with the engine running, be

careful not to depress the

accelerator pedal for a long

period of time. The engine or

exhaust system may overheat

and start a fire.

• The exhaust gas and the

exhaust system are very hot.

Keep away from the exhaust

system components.

• Do not stop or park over flam-

mable materials, such as dry

grass, paper or leaves. They

may ignite and cause a fire.

WARNING

5-17

LCD Display Messages

Shifter Malfunction

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when the transmis-

sion or the shift lever does not prop-

erly operate in the P (Park) position.

In this case, immediately have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

Check shift lever

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when there is a mal-

function with one of the key transmis-

sion shifter components.

In this case, immediately have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

Shifting conditions not met

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when engine RPM

is too high, or when driving speed is

too fast to shift the gear.

We recommend you decrease the

engine speed or slow down before

shifting the gear.

Press brake pedal to change

gear

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when the brake

pedal is not depressed while shifting

the gear.

We recommend you depress the

brake pedal and then shift the gear.

OHI046134L

OHI056019L

OHI056020L

OHI046133L

5-18

Driving your vehicle

Shift to P after stopping

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when the brake

pedal is not depressed while shifting

the gear.

We recommend you depress the

brake pedal and then shift the gear.

Press UNLOCK to change gear

The warning message appears on

the LCD display, when the

[UNLOCK] button is not pressed

while shifting the gear. We recom-

mend you press the [UNLOCK] but-

ton and then shift the gear.

PARK engaged

The message appears on the LCD

display, when the P (Park) position is

engaged.

NEUTRAL engaged

The message appears on the LCD

display, when the N (Neutral) posi-

tion is engaged.

OHI056021L

OHI056026L

OHI056027L

OHI056028L

5-19

Good Driving Practices

• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other

position with the accelerator pedal

depressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P

(Park) when the vehicle is in

motion.

Be sure the vehicle is completely

stopped before you attempt to shift

into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N

(Neutral) when driving. Doing so

may result in an accident because

of a loss of engine braking and the

transmission could be damaged.

• Do not drive with your foot resting

on the brake pedal. Even light, but

consistent pedal pressure can

result in the brakes overheating,

brake wear and possibly even

brake failure.

• When driving in Manual mode with

the paddle shifter, slow down

before shifting to a lower gear.

Otherwise, the lower gear may not

be engaged if the engine rpms are

outside of the allowable range.

• Depressing both accelerator and

brake pedals at the same time can

trigger logic for engine power

reduction to assure vehicle decel-

eration. Vehicle acceleration will

resume after the brake pedal is

released.

• Always apply the parking brake

when leaving the vehicle. Do not

depend on placing the transmis-

sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle

from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when

driving on a slippery surface. Be

especially careful when braking,

accelerating or shifting gears.On a

slippery surface, an abrupt change

in vehicle speed can cause the

drive wheels to lose traction and

may cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

• Optimum vehicle performance and

economy is obtained by smoothly

depressing and releasing the

accelerator.

5-20

Driving your vehicle

Information

- Kickdown

Mechanism

Use the kickdown mechanism for

maximum acceleration. Depress the

accelerator pedal beyond the pressure

point. The automatic transmission will

shift to a lower gear depending on the

engine speed.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH :

• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.

In a collision, an unbelted

occupant is significantly more

likely to be seriously injured

or killed than a properly belt-

ed occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-

nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as

sharp lane changes or fast,

sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatly

increased if you lose control

of your vehicle at highway

speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs if

two or more wheels drop off

the roadway and the driver

over steers to reenter the

roadway.

• In the event your vehicle

leaves the roadway, do not

steer sharply. Instead, slow

down before pulling back into

the travel lanes.

• Genesis Branded Vehicle rec-

ommends you follow all post-

ed speed limits.

WARNING

5-21

Using All Wheel Drive (AWD)

The All Wheel Drive (AWD) System

delivers engine power to the front

and rear wheels for maximum trac-

tion. AWD is useful when extra trac-

tion is required, such as when driving

on slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-

covered roads.

If the system determines there is a

need for addition traction, engine

power will automatically be distrib-

uted to all four wheels.

Information

• Do not drive in water if the level is

higher than the bottom of the vehi-

cle.

• Check your brake condition once

you are out of mud or water.

Depress the brake pedal several

times as you move slowly until you

feel normal braking return.

• Shorten your scheduled mainte-

nance interval if you drive in off-

road conditions such as sand, mud

or water (see "Maintenance Under

Severe Usage Conditions" in chap-

ter 7).

• Make sure that an AWD vehicle is

towed by flatbed tow truck.

AALLLL WWHHEEEELL DDRRIIVVEE ((AAWWDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

If the AWD warning light ( )

stays on the instrument cluster,

your vehicle may have a mal-

function with the AWD system.

When the AWD warning light

( ) illuminates have your

vehicle checked by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products as soon as possible.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH:

• Do not drive in conditions that

exceed the vehicles intended

design such as challenging

off-road conditions.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-

nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as

sharp lane changes or fast,

sharp turns.

(Continued)

• The risk of a rollover is great-

ly increased if you lose con-

trol of your vehicle at highway

speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs if

two or more wheels drop off

the roadway and the driver

over steers to reenter the

roadway.

• In the event your vehicle

leaves the roadway, do not

steer sharply. Instead, slow

down before pulling back into

the travel lanes.

• Always drive safely and use

caution when driving an AWD

vehicle.

WARNING

5-22

Driving your vehicle

For safe AWD operation

Before driving

• Make sure all passengers are

wearing seat belts.

• Sit upright and adjust the steering

wheel to a position comfortable for

you to drive.

Driving on snow-covered or icy

roads

• Start off slowly by applying the

accelerator pedal gently.

• Use of snow tires are recommend-

ed.

For more information on Snow

Tires refer to "Winter Driving" in

this chapter.

• Keep sufficient distance between

your vehicle and the vehicle in front

of you.

• Use engine braking during deceler-

ation.

• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,

sudden brake applications, and

sharp turns to help prevent skids.

Driving in sand or mud

• Maintain slow and constant speed.

• Keep sufficient distance between

your vehicle and the vehicle in front

of you.

• Reduce vehicle speed and always

check the road condition.

• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,

sudden brake applications, and

sharp turns to prevent getting

stuck.

When the vehicle is stuck in snow,

sand or mud, place a nonslip

material under the drive wheels to

provide traction OR

Slowly spin the wheels in forward

and reverse directions which

causes a rocking motion that may

free the vehicle. However, avoid

running the engine continuously

at high rpm, doing so may damage

the AWD system.

Information

• When using Snow Tires, mount

them on the rear wheels.

• If tire chains must be used, use

AutoSock (fabric snow chain) and

install the tire chain after reviewing

the instructions provided with the

tire chains.

For more information on Snow Tires

and Tire Chains, refer to "Winter

Driving" in this chapter.

NOTICE

5-23

Driving up or down hills

• Driving uphill

- Before starting off, check if it is

possible to drive uphill.

- Drive as straight as possible.

• Driving downhill

- Do not change gear while driving

downhill. Select gear before driv-

ing downhill.

- Drive as slowly using engine

braking while driving downhill.

- Drive straight as possible.

Emergency Precautions

Tires

When replacing the tires, be sure to

equip all four tires with the tire and

wheel of the same size, type, tread,

brand and load-carrying capacity.

In an emergency situation, a com-

pact spare tire may be used. But, do

not use the compact spare tire con-

tinuously. Repair or replace the origi-

nal tire as soon as possible to avoid

failure of the differential or AWD sys-

tem.

Exercise extreme caution driv-

ing up or down steep hills. The

vehicle may flip depending on

the grade, terrain and water/

mud conditions.

WARNING

Do not use tire and wheel with

different size and type from the

one originally installed on your

vehicle. It can affect the safety

and performance of your vehi-

cle,which could lead to steering

failure or rollover causing seri-

ous injury.

WARNING

5-24

Driving your vehicle

Towing

AWD vehicle must be towed with all

four wheels off the ground, using a

flatbed tow truck or wheel dollies.

The AWD system could be damaged

if improperly towed.

For more information, refer to

"Towing" in chapter 6.

Vehicle inspection

• When the vehicle is on a car lift, do

not operate the front and rear

wheels separately. All four wheels

should be operated.

• Never engage the parking brake

while running the engine on a car

lift. This may damage the AWD

system.

Dynamometer testing

An AWD vehicle must be tested on a

special four wheel chassis dynamome-

ter.

An AWD vehicle should not be tested

on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll

tester must be used, perform the fol-

lowing procedure:

1. Check the tire pressures recom-

mended for your vehicle.

2. Place the rear wheels on the roll

tester for a speedometer test as

shown in the illustration.

3. Release the parking brake.

4. Place the front wheels on the tem-

porary free roller as shown in the

illustration.

OHI056031

Keep away from the front of the

vehicle while the vehicle is in

gear on the dynamometer. The

vehicle can jump forward and

cause serious injury or death.

WARNING

Never start or run the engine

while an AWD vehicle is raised

on a jack.The vehicle can slip or

roll off of a jack causing serious

injury or death to you or those

nearby.

WARNING

OHI056029N

Temporary Free Roller

Roll Tester (Speedometer)

5-25

Power Brakes

Your vehicle has power-assisted

brakes that adjust automatically

through normal usage.

If the engine is not running or is

turned off while driving, the power

assist for the brakes will not work.

You can still stop your vehicle by

applying greater force to the brake

pedal than typical. The stopping dis-

tance, however, will be longer than

with power brakes.

When the engine is not running, the

reserve brake power is partially

depleted each time the brake pedal

is applied. Do not pump the brake

pedal when the power assist has

been interrupted.

Pump the brake pedal only when

necessary to maintain steering con-

trol on slippery surfaces.

BBRRAAKKIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM

Take the following precautions:

• Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal.

This will create abnormal high

brake temperatures, exces-

sive brake lining and pad

wear, and increased stopping

distances.

• When descending down a

long or steep hill, move the

gear shift lever to Manual

Shift Mode and manually

downshift to a lower gear in

order to control your speed

without using the brake pedal

excessively. Applying the

brakes continuously will

cause the brakes to overheat

and could result in a tempo-

rary loss of braking perform-

ance.

• Wet brakes may impair the

vehicle's ability to safely slow

down; the vehicle may also

pull to one side when the

brakes are applied. Applying

the brakes lightly will indicate

whether they have been

affected in this way. Always

test your brakes in this fash-

ion after driving through deep

water.To dry the brakes, light-

ly tap the brake pedal to heat

up the brakes while maintain-

ing a safe forward speed until

brake performance returns to

normal. Avoid driving at high

speeds until the brakes func-

tion correctly.

WARNING

5-26

Driving your vehicle

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator

When your brake pads are worn and

new pads are required, you will hear

a high pitched warning sound from

your front or rear brakes. You may

hear this sound come and go or it

may occur whenever you depress

the brake pedal.

Note that some driving conditions or

climates may cause a brake squeal

when you first apply (or lightly apply)

the brakes. This is normal and does

not indicate a problem with your

brakes.

To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with worn

brake pads.

Information

Always replace brake pads as com-

plete front or rear axle sets.

Electronic Parking Brake

(EPB)

Applying the parking brake

To apply the EPB (Electronic

Parking Brake):

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Pull the EPB switch upwards.

Make sure the Parking Brake

Warning Light comes on.

With the AUTO HOLD feature

enabled, the EPB is automatically

applied when the engine is shut

off.

However, if the EPB switch is

pressed within 1 second of engine

shut off, the EPB will not be

applied.

NOTICE

OHI056032

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-

ate the EPB while the vehicle is

moving except in an emergency

situation. It could damage the

brake system and lead to an

accident.

WARNING

5-27

Releasing the parking brake

To release the EPB (Electronic

Parking Brake), press the EPB

switch in the following condition:

• Place the Engine Start/Stop button

in the ON position.

• Depress the brake pedal.

Make sure the Parking Brake

Warning Light goes off.

EPB is released automatically dur-

ing the following scenarios:

• Shift lever in P (Park)

With the engine running depress

the brake pedal and shift out of P

(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral)

or D (Drive).

• Shift lever in N (Neutral)

With the engine running depress

the brake pedal and shift out of N

(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D

(Drive).

• Under the following conditions

1. Start the engine.

2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.

3. Close the driver's door, engine

hood and trunk.

4. Depress the accelerator pedal

while the shift lever is in D

(Drive) or R (Reverse).

The Parking Brake Warning Light

should be turned off when the EPB is

released.

Information

• For your safety, you can engage the

EPB even though the Engine Stop/

Start button is in the OFF position

(only if battery power is available),

but you cannot release it.

• For your safety, depress the brake

pedal and release the parking brake

manually with the EPB switch when

you drive downhill or when backing

up the vehicle.

• If the parking brake warning

light is still on even though the

EPB has been released, have

your vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• Do not drive your vehicle with

the EPB applied. It may cause

excessive brake pad and brake

rotor wear.

When the EPB (Electronic Parking

Brake) does not release:

Contact an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products by load-

ing the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck

and have the system checked.

NOTICE

OHI056033

5-28

Driving your vehicle

EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)

may be automatically applied

when:

• Requested by other systems

• The engine is turned off with the

EPB applied

Information

If the driver turns the engine off while

Auto Hold is operating, EPB will be

automatically applied. However, if

you press the EPB switch within one

second after the engine is turned off,

the EPB will not be applied.

Warning messages

To release EPB, fasten seatbelt,

close door, hood, and trunk

• If you try to drive with the EPB

applied, a warning will sound and a

message will appear.

• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-

tened and the hood or trunk is

opened, a warning will sound and

a message will appear.

• If there is a problem with the vehi-

cle, a warning may sound and a

message may appear.

If the situation occurs, depress the

brake pedal and release EPB by

pressing the EPB switch.

• Whenever leaving the vehicle

or parking, always come to a

complete stop and continue

to depress the brake pedal.

Move the shift lever into the P

(Park) position, press the EPB

switch, and press the Engine

Start/Stop button to the OFF

position. Take the Smart Key

with you when exiting the

vehicle.

Vehicles not fully engaged in

P (Park) with the parking

brake set are at risk for mov-

ing inadvertently and causing

injury to yourself or others.

• NEVER allow anyone who is

unfamiliar with the vehicle to

touch the EPB switch. If the

EPB is released unintentional-

ly, serious injury may occur.

• Only release the EPB when

you are seated inside the

vehicle with your foot firmly

on the brake pedal.

WARNING

OHI056039L

5-29

• Do not apply the accelerator

pedal while the parking brake is

engaged. If you depress the

accelerator pedal with the EPB

engaged, a warning will sound

and a message will appear.

Damage to the parking brake

may occur.

• Driving with the parking brake

on can overheat the braking sys-

tem and cause premature wear

or damage to brake parts. Make

sure the EPB is released and the

parking brake warning light is

off before driving.

Information

• A clicking sound may be heard

while operating or releasing the

EPB. These conditions are normal

and indicate that the EPB is func-

tioning properly.

• When leaving your keys with a

parking lot attendant or valet, make

sure to inform him/her how to oper-

ate the EPB.

AUTO HOLD deactivating.

Press brake pedal

When the conversion from Auto Hold

to EPB is not working properly a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

Parking brake automatically locked

If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold

is activated, a warning will sound and

a message will appear.

NOTICE

OHI056041L

OHI056038L

5-30

Driving your vehicle

EPB warning light

This warning light illuminates if the

Engine Start/Stop button is changed

to the ON position and goes off in

approximately 3 seconds if the sys-

tem is operating normally.

If the EPB warning light remains on,

comes on while driving, or does not

come on when the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position, this indi-

cates the EPB may have malfunc-

tioned.Have your vehicle checked by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products as soon as possi-

ble.

The EPB warning light may illumi-

nate when the ESC (Electronic

Stability Control) indicator comes on

to indicate that the ESC is not work-

ing properly, but it does not indicate a

malfunction of the EPB.

• If the EPB warning light is still

on, have the system checked by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• If the parking brake warning

light does not illuminate or

blinks even though the EPB

switch was pulled up, the EPB

may not be applied.

• If the parking brake warning

light blinks when the EPB warn-

ing light is on, press the EPB

switch, then pull it up. Once

more, press the switch back to

its original position and pull it

back up. If the EPB warning light

does not go off, have your vehi-

cle checked by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

NOTICE

OHI056040

5-31

Emergency braking

If there is a problem with the brake

pedal while driving, emergency brak-

ing is possible by pulling up and

holding the EPB switch. Braking is

possible only while you are holding

the EPB switch. However, braking

distance will be longer than normal.

Information

During emergency braking the park-

ing brake warning light will illumi-

nate to indicate that the system is

operating.

If you continuously notice a noise

or burning smell when the EPB is

used for emergency braking, have

your vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products as soon as pos-

sible.

Auto Hold

The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle

in a standstill even though the brake

pedal is not depressed after the driv-

er brings the vehicle to a complete

stop by depressing the brake pedal.

To apply:

1. With the driver's door, engine

hood and trunk closed, fasten the

driver's seat belt or depress the

brake pedal and then press the

[AUTO HOLD] switch. The white

AUTO HOLD indicator will come

on and the system will be in the

standby position.

NOTICE

OHI056131L

■ Type A

OHI056034L

■ Type B

Do not operate the parking

brake while the vehicle is mov-

ing except in an emergency sit-

uation. It could damage the

brake system and lead to a

severe accident.

WARNING

5-32

Driving your vehicle

2. When you stop the vehicle com-

pletely by depressing the brake

pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the

brake pressure to hold the vehicle

stationary. The indicator changes

from white to green.

3. The vehicle will remain stationary

even if you release the brake

pedal.

4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be

released.

To release:

• Press the accelerator pedal with

the shift lever in D (Drive) and R

(Reverse), the Auto Hold will be

released automatically and the

vehicle will start to move. The

AUTO HOLD indicator changes

from green to white.

• If the vehicle is restarted using the

advanced smart cruise control tog-

gle switch (RES+ or SET-) while

Auto Hold and advanced smart

cruise control is operating, the

Auto Hold will be released regard-

less of accelerator pedal operation.

The AUTO HOLD indicator changes

from green to white.

To cancel:

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.

The AUTO HOLD indicator will

turn off.

To prevent, unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement,

ALWAYS depress your foot on

the brake pedal to cancel the

Auto Hold before you:

- Drive downhill.

- Drive the vehicle in R

(Reverse).

- Park the vehicle.

WARNING

OHI056130L

■ Type A

OHI056036L

■ Type B

OHI056035

5-33

Information

• The Auto Hold does not operate

when:

- The driver's seat belt is unbuckled

and the driver's door is opened

- The engine hood is opened

- The trunk is opened

- The shift lever is in P (Park)

- The EPB is applied

• For your safety, the Auto Hold auto-

matically switches to EPB when:

- The driver's seat belt is unfastened

and the driver's door is opened

- The engine hood is opened with

the shift lever in D (Drive)

- The vehicle is in a standstill for

more than 10 minutes

- The vehicle is standing on a steep

slope

- The vehicle moved several times

In these cases, the parking brake

warning light comes on, the AUTO

HOLD indicator changes from

green to white, and warning sounds

and a message will appear to inform

you that EPB has been automatical-

ly engaged. Before driving again,

depress the brake pedal, check the

surrounding area near your vehicle

and release the parking brake man-

ually with the EPB switch.

• If the AUTO HOLD indicator

changes to yellow, the Auto Hold is

not working properly. Take your

vehicle to an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products and have

the system checked.

If there is a malfunction with the

driver's door, engine hood or

trunk open detection system, the

Auto Hold may not work properly.

Take your vehicle to an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts and have the system

checked.

NOTICE

• Depress the accelerator pedal

slowly when you start the

vehicle.

• For your safety, cancel the

Auto Hold when you drive

downhill, back up the vehicle

or park the vehicle.

WARNING

5-34

Driving your vehicle

Warning messages

Parking brake automatically locked

When the EPB is applied from Auto

Hold, a warning will sound and a

message will appear.

AUTO HOLD deactivating.

Press brake pedal

When the conversion from Auto Hold

to EPB is not working properly a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

Press brake pedal to deactivate

AUTO HOLD

If you did not apply the brake pedal

when you release the Auto Hold by

pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

AUTO HOLD conditions not met.

Close door, hood, trunk, and fasten

seatbelt

When you press the [AUTO HOLD]

switch, if the driver's door, engine

hood or trunk is not closed or the dri-

ver's seat belt is not fastened, a

warning will sound and a message

will appear on the LCD display. In

that time, press the [AUTO HOLD]

switch after closing the driver's door,

engine hood, trunk and fastening the

seat belt.

OHI056038L

OHI056041L

OHI056043N

OHI056042L

When this message is dis-

played, the Auto Hold and EPB

may not operate. For your safe-

ty, depress the brake pedal.

CAUTION

5-35

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

ABS is an electronic braking system

that helps prevent a braking skid.

ABS allows the driver to steer and

brake at the same time.

Using ABS

To obtain the maximum benefit from

your ABS in an emergency situation,

do not attempt to modulate your

brake pressure and do not try to

pump your brakes. Depress your

brake pedal as hard as possible.

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear sounds from

the brakes, or feel a corresponding

sensation in the brake pedal. This is

normal and it means your ABS is

active.

ABS does not reduce the time or dis-

tance it takes to stop the vehicle.

Always maintain a safe distance from

the vehicle in front of you.

ABS will not prevent a skid that

results from sudden changes in

direction, such as trying to take a

corner too fast or making a sudden

lane change. Always drive at a safe

speed for the road and weather con-

ditions.

ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili-

ty. Always steer moderately when

braking hard. Severe or sharp steer-

ing wheel movement can still cause

your vehicle to veer into oncoming

traffic or off the road.

On loose or uneven road surfaces,

operation of the anti-lock brake sys-

tem may result in a longer stopping

distance than for vehicles equipped

with a conventional brake system.

An Anti-Lock Braking System

(ABS) or an Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) system will not

prevent accidents due to

improper or dangerous driving

maneuvers. Even though vehi-

cle control is improved during

emergency braking, always

maintain a safe distance

between you and objects ahead

of you. Vehicle speeds should

always be reduced during

extreme road conditions. The

braking distance for cars

equipped with ABS or ESC may

be longer than for those without

these systems in the following

road conditions.

Drive your vehicle at reduced

speeds during the following

conditions:

• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.

• On roads where the road sur-

face is pitted or has different

surface height.

• Tire chains are installed on

your vehicle.

The safety features of an ABS

or ESC equipped vehicle should

not be tested by high speed

driving or cornering.This could

endanger the safety of yourself

or others.

WARNING

5-36

Driving your vehicle

The ABS warning light ( ) will stay

on for several seconds after the igni-

tion switch is in the ON position.

During that time, the ABS will go

through self-diagnosis and the light

will go off if everything is normal. If

the light stays on, you may have a

problem with your ABS. Contact an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products as soon as possi-

ble.

Information

When you jump start your vehicle

because of a drained battery, the ABS

warning light ( ) may turn on at the

same time. This happens because of

the low battery voltage. It does not

mean your ABS is malfunctioning.

Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

If the ABS warning light ( ) is

on and stays on, you may have

a problem with the ABS. Your

power brakes will work normal-

ly. To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death, contact your

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products as soon as

possible.

WARNING

When you drive on a road hav-

ing poor traction, such as an icy

road, and apply your brakes

continuously, the ABS will be

active continuously and the

ABS warning light ( ) may

illuminate. Pull your car over to

a safe place and turn the engine

off.

Restart the engine. If the ABS

warning light is off, then your

ABS system is normal.

Otherwise, you may have a

problem with your ABS system.

Contact an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products as

soon as possible.

CAUTION

5-37

Electronic Stability Control

(ESC)

The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) system helps to stabilize the

vehicle during cornering maneuvers.

ESC checks where you are steering

and where the vehicle is actually

going. ESC applies braking pressure

to any one of the vehicle's brakes

and intervenes in the engine man-

agement system to assist the driver

with keeping the vehicle on the

intended path. It is not a substitute

for safe driving practices. Always

adjust your speed and driving to the

road conditions.

ESC operation

ESC ON condition

When the ignition switch is in the ON

position, the ESC and the ESC OFF

indicator lights illuminate for approxi-

mately three seconds. After both

lights go off, the ESC is enabled.

When operating

When the ESC is in oper-

ation, the ESC indicator

light blinks:

• When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear sounds from

the brakes, or feel a corresponding

sensation in the brake pedal. This

is normal and it means your ESC is

active.

• When the ESC activates, the

engine may not respond to the

accelerator as it does under rou-

tine conditions.

• If the Smart Cruise Control was in

use when the ESC activates, the

Smart Cruise Control automatically

disengages. The Smart Cruise

Control can be reengaged when

the road conditions allow. See

"Smart Cruise Control System"

later in this chapter. (if equipped)

• When moving out of the mud or

driving on a slippery road, the

engine RPM (revolutions per

minute) may not increase even if

you press the accelerator pedal

deeply. This is to maintain the sta-

bility and traction of the vehicle and

does not indicate a problem.

Never drive too fast for the road

conditions or too quickly when

cornering. The ESC system will

not prevent accidents.

Excessive speed in turns, abrupt

maneuvers, and hydroplaning

on wet surfaces can result in

severe accidents.

WARNING

OHI056037

5-38

Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF condition

To cancel ESC operation:

• State 1

Press the ESC OFF button briefly.

The ESC OFF indicator light and

message will illuminate. In this state,

the traction control function of ESC

(engine management) is disabled,

but the brake control function of ESC

(braking management) still operates.

• State 2

Press and hold the ESC OFF button

continuously for more than 3 sec-

onds. The ESC OFF indicator light

and message illuminates and a

warning chime sounds. (Vehicles

equipped with the AEB system, the

AEB warning light ( ) illuminates.

For more information, refer to

"Automatic Emergency Braking

(AEB)" in this chapter.) In this state,

both the traction control function of

ESC (engine management) and the

brake control function of ESC (brak-

ing management) are disabled.

If the Engine Start/Stop button is

placed to the OFF position when

ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon

restarting the engine, the ESC will

automatically turn on again.

OHI056045L

OHI056044L

5-39

Indicator lights

When the Engine Start/Stop button

is placed to the ON position, the ESC

indicator light illuminates, then goes

off if the ESC system is operating

normally.

The ESC indicator light blinks when-

ever the ESC is operating.

If ESC indicator light stays on, your

vehicle may have a malfunction with

the ESC system. When this warning

light illuminates have your vehicle

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products as soon

as possible.

The ESC OFF indicator light comes

on when the ESC is turned off.

Driving with wheel and tire sizes

different than original-equipment

may cause the ESC system to mal-

function. Before replacing tires,

make sure all four tires and

wheels are the same as the origi-

nal size. Never drive the vehicle

with different sized wheels and

tires installed.

ESC OFF usage

When Driving

The ESC OFF mode should only be

used briefly to help free the vehicle if

stuck in snow or mud by temporarily

stopping operation of the ESC to

maintain wheel torque.

To turn ESC off while driving, press

the ESC OFF button while driving on

a flat road surface.

To prevent damage to the trans-

mission:

• Do not allow wheel(s) of one

axle to spin excessively while

the ESC, ABS, and parking brake

warning lights are displayed.

The repairs would not be cov-

ered by the vehicle warranty.

Reduce engine power and do

not spin the wheel(s) excessive-

ly while these lights are dis-

played.

• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, make sure the

ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light

illuminated).

Information

Turning the ESC off does not affect

ABS or standard brake system opera-

tion.

NOTICE

■ ESC indicator light (blinks)

■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

When the ESC is blinking, this

indicates the ESC is active:

Drive slowly and NEVER attempt

to accelerate. NEVER turn the

ESC off while the ESC indicator

light is blinking or you may lose

control of the vehicle resulting

in an accident.

WARNING

5-40

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle Stability Management

(VSM)

The Vehicle Stability Management

(VSM) is a function of the Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) system. It

helps ensure the vehicle stays stable

when accelerating or braking sud-

denly on wet, slippery and rough

roads where traction over the four

tires can suddenly become uneven.

VSM operation

VSM ON condition

The VSM operates when:

• The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) is on.

• Vehicle speed is approximately

above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve

roads.

• Vehicle speed is approximately

above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the

vehicle is braking on rough roads.

When operating

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may activate the

ESC, you may hear sounds from the

brakes, or feel a corresponding sen-

sation in the brake pedal.This is nor-

mal and it means your VSM is active.

The VSM does not operate when:

• Driving on a banked road such

as gradient or incline.

• Driving rearward.

• ESC OFF indicator light is on.

• MDPS (Motor-Driven Power

Steering) warning light ( ) is

on or blinks.

NOTICE

Take the following precautions

when using the Vehicle Stability

Management (VSM):

• ALWAYS check the speed and

the distance to the vehicle

ahead. The VSM is not a sub-

stitute for safe driving prac-

tices.

• Never drive too fast for the

road conditions.The VSM sys-

tem will not prevent acci-

dents. Excessive speed in bad

weather, slippery and uneven

roads can result in severe

accidents.

WARNING

5-41

VSM OFF condition

To cancel VSM operation, press the

ESC OFF button.ESC OFF indicator

light ( ) will illuminate.

To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF

button again.The ESC OFF indicator

light will go out.

Driving with wheel and tire sizes dif-

ferent than original-equipment may

cause the ESC system to malfunc-

tion. Before replacing tires, make

sure all four tires and wheels are the

same as the original size. Never

drive the vehicle with different sized

tires and wheels installed.

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)

The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)

helps prevent the vehicle from rolling

backwards when starting a vehicle

from a stop on a hill. The system

operates the brakes automatically for

approximately 2 seconds and releas-

es the brake after 2 seconds or when

the accelerator pedal is depressed.

• The HAC does not operate when

the shift lever is in P (Park) or N

(Neutral).

• The HAC activates even though

the ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is off but does not acti-

vate when the ESC has malfunc-

tioned.

NOTICE

Always be ready to depress the

accelerator pedal when starting

off on a incline. The HAC acti-

vates only for approximately 2

seconds.

WARNING

If ESC indicator light ( ) or

MDPS warning light ( ) stays

on or blinks, your vehicle may

have a malfunction with the

VSM system. When the warning

light illuminates, have your vehi-

cle checked by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products as soon as possible.

WARNING

5-42

Driving your vehicle

Good Braking Practices

Wet brakes can be dangerous! The

brakes may get wet if the vehicle is

driven through standing water or if it

is washed.Your vehicle will not stop

as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet

brakes may cause the products to

pull to one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakes

lightly until the braking action returns

to normal, taking care to keep the

vehicle under control at all times. If

the braking action does not return to

normal, stop as soon as it is safe to

do so and call an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products for

assistance.

DO NOT drive with your foot resting

on the brake pedal. Even light, but

constant pedal pressure can result in

the brakes overheating, brake wear,

and possibly even brake failure.

If a tire goes flat while you are driv-

ing, apply the brakes gently and

keep the vehicle pointed straight

ahead while you slow down. When

you are moving slowly enough for it

to be safe to do so, pull off the road

and stop in a safe location.

Keep your foot firmly on the brake

pedal when the vehicle is stopped to

prevent the vehicle from rolling for-

ward.

Whenever leaving the vehicle or

parking, always come to a com-

plete stop and continue to

depress the brake pedal. Move

the shift lever into the P (Park)

position, then apply the parking

brake, and place the Engine

Start/Stop button in the OFF

position.

Vehicles with the parking brake

not fully engaged are at risk for

moving inadvertently and caus-

ing injury to yourself or others.

WARNING

5-43

Electronic Control Suspension

(ECS)

The Electronic Control Suspension

(ECS) controls the vehicle suspen-

sion automatically to maximize driv-

ing comfort by taking into account

the driving conditions such as speed,

surface of the road, cornering, stop-

ping requirements and acceleration.

ECS (Electronic Control

Suspension) malfunction indi-

cator

If the ECS warning message comes

on, you may have a problem with the

ECS system. Have the system be

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Dynamic Stability Damping

Control (DSDC)

The Dynamic Stability Damping

Control (DSDC) provides comfort rid-

ing and driving stability by meticu-

lously optimizing the suspension

power during sharp curving or abrupt

obstacle avoidance.

Operating conditions

• The DSDC is activated, when driv-

ing speed exceeds 30 mph (50

km/h).

• The DSDC does not operate, when

the Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) is deactivated.

The Dynamic Stability Damping

Control (DSDC) does not operate,

when there is a malfunction with

the Electronic Stability Control

(ESC).

The Genesis adaptive control sus-

pension operation is limited in fol-

lowing situations:

- There are wide variations in tire

pressures.

- The vehicle is driven on a steep

slope.

- The vehicle is driven on a rough,

rugged surface.

NOTICE

GGEENNEESSIISS AADDAAPPTTIIVVEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSUUSSPPEENNSSIIOONN ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

NEVER install any tires/wheels

in different sizes or of different

models on your vehicle. It may

cause a malfunction of the

Dynamic Stability Damping

Control (DSDC).

WARNING

OHI046132L

DDRRIIVVEE MMOODDEE IINNTTEEGGRRAATTEEDD CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

5-44

Driving your vehicle

The drive mode may be selected

according to the driver's preference

or road condition.

The mode changes whenever the

DRIVE MODE button is pressed.

• SMART mode :

SMART mode automatically

adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔

NORMAL ↔ SPORT) in accor-

dance with the driver's driving

habits.

• SPORT mode :

SPORT mode provides sporty but

firm riding.

• ECO mode :

ECO mode helps improve fuel effi-

ciency for eco-friendly driving.

• INDIVIDUAL mode :

The driver can separately adjust

modes of each driving system.

The driving mode will be continuous-

ly maintained, as selected when the

engine is restarted. However, except

if it is in SPORT mode.SPORT mode

will change to SMART mode, when

the engine is restarted.

OHI056060L

■ Type A

OHI056061L

■ Type B

OHI056124

5-45

SMART mode

SMART mode selects the

proper driving mode

among ECO, NORMAL,

and SPORT by judging

the driver’s driving habits

(i.e. mild or dynamic)

from the brake pedal

depression or the steer-

ing wheel operation.

• Press the DRIVE MODE button to

activate SMART mode. When

SMART mode is activated, the indi-

cator illuminates on the instrument

cluster.

• The indicator illuminates in green,

when the driver's driving is catego-

rized to be mild. It illuminates in

white, when the driver's driving is

categorized to be normal. It illumi-

nates in yellow, when the driver's

driving is categorized to be dynam-

ic during abrupt braking or sharp

curving.

• The vehicle starts in SMART mode

again, when the engine was turned

OFF in SMART mode.

• SMART mode automatically con-

trols the vehicle driving, such as

gear shifting patterns, engine

torque, riding quality (if equipped

with the electronic suspension sys-

tem), and power distribution (if

equipped with the All-Wheel Drive

(AWD) system), in accordance with

the driver’s driving habits.

Information

• When you mildly drive the vehicle

in SMART mode, the driving mode

changes to ECO mode to improve

fuel efficiency. However, the actual

fuel efficiency may differ in accor-

dance with your driving situations

(i.e. upward/downward slope, vehi-

cle deceleration/acceleration).

• When you dynamically drive the

vehicle in SMART mode by abrupt-

ly decelerating or sharply turning,

the driving mode changes to

SPORT mode. However, it may

adversely affect fuel economy.

Various driving situations, which

you may encounter in SMART

mode

• The driving mode automatically

changes to ECO mode after a cer-

tain period of time, when you gen-

tly depress the accelerator pedal

(Your driving is categorized to be

mild.).

• The driving mode automatically

changes from SMART ECO mode

to SMART NORMAL mode after a

certain period of time, when you

sharply or repetitively depress the

accelerator pedal.

• The driving mode automatically

changes to SMART NORMAL

mode with the same driving pat-

terns, when the vehicle starts to

drive on an upward slope of a cer-

tain angle. The driving mode auto-

matically returns to SMART ECO

mode, when the vehicle enters a

leveled road.

5-46

Driving your vehicle

• The driving mode automatically

changes to SMART SPORT, when

you abruptly accelerate the vehicle

or repetitively operate the steering

wheel (Your driving is categorized

to be sporty.). In this mode, your

vehicle drives in a lower gear for

abrupt accelerating/decelerating

and increases the engine brake

performance.

• You may still sense the engine

braking performance, even when

you release the accelerator pedal

in SMART SPORT mode. It is

because your vehicle remains in

lower gear over a certain period of

time for next acceleration. Thus, it

is a normal driving situation, not

indicating any malfunction.

• The driving mode automatically

changes to SMART SPORT mode

only in harsh driving situations. In

most of the normal driving situa-

tions, the driving mode sets to be

either in SMART ECO mode or in

SMART NORMAL mode.

Limitation of SMART mode

The SMART mode may be limited in

following situations.(The OFF indica-

tor illuminates in those situations.)

• The driver manually moves the

shift lever :

It deactivates SMART mode. The

vehicle drives, as the driver manu-

ally moves the shift lever.

• The cruise control is activated :

The cruise control system may

deactivate the SMART mode when

the vehicle is controlled by the set

speed of the smart cruise control

system. (SMART mode is not

deactivated just by activating the

smart cruise control system.)

• The transmission oil temperature is

either extremely low or extremely

high :

The SMART mode can be active in

most of the normal driving situa-

tions. However, an extremely high/

low transmission oil temperature

may temporarily deactivate the

SMART mode, because the trans-

mission condition is out of normal

operation condition.

5-47

SPORT mode

SPORT mode manages

the driving dynamics by

automatically adjusting

the steering effort, and

the engine and transmission control

logic for enhanced driver perform-

ance.

• When SPORT mode is selected by

pressing the DRIVE MODE button,

the SPORT indicator (yellow color)

will illuminate.

• Whenever the engine is restarted,

the Drive Mode will revert back to

SMART mode. If SPORT mode is

desired, re-select SPORT mode

from the DRIVE MODE button.

• When SPORT mode is activated:

- The engine rpm will tend to

remain raised over a certain

length of time even after releas-

ing the accelerator

- Upshifts are delayed when accel-

erating

Information

In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency

may decrease.

Virtual engine sounds are gener-

ated from the exterior amplifiers.

Pay extreme caution while replac-

ing amplifier components. The

use of any after-market compo-

nents or speakers may damage

the exterior amplifiers causing the

virtual engine sounds not to prop-

erly operate.

ECO mode

When the Drive Mode is

set to ECO mode, the

engine and transmission

control logic are changed

to maximize fuel efficiency.

• When ECO mode is selected by

pressing the DRIVE MODE button,

the ECO indicator (green color) will

illuminate.

• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,

when the engine is turned OFF

and restarted the Drive Mode set-

ting will remain in ECO mode.

Information

Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's

driving habit and road condition.

NOTICE

5-48

Driving your vehicle

When ECO mode is activated:

• The acceleration response may be

slightly reduced if the accelerator

pedal is depressed moderately.

• The air conditioner performance

may be limited.

• The shift pattern of the automatic

transmission may change.

• The engine noise may be louder at

some automatic transmission

shifts as down-shift requires press-

ing down more on the accelerator.

The above situations are normal

conditions when ECO mode is acti-

vated to improve fuel efficiency.

Limitation of ECO mode operation:

If the following conditions occur while

ECO mode is operating, the system

operation is limited even though

there is no change in the ECO indi-

cator.

• When the coolant temperature is

low:

The system will be limited until

engine performance becomes nor-

mal.

• When driving up a hill:

The system will be limited to gain

power when driving uphill because

engine torque is restricted.

• When driving the vehicle with the

automatic transmission gear shift

lever in manual mode.

The system will be limited accord-

ing to the shift location.

INDIVIDUAL mode

In INDIVIDUAL mode, the

driver can select separate

modes and combine them

on the DIS Navigation

System screen.

- Engine/Transmission:

ECO/SMART

- Steering wheel: COMFORT/SPORT

- Suspension: COMFORT +/

COMFORT/SPORT

- All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system:

ECO/COMFORT/SPORT

For more information, refer to the

separately supplied DIS Navigation

System manual.

• When INDIVIDUAL mode is select-

ed by pressing the DRIVE MODE

button, the INDIVIDUAL mode indi-

cator (blue color) will illuminate.

5-49

The Blind Spot Detection System

(BSD) uses radar sensors in the rear

bumper to monitor and warn the driv-

er of an approaching vehicle in the

driver's blind spot area.

The system monitors the rear area of

the vehicle and provides information

to the driver with an audible alert and

an indicator on the outer side view

mirrors.

(1)BSD (Blind Spot Detection)

The blind spot detection range

varies relative to vehicle speed.

Note that if your vehicle is travel-

ing much faster than the vehicles

around you, the warning will not

occur.

(2)LCA (Lane Change Assist)

The Lane Change Assist feature

will alert you when a vehicle is

approaching in an adjacent lane

at a high rate of speed.If the driv-

er activates the turn signal when

the system detects an oncoming

vehicle, the system sounds an

audible alert.

(3)RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)

The Rear Cross Traffic Alert fea-

ture monitors approaching cross

traffic from the left and right side

of the vehicle when your vehicle is

in reverse.The feature will operate

when the vehicle is moving in

reverse below about 6 mph (10

km/h). If oncoming cross traffic is

detected a warning chime will

sound.

BBLLIINNDD SSPPOOTT DDEETTEECCTTIIOONN SSYYSSTTEEMM ((BBSSDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OHI056206

Blind spot area

Closing at high speed

• Always be aware of road con-

ditions while driving and be

alert for unexpected situa-

tions even though the Blind

Spot Detection System is

operating.

• The Blind Spot Detection

System (BSD) is a supplemen-

tal system to assist you. Do

not entirely rely on the sys-

tem. Always pay attention,

while driving, for your safety.

• The Blind Spot Detection

System (BSD) is not a substi-

tute for proper and safe driv-

ing. Always drive safely and

use caution when changing

lanes or backing up the vehi-

cle. The Blind Spot Detection

System (BSD) may not detect

every object alongside the

vehicle.

WARNING

5-50

Driving your vehicle

Blind Spot Detection (BSD) /

Lane Change Assist (LCA)

Operating conditions

To operate:

Press the BSD switch with the

Engine Start/Stop button in the ON

position.

The indicator on the BSD switch will

illuminate.

To cancel:

Press the BSD switch again. The

indicator on the switch will go off.

Information

• If the Engine Start/Stop button is

pressed OFF and then ON again, the

BSD system returns to the previous

state.

• When the system is turned on, the

warning light will illuminate for 3

seconds on the outer side view mir-

ror.

The system will activate when:

1. The system is on.

2. The vehicle speed is above about

20 mph (30 km/h).

3. An oncoming vehicle is detected

in the blind spot area.

• The initial warning alert time for the

Lane Change Assist can be adjust-

ed. Go to the 'User Settings →

Driving Assist and select Lane

Change Assist' on the LCD display.

You may select between the two

stages you prefer.

- Normal/Late

First stage alert

If a vehicle is detected within the

boundary of the system, a warning

light will illuminate on the outer side

view mirror and the head-up display

(if equipped).

Once the detected vehicle is no

longer within the blind spot area, the

warning will turn off according to the

driving conditions of the vehicle.

OHI056063

OHI056064

■ Left side

■ Right side

5-51

Second stage alert

A warning chime to alert the driver

will activate when:

1. A vehicle has been detected in the

blind spot area by the radar sys-

tem (the warning light will illumi-

nate on the outer side view mirror)

AND

2. The turn signal is applied (same

side as where the vehicle is being

detected).

When this alert is activated, the warn-

ing light on the side view mirror and

the head-up display (if equipped) will

also blink.

If you turn off the turn signal indica-

tor, the warning chime will be deacti-

vated.

• The second stage alarm may be

deactivated.

- To activate the warning chime : Go

to the 'User Settings → Driving

Assist and select Blind Spot

Detection Sound' on the LCD dis-

play.

- To deactivate the warning chime :

Go to the 'User Settings → Driving

Assist and deselect Blind Spot

Detection Sound' on the LCD dis-

play.

Information

The warning chime function helps

alert the driver. Deactivate this func-

tion only when it is necessary.

OHI056064

■ Left side

OHI056064

■ Right side

5-52

Driving your vehicle

Detecting sensor

The sensors are located inside the

rear bumper.

Always keep the rear bumper clean

for the proper operation of the sys-

tem.

Warning message

Blind Spot Detection disabled.

Radar blocked

• This warning message may appear

when :

- One or both of the sensors on the

rear bumper is blocked by dirt or

snow or a foreign object.

- Driving in rural areas where the

BSD sensor does not detect

another vehicle for an extended

period of time.

- When there is inclement weather

such as heavy snow or rain.

If any of these conditions occur, the

light on the BSD switch and the sys-

tem will turn off automatically.

When the BSD cancelled warning

message is displayed in the cluster,

check to make sure that the rear

bumper is free from any dirt or snow

in the areas where the sensor is

located. Remove any dirt, snow, or

foreign material that could interfere

with the radar sensors.

After any dirt or debris is removed,

the BSD system should operate nor-

mally after about 10 minutes of driv-

ing the vehicle.

If the system still does not operate

normally have your vehicle inspected

by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Check BSD system

If there is a problem with the BSD

system, a warning message will

appear and the light on the switch

will turn off. The system will turn off

automatically. Have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

OHI056067

OHI056052L

OHI046137L

5-53

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

(RCTA)

The Rear Cross Traffic Alert feature

monitors approaching cross traffic

from the left and right side of the

vehicle when your vehicle is in

reverse.

Operating conditions

To operate:

Go to the 'User Settings → Driving

Assist and select Rear Cross Traffic

Alert' on the LCD display (For more

information, refer to "LCD

Display" in chapter 3.).The system

will turn on and standby to activate.

The system will activate when vehi-

cle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h)

and with the shift lever in R

(Reverse).

Information

The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

detecting range is approximately 1 -

65 ft (0.5 - 20 m). An approaching

vehicle will be detected if their vehicle

speed is within 2.5 - 22.5 mph (4 - 36

km/h).

Note that the detecting range may

vary under certain conditions. As

always, use caution and pay close

attention to your surroundings when

backing up your vehicle.

OHI056079L

Warning type

If the vehicle detected by the sensors

approaches your vehicle, the warn-

ing chime will sound, the warning

light on the outer side view mirror will

blink and a message will appear on

the LCD display.

Information

• The warning chime will turn off

when the detected vehicle moves out

of the sensing area or if your vehicle

is moved away from the detected

vehicle.

• The system may not operate proper-

ly due to other factors or circum-

stances. Always pay attention to

your surroundings.

• If the sensing area near the rear

bumper is blocked by either a wall

or barrier or by a parked vehicle,

the system sensing area may be

reduced.

5-54

Driving your vehicle

OHI056053L

■ Left

OHI056054L

■ Right

• The warning light on the outer

side view mirror will illumi-

nate whenever a vehicle is

detected at the rear side by

the system.

To avoid accidents, do not

focus only on the warning

light and neglect to see the

surrounding of the vehicle.

• Drive safely even though the

vehicle is equipped with a

Blind Spot Detection System

(BSD) and Rear Cross Traffic

Alert (RCTA). Do not solely

rely on the system but check

your surrounding before

changing lanes or backing the

vehicle up.

The system may not alert the

driver in some conditions so

always check your surround-

ings while driving.

(Continued)

WARNING

• The system may not work prop-

erly when the bumper has been

damaged, or if the rear bumper

has been replaced or repaired.

• The sensing range differs some-

what according to the width of

the road. When the road is nar-

row, the system may detect

other vehicles in the next lane.

• The system may turn off due to

strong electromagnetic waves.

Non-operating condition

The BSD indicator on the outer side

view mirror may not illuminate

properly when:

- The outer side view mirror housing

is damaged.

- The mirror is covered with dirt,

snow, or debris.

- The window is covered with dirt,

snow, or debris.

- The window is tinted.

NOTICE

5-55

(Continued)

• The Blind Spot Detection

System (BSD) and Rear Cross

Traffic Alert (RCTA) are not a

substitute for proper and safe

driving practices. Always

drive safely and use caution

when changing lanes or back-

ing up your vehicle. The Blind

Spot Detection System (BSD)

may not detect every object

alongside the vehicle.

5-56

Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the System

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations, because the sys-

tem may not detect other vehicles or

objects in certain circumstances.

• The vehicle drives on a curved

road or through a tollgate.

• The sensor is polluted with rain,

snow, mud, etc.

• The rear bumper where the sensor

is located is covered with a foreign

object such as a bumper sticker, a

bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.

• The rear bumper is damaged, or

the sensor is out of the original

default position.

• The vehicle height gets lower or

higher due to heavy loading in a

trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.

• The vehicle drives in inclement

weather such as heavy rain or

snow.

• There is a fixed object near the

vehicle, such as a guardrail.

• A big vehicle is near such as a bus

or truck.

• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.

• A flat trailer is near.

• If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to

you and has accelerated.

• When the other vehicle passes at a

very fast speed.

• While changing lanes.

• While going down or up a steep

road where the height of the lane is

different.

• When the other vehicle approach-

es very close.

• When a trailer or carrier is

installed.

• When the temperature of the rear

bumper is high or low.

• When the sensors are blocked by

the other vehicles, walls or park-

ing-lot pillars.

• When the detected vehicle also

moves back, as your vehicle drives

back.

• If there are small objects in the

detecting area such as a shopping

cart or a baby stroller.

• If there is a low height vehicle such

as a sports car.

• When other vehicles are close to

your vehicle.

• When the vehicle in the next lane

moves two lanes away from you

OR when the vehicle two lanes

away moves to the next lane from

you.

• When driving through a narrow

road with many trees or bushes.

• When driving on wet surface.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

5-57

SSMMAARRTT BBLLIINNDD SSPPOOTT DDEETTEECCTTIIOONN SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

The Smart Blind Spot Detection

System detects the front area

through the camera installed on the

upper front windshield and detects

the side/rear areas through radar

sensors.

The Smart Blind Spot Detection

System may activate the Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) in accor-

dance with a colliding possibility with

an approaching vehicle while chang-

ing lanes. It is to lower the colliding

risk or mitigate the colliding damage.

Operating conditions

The system enters the ready status,

when the following conditions are

satisfied with the smart blind system

in the ON position:

- Vehicle speed is between 40 mph

and 110 mph (60 km/h and 180

km/h).

- The system detects both of the lane

lines.

- An approaching vehicle is detected

next to/behind your vehicle.

Activation (with braking per-

formance)

The Smart Blind Spot Detection

System may apply braking power,

when an approaching vehicle is

detected within a certain distance

next to/behind your vehicle.

It gently applies braking power on

the tire, which is located in the oppo-

site side of the possibly-colliding

point. The instrument cluster will

inform the driver of the system acti-

vation.

The Smart Blind Spot Detection

System is automatically deactivated,

when the vehicle drives a certain dis-

tance away, when the vehicle direc-

tion is changed against the possible-

colliding point, when the steering

wheel is abruptly moved, or when the

brake pedal is depressed.

OHI056114

OHI056115

■ Left side detection

■ Right side detection

5-58

Driving your vehicle

When the turn signals operate, the

Smart Blind Spot Detection System

operates only once. However, when

the turn signals are turned OFF, the

system re-enters the activation con-

ditions.

The driver should drive the vehicle in

the middle of the vehicle lanes to

keep the system in the ready status.

When the vehicle drives too close to

one side of the vehicle lanes, the

system may not properly operate.

In addition, the system may not prop-

erly control your vehicle in accor-

dance with driving situations. Thus,

always pay close attention to road

situations.

Warning message

Smart BSD braking system mal-

function

When there is a malfunction with the

Smart Blind Spot Detection System,

warning message appears on the

LCD display and deactivates the

Smart Blind Spot Detection System.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Limitations of the System

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations, because the sys-

tem may not detect other vehicles or

objects in certain circumstances.

• The vehicle drives on a curved

road or through a tollgate.

• The sensor is polluted with rain,

snow, mud, etc.

• The rear bumper where the sensor

is located is covered with a foreign

object such as a bumper sticker, a

bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.

• The rear bumper is damaged, or

the sensor is out of the original

default position.

• The vehicle height gets lower or

higher due to heavy loading in a

trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.

• The vehicle drives in inclement

weather such as heavy rain or

snow.

• There is a fixed object near the

vehicle, such as a guardrail.

• A big vehicle is near such as a bus

or truck.

• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.

• A flat trailer is near.

• If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to

you and has accelerated.

• When the other vehicle passes at a

very fast speed.

• While changing lanes.

• While going down or up a steep

road where the height of the lane is

different.

• When the other vehicle approach-

es very close.

• When a trailer or carrier is

installed.

OHI056116L

5-59

• When the temperature near the

rear bumper area is high or low.

• When the sensors are blocked by

other vehicles, walls or parking-lot

pillars.

• When the detected vehicle also

moves back, as your vehicle drives

back.

• If there are small objects in the

detecting area such as a shopping

cart or a baby stroller.

• If there is a low height vehicle such

as a sports car.

• When other vehicles are close to

your vehicle.

• The lanes ahead are not visible

due to rain, snow, water on the

road, damaged or stained road

surface, or other factors.

• The brightness outside changes

suddenly such as when entering or

exiting a tunnel.

• The brightness outside is too low

such as when the headlamps are

not on at night or the vehicle is

going through a tunnel.

• It is difficult to distinguish the lane

marking from the road surface or

the lane marking is faded or not

clearly marked.

• Driving on a steep grade, over a

hill, or when driving on a curved

road.

• When light coming from a street

light or an oncoming vehicle is

reflected on a wet road surface

such as a puddle in the road.

• The field of view in front is

obstructed by sun glare.

• The lanes are incomplete or the

area is in a construction zone.

• There are more than two lane lines

on the road in front of you.

• The lane markings are not clearly

visible from the road.

• The lane width is too wide or too

narrow.

• The windshield glass is fogged up;

a clear view of the road is obstruct-

ed.

• There are markings on the road

surface that look like a lane line

that is inadvertently being detected

by the camera.

• There is a boundary structure in

the roadway such as a concrete

barrier that is inadvertently being

detected by the camera.

• There is not enough distance

between you and the vehicle in

front to be able to detect the lane

line or the vehicle ahead is driving

on the lane line.

• The road pavement (or the periph-

eral ground) abnormally contains

metallic components (i.e. possibly

due to subway construction).

• The brake pedal is depressed.

• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)

is activated.

• The tire pressure is low or a tire is

damaged.

• The brake is reworked.

• The vehicle is driven near a

guardrail or near the boundary line

of a road.

• The windshield or the camera lens

is blocked with dirt or debris.

• The vehicle drives on a small-

radius curve.

• The vehicle drives in the opposite

direction from the designated lane

direction.

• The lane sensing operation is inter-

rupted by another vehicle in front.

5-60

Driving your vehicle

• The vehicle drives under 40 mph

(60 km/h) or over 110 mph (180

km/h).

• The vehicle abruptly changes driv-

ing direction.

• The vehicle abruptly enters the

next lane.

• The vehicle sharply stops.

• Temperature is extremely low

around the vehicle.

• The vehicle severely vibrates while

driving over a bumpy road, uneven/

bumpy road, or concrete patch.

• The vehicle drives on a slippery

surface due to snow, water puddle,

or ice.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

• The driver is responsible for

accurate steering.

• Do not unnecessarily operate

the steering wheel, when the

Smart Blind Spot Detection

System is in operation.

• Always pay extreme caution

while driving.The Smart Blind

Spot Detection System may

not operate or unnecessarily

operate in accordance with

your driving situations.

• The Smart Blind Spot Detection

System is not a substitute for

safe driving practices, but a

convenience function only. It is

the responsibility of the driver

to always drive cautiously to

prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occur-

ring. Pay attention to the road

conditions at all times.

WARNING

5-61

The Automatic Emergency Braking

(AEB) system is designed to help

detect and monitor the vehicle ahead

or detect a pedestrian in the roadway

through radar signals and camera

recognition to warn the driver that a

collision is imminent, and if neces-

sary, apply emergency braking.

System Setting and Activation

System setting

The driver can activate the AEB by

placing the Engine Start/Stop button

to the ON position and by selecting

'User Settings → Driving Assist →

Autonomous Emergency Braking'.

The AEB deactivates, when the driv-

er cancels the system setting.

The warning light illumi-

nates on the LCD display,

when you cancel the AEB

system. The driver can

monitor the AEB ON/OFF status on

the LCD display. If the warning light

remains ON when the AEB is activat-

ed, have the system checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY BBRRAAKKIINNGG ((AAEEBB)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Take the following precautions

when using the Automatic

Emergency Braking (AEB):

• This system is only a supple-

mental system and it is not

intended to, nor does it

replace the need for extreme

care and attention of the driv-

er. The sensing range and

objects detectable by the sen-

sors are limited. Pay attention

to the road conditions at all

times.

• NEVER drive too fast in accor-

dance with the road condi-

tions or while cornering.

• Always drive cautiously to

prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occur-

ring. AEB does not stop the

vehicle completely and is not

a collision avoidance system.

WARNING

OHI046208L

5-62

Driving your vehicle

The driver can select the initial warn-

ing activation time in the User

Settings in the LCD display. The

options for the initial Forward

Collision Warning includes the fol-

lowing:

• Early

- When this condition is selected,

the initial Forward Collision

Warning is activated earlier than

normal. This setting maximizes the

amount of distance between the

vehicle or pedestrian ahead before

the initial warning occurs.

• Normal

- When this condition is selected,

the initial Forward Collision

Warning is activated normally. This

setting allows for a nominal

amount of distance between the

vehicle or pedestrian ahead before

the initial warning occurs.

• Late

- When this condition is selected,

the initial Forward Collision

Warning is activated later than nor-

mal. This setting reduces the

amount of distance between the

vehicle or pedestrian ahead before

the initial warning occurs.

Prerequisite for activation

The AEB gets ready to be activated,

when the AEB is selected on the

LCD display, and when the following

prerequisites are satisfied.

- The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is activated.

- To enable the system to detect

pedestrians ahead, the vehicle

driving speed must be between 5 -

45 mph (8 - 70 km/h).

- To enable the system to detect a

vehicle ahead, the vehicle driving

speed must be between 5 - 110

mph (8 - 180 km/h).

When traveling above 50 mph (80

km/h), the AEB system only initi-

ates partial braking. This is to pre-

vent unintended full braking to stop

in the middle of the highway.

OHI056047L

5-63

AEB Warning Message and

System Control

The AEB produces warning mes-

sages and warning alarms in accor-

dance with the collision risk levels,

such as abrupt stopping of the vehi-

cle in front, insufficient braking dis-

tance, or pedestrian detection. Also,

it controls the brakes in accordance

with the collision risk levels.

Forward Warning (1

warning)

This initial warning message

appears on the LCD display and the

head up display (if equipped) with a

warning chime.

The driver can select the initial warn-

ing activation time in the User

Settings in the LCD display. The

options for the initial Forward

Collision Warning include Early,

Normal or Late initial warning time.

OHI056048L

• Completely stop the vehicle

on a safe location before

operating the switch on the

steering wheel to activate/

deactivate the AEB system.

• The AEB automatically acti-

vates upon placing the Engine

Start/Stop button to the ON

position. The driver can deac-

tivate the AEB by canceling

the system setting on the LCD

display.

• The AEB automatically deacti-

vates upon canceling the ESC

(Electronic Stability Control).

When the ESC is canceled,

the AEB cannot be activated

on the LCD display.

WARNING

5-64

Driving your vehicle

Collision Warning (2

warning)

This warning message appears on

the LCD display and the head up dis-

play (if equipped) with a warning

chime.

Additionally, some vehicle system

intervention occurs by the engine

management system to help decel-

erate the vehicle.

- If a vehicle is detected, your vehicle

speed may decelerate moderately.

Emergency braking

warning)

This warning message appears on

the LCD display and the head up dis-

play (if equipped) with a warning

alarm.

Additionally, some vehicle system

intervention occurs by the engine

management system to help decel-

erate the vehicle.

- If the detected vehicle in front is

driving slower than 50 mph (80

km/h) your vehicle speed may

decelerate sharply to avoid a colli-

sion. If the detected vehicle in front

is driving faster than 50 mph (80

km/h), your vehicle speed may

decelerate moderately.

- If your vehicle drives slower than

45 mph (70 km/h) with a pedestri-

an in front, the driving speed may

abruptly decrease. When your

vehicle drives faster than 45 mph

(70 km/h) with a pedestrian in

front, the AEB does not operate.

Brake operation

• In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready status

for prompt reaction against the dri-

ver's depressing the brake pedal.

• The AEB provides additional brak-

ing power for optimum braking per-

formance, when the driver

depresses the brake pedal.

• The braking control is automatical-

ly deactivated, when the driver

sharply depresses the acceleraor

pedal, or when the driver abruptly

operates the steering wheel.

• The AEB braking control is auto-

matically canceled, when risk fac-

tors disappear.

OHI056049L

OHI056050L

5-65

AEB Front Radar Sensor

In order for the AEB system to oper-

ate properly, always make sure the

radar sensor cover is clean and free

of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, snow,

or foreign substances on the lens

may adversely affect the sensing

performance of the radar.

Warning message and warning

light

Auto Emergency Braking disabled.

Radar blocked

When the sensor cover is blocked

with dirt, snow, or debris, the AEB

system operation may stop tem-

porarily. If this occurs, a warning

message will appear on the LCD dis-

play.

The braking control cannot

completely stop the vehicle nor

avoid all collisions. The driver

should hold the responsibility

to safely drive and control the

vehicle.

WARNING

The AEB system logic operates

within certain parameters, such

as the distance from the vehicle

or pedestrian ahead, the speed

of the vehicle ahead, and the

driver's vehicle speed. Certain

conditions such as inclement

weather and road conditions

may affect the operation of the

AEB system.

WARNING

The driver should always use

extreme caution while operating

the vehicle,whether or not there

is a warning message or alarm

from the AEB system.

CAUTION

OHI056062N

OHI056220L

5-66

Driving your vehicle

Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and

clean the radar sensor cover before

operating the AEB system.

The AEB may not properly operate in

an area (e.g. open terrain), where

any substances are not detected

after turning ON the engine.

• Do not apply foreign objects

such as a bumper sticker or a

bumper guard near the radar

sensor. Doing so may adversely

affect the sensing performance

of the radar.

• Always keep the radar sensor

and cover clean and free of dirt

and debris.

• Use only a soft cloth to wash the

vehicle. Do not spray pressur-

ized water directly on the sensor

or sensor cover.

• Be careful not to apply unneces-

sary force on the radar sensor or

sensor cover. If the sensor is

forcibly moved out of proper

alignment, the AEB system may

not operate correctly. In this

case, a warning message may

not be displayed. Have the vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

• If the front bumper becomes

damaged in the area around the

radar sensor, the AEB system

may not operate properly. Have

the vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• Use only Genesis/Hyundai Part

to repair or replace a damaged

sensor or sensor cover. Do not

apply paint to the sensor cover.

System Malfunction

Check AEB system

• When the AEB is not working prop-

erly, the AEB warning light ( )

will illuminate and the warning

message will appear for a few sec-

onds. After the message disap-

pears, the master warning light

( ) will illuminate. In this case,

have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• The AEB warning message may

appear along with the illumination

of the ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) warning light.

NOTICE

OHI046143L

5-67

• The AEB is only a supplemen-

tal system for the driver's con-

venience. The driver should

hold the responsibility to con-

trol the vehicle operation. Do

not solely depend on the AEB

system. Rather, maintain a

safe braking distance, and, if

necessary, depress the brake

pedal to reduce the driving

speed.

• In certain instances and

under certain driving condi-

tions, the AEB system may

activate prematurely. This ini-

tial warning message appears

on the LCD display with a

warning chime.

Also, in certain instances the

front radar sensor or camera

recognition system may not

detect the vehicle or pedestri-

an ahead. The AEB system

may not activate and the

warning message will not be

displayed.

• If there is a malfunction with

the AEB system, the automat-

ic emergency braking is not

applied even though the brak-

ing system is operating nor-

mally.

(Continued)

• The AEB system operates

only to detect vehicles or

pedestrians in front of the

vehicle.

The AEB system does not

operate when the vehicle is in

reverse.

The AEB system is not

designed to detect other

objects on the road such as

animals.

The AEB system does not

detect cross traffic vehicles

that are approaching.

The AEB system cannot

detect the driver approaching

the side view of a parked vehi-

cle (for example on a dead

end street.)

In these cases, you must

maintain a safe braking dis-

tance, and if necessary,

depress the brake pedal to

reduce the driving speed in

order to maintain a safe dis-

tance.

WARNING

5-68

Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the System

The Automatic Emergency Braking

(AEB) system is designed to monitor

the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian in

the roadway through radar signals

and camera recognition to warn the

driver that a collision is imminent,

and if necessary, apply emergency

braking.

In certain situations, the radar sensor

or the camera may not be able to

detect the vehicle or pedestrian

ahead. In these cases, the AEB sys-

tem may not operate normally. The

driver must pay careful attention in

the following situations where the

AEB operation may be limited.

Detecting vehicles

The sensor may be limited when:

• The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object or

debris

• Inclement weather such as heavy

rain or snow obscures the field of

view of the radar sensor or camera

• There is interference by electro-

magnetic waves

• There is severe irregular reflection

from the radar sensor

• The vehicle in front is too small to

be detected by the camera recog-

nition system (for example a motor-

cycle or a bicycle, etc.)

• The vehicle in front is an oversize

vehicle or trailer that is too big to

be detected by the camera recog-

nition system (for example a tractor

trailer, etc.)

• The driver's field of view is not well

illuminated (either too dark or too

much reflection or too much back-

light that obscures the field of view)

• The vehicle in front does not have

their rear lights properly turned ON

• The outside brightness changes

suddenly, for example when enter-

ing or exiting a tunnel

• The vehicle in front is driving errat-

ically

5-69

• Driving on a curve

The performance of the AEB system

may be limited when driving on a

curved road.

In certain instances on a curved

road, the AEB system may activate

prematurely.

Also, in certain instances the front

radar sensor or camera recognition

system may not detect the vehicle

traveling on a curved road.

In these cases, the driver must main-

tain a safe braking distance, and if

necessary, depress the brake pedal

to reduce your driving speed in order

to maintain a safe distance.

The AEB system may recognize a

vehicle in the next lane when driving

on a curved road.

In this case, the system may unnec-

essarily alarm the driver and apply

the brake.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions, while driving. If

necessary, depress the brake pedal

to reduce your driving speed in order

to maintain a safe distance.

Also, when necessary depress the

accelerator pedal to prevent the sys-

tem from unnecessarily decelerating

your vehicle.

• Driving on a slope

The performance of the AEB

decreases while driving upward or

downward on a slope, not recogniz-

ing the vehicle in front in the same

lane.

It may unnecessarily produce the

warning message and the warning

alarm, or it may not produce the

warning message and the warning

alarm at all.

When the AEB suddenly recognizes

the vehicle in front while passing

over a slope, you may experience

sharp deceleration.

Always keep your eyes forward while

driving upward or downward on a

slope, and, if necessary, depress the

brake pedal to reduce your driving

speed in order to maintain distance.

OHI056201

OHI056202

OHI056200

5-70

Driving your vehicle

• Changing lanes

When a vehicle changes lanes in

front of you, the AEB system may not

immediately detect the vehicle, espe-

cially if the vehicle changes lanes

abruptly.In this case, you must main-

tain a safe braking distance, and if

necessary, depress the brake pedal

to reduce your driving speed in order

to maintain a safe distance.

When driving in stop-and-go traffic,

and a stopped vehicle in front of you

merges out of the lane, the AEB sys-

tem may not immediately detect the

new vehicle that is now in front of

you. In this case, you must maintain

a safe braking distance, and if neces-

sary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order to

maintain a safe distance.

• Detecting the vehicle in front of you

If the vehicle in front of you has cargo

that extends rearward from the cab,

or when the vehicle in front of you

has higher ground clearance, addi-

tional special attention is required.

The AEB system may not be able to

detect the cargo extending from the

vehicle.

In these instances, you must main-

tain a safe braking distance from the

rearmost object, and if necessary,

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed in order to main-

tain distance.

OHI056203

OHI056204

OHI056205

5-71

Detecting pedestrians

The sensor may be limited when:

• The pedestrian is not fully detected

by the camera recognition system,

for example, if the pedestrian is

leaning over or is not fully walking

upright

• The pedestrian is moving very

quickly or appears abruptly in the

camera detection area

• The pedestrian is wearing clothing

that easily blends into the back-

ground, making it difficult to be

detected by the camera recogni-

tion system

• The outside lighting is too bright

(e.g.when driving in bright sunlight

or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.

when driving on a dark rural road

at night)

• It is difficult to detect and distin-

guish the pedestrian from other

objects in the surroundings, for

example, when there is a group of

pedestrians or a large crowd

Information

In some instances, the AEB system

may be cancelled when subjected to

electromagnetic interference.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

• Do not use the Automatic

Emergency Braking system

when towing a vehicle.

Application of the AEB sys-

tem while towing may

adversely affect the safety of

your vehicle or the towing

vehicle

• Use extreme caution when the

vehicle in front of you has

cargo that extends rearward

from the cab, or when the

vehicle in front of you has

higher ground clearance.

(Continued)

• The AEB system is designed

to detect and monitor the

vehicle ahead or detect a

pedestrian in the roadway

through radar signals and

camera recognition. It is not

designed to detect bicycles,

motorcycles, or smaller

wheeled objects such as lug-

gage bags, shopping carts, or

strollers.

• Never try to test the operation

of the AEB system. Doing so

may cause severe injury or

death.

WARNING

5-72

Driving your vehicle

The Lane Keeping Assist System

helps detect lane markers on the

road, and assists the driver's steer-

ing to help keep the vehicle between

lanes.

When the system detects the vehicle

straying from its lane, it alerts the

driver with a visual and steering

wheel vibration warning, while apply-

ing a slight counter-steering torque,

to try to prevent the vehicle from

moving out of its lane.

LLAANNEE KKEEEEPPIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT SSYYSSTTEEMM ((LLKKAASS)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OHI056074N

The lane keeping assist system

is not a substitute for safe driv-

ing practices, but a conven-

ience function only. It is the

responsibility of the driver to

always be aware of the sur-

rounding and steer the vehicle.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using the Lane Keeping

Assist System (LKAS):

• The steering wheel is not con-

tinuously controlled so if the

vehicle speed is at a higher

speed when leaving a lane the

vehicle may not be able to be

controlled by the system.

• Do not steer the steering

wheel suddenly when the

steering wheel is being assist-

ed by the system.

• LKAS helps prevent the driver

from moving out of the lane

unintentionally by assisting

the driver's steering. However,

the driver should not solely

rely on the system but always

pay attention on the steering

wheel to stay in the lane.

• Always check the road condi-

tion and surroundings and be

cautious when the system

cancels, does not operate or

malfunctions.

• The system detects lane lines

and controls the steering

wheel by a camera, therefore,

if the lane lines are hard to

detect, the system may not

work properly.

Please refer to "Limitations of

the system".

• Do not attempt to repair the

LKAS camera and do not

remove any parts.

• Do not place objects on the

dashboard that reflect light

such as mirrors, white paper,

etc.The system may malfunc-

tion if the sunlight is reflected.

(Continued)

WARNING

5-73

LKAS Operation

To activate the LKAS:

With the Engine Start/Stop button in

the ON position, press the LKAS but-

ton located on the instrument panel

on the lower left hand side of the

driver.The indicator in the cluster dis-

play will initially illuminate white.This

indicates the LKAS is in the READY

but NOT ENABLED state.

(Continued)

• If the camera has been

removed for various reasons,

such as changing the front

windshield, you should visit

an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products for

camera re-adjustment.

• Do not place any accessories

near the rearview mirror.

• The operation of the LKAS

may be affected by several

factors including environmen-

tal conditions that affect the

ability of the camera to detect

the lanes in front of you. It is

the responsibility of the driver

to pay careful attention to the

roadway and to maintain the

vehicle in its intended lane at

all times.

• Always have your hands on

the steering wheel while the

LKAS system is activated. If

you continue to drive with

your hands off the steering

wheel after the "Keep hands

on steering wheel" warning

message appears, the system

will stop controlling the steer-

ing wheel.

• Always be cautious when

using the system.

• When driving at high speed,

be careful as the steering

assistive force is weak and

the vehicle may stray from the

lane. The driver must always

follow the speed limit when

using the system.

OHI056075

5-74

Driving your vehicle

LKAS activation

• The LKAS screen will appear on

the SCC/LKAS screen of the LCD

display if the system is activated.

• When both lane lines are detected

and all the conditions to activate

the LKAS are satisfied, a green

steering wheel indicator will illumi-

nate and the LKAS indicator light

will change from white to green.

This indicates that the LKAS sys-

tem is in the ENABLED state and

the steering wheel will be able to

be controlled.

• If the system detects a lane line,

the color changes from gray to

white.

• If the system detects the left lane

line, the left lane line color will

change from gray to white.

• If the system detects the right lane

line, the right lane line color will

change from gray to white.

• Both lane lines must be detected

for the system to fully activate.

OHI056101L

The Lane Keeping Assist

System is a system to prevent

the driver from leaving the lane.

However, the driver should not

solely rely on the system but

always check the road condi-

tions when driving.

WARNING

OHI056104L

OHI056105L

■ Lane line undetected

■ Lane line detected

5-75

Warning

• If you cross a lane line, the lane

line you cross will blink (yellow) on

the LCD display with a steering

wheel vibration.

• If the steering wheel appears, the

system will try to control the vehi-

cle's steering to prevent the vehicle

from crossing the lane line.

If all the conditions to activate LKAS

is not satisfied, the system will con-

vert to LDWS (Lane Departure

Warning System) and warn the driv-

er only when the driver crosses the

lane lines.

OHI056108L

OHI056109L

■ Left lane line

■ Right lane line

OHI056106L

OHI056107L

■ Left lane line

■ Right lane line

5-76

Driving your vehicle

Keep hands on steering wheel

If the driver takes their hands off the

steering wheel for several seconds

while the LKAS is activated, the sys-

tem will warn the driver with a visual

and audible warning.

Driver's grasp not detected.

LKAS will be disabled momentarily

If the driver still does not have their

hands on the steering wheel after

several seconds, the system will not

control the steering wheel and warn

the driver only when the driver cross-

es the lane lines.

However, if the driver has their hands

on the steering wheel again, the sys-

tem will start controlling the steering

wheel.

OHI056100L OHI056133L

The warning message may

appear late according to road

conditions. Therefore, always

have your hands on the steering

wheel while driving.

WARNING

• The driver is responsible for

accurate steering.

• Turn off the system in below

situations.

- In bad weather

- In bad road condition

- When the steering wheel

needs to be controlled by the

driver frequently.

WARNING

5-77

Information

• Even though the steering is assisted

by the system, the driver can still

steer to control the steering wheel.

• The steering wheel may feel heavier

when the steering wheel is assisted

by the system than when it is not.

The LKAS system will not be in the

ENABLED state and the steering

wheel will not be assisted when:

• Vehicle speed is below 40 mph

(64 km/h) and over 110 mph (177

km/h).

• Only one lane line is detected.

• The turn signal is turned on before

changing a lane. If you change

lanes without the turn signal on, the

steering wheel might be controlled.

• The hazard warning flasher is on.

• The width of the lane is below

10 feet (3.1 m) and over 15 feet

(4.5 m).

• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or

VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)

is activated.

• The vehicle is driven on a sharp

curve.

• The vehicle brakes suddenly.

• The vehicle makes sharp lane

changes.

• There are more than two lane lines

on the road.(e.g.construction area)

• The vehicle is driven on a steep

incline.

Information

When the system is turned on or right

after changing a lane, drive in the

middle of the lane. If not, the system

will not provide steering assist func-

tion.

Warning light and message

Check LKAS

If there is a problem with the system

a message will appear for a few sec-

onds. If the problem continues the

LKAS failure indicator will illuminate.

LKAS failure indicator

The LKAS failure indica-

tor (yellow) will illuminate

if the LKAS is not working

properly. Have your vehi-

cle checked by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

When there is a problem with the

system do one of the following:

• Turn the system on after turning

the engine off and on again.

• Check if the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton is in the ON position.

• Check if the system is affected by

the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,

etc.)

• Check if there is foreign matter on

the windshield glass in front of the

camera lens.

If the problem is not solved, have your

vehicle checked by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded products.

OHI056117L

5-78

Driving your vehicle

LKAS Function Change

OHI056118L

The driver can change LKAS to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) or

change the LKAS mode between Standard LKA and Active LKA from the

User Settings mode on the LCD display. The system is automatically set to

Standard LKA if a function is not selected.

Lane Departure

LDWS alerts the driver with a visual warning and a warning alarm when the

system detects the vehicle departing the lane.The steering wheel will not be

controlled.

Standard LKA

The Standard LKA mode guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the

lanes.It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside

the lanes.However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is

about to deviate out of the lanes.

Active LKA

The Active LKA mode provides more frequent steering wheel control in com-

parison with the Standard LKA mode.The driver may not feel the onset of the

steering wheel control, because the Active LKA may be constantly controlling

the steering with lighter corrections.

5-79

Limitations of the System

The LKAS may operate prematurely

even if the vehicle does not depart

from the intended lane, OR, the

LKAS may not warn you if the vehicle

leaves the intended lane under the

following circumstances:

• The lanes ahead are not visible

due to rain, snow, water on the

road, damaged or stained road

surface, or other factors.

• It is difficult to distinguish the lane

from the road due to dust, sand

and other factors covering up the

lane.

• The brightness outside changes

suddenly, such as when entering

or exiting a tunnel or passing under

a bridge.

• The brightness outside is too low

such as when the headlamps are

not on at night or the vehicle is

going through a tunnel.

• The surrounding of the inside rear

view mirror temperature is high

due to direct sunlight.

• It is difficult to distinguish the lane

marking from the road surface or

the lane marking is faded or not

clearly marked.

• Driving on a steep grade, over a

hill, or when driving on a curved

road.

• When light coming from a street

light or an oncoming vehicle is

reflected on a wet road surface

such as a puddle in the road.

• It is difficult to distinguish the lane

within the road due to sunlight

reflected on the road surface.

• The windshield or the LKAS cam-

era lens is blocked with dirt or

debris.

• The field of view in front is

obstructed by sun glare.

• The lanes are incomplete or the

area is in a construction zone.

• There are more than two lane lines

on the road in front of you.

• The lane line is merged or divided.

(e.g. tollgate)

• The lane number increases or

decreases or the lane marker are

crossing complicatedly.

• The lane markings are not clearly

visible from the road.

• The shadow is on the lane marker

by a median strip.

• The lane width is too wide or too

narrow. See previous page.

• The windshield glass is fogged up;

a clear view of the road is obstruct-

ed.

• There are markings on the road

surface that look like a lane line

that is inadvertently being detected

by the camera.

• There is a boundary structure in

the roadway such as a concrete

barrier guardrail and reflector post

that is inadvertently being detected

by the camera.

• There is not enough distance

between you and the vehicle in

front to be able to detect the lane

line or the vehicle ahead is driving

on the lane line.

• The adverse road conditions cause

excessive vehicle vibrations while

driving.

• The vehicle continuously drives up

and down a slope.

• Driving is interrupted by a strong

crosswind.

5-80

Driving your vehicle

((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

➀ Cruise Indicator

➁ Set Speed

➂ Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance

The Smart Cruise Control System

allows you to program the vehicle to

maintain constant speed and dis-

tance detecting the vehicle ahead

without depressing the accelerator/

brake pedal.

AADDVVAANNCCEEDD SSMMAARRTT CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

OHI056080N

OHI056081N

■ Type A

■ Type B

For your safety, please read the

owner's manual before using

the Smart Cruise Control sys-

tem.

WARNING

The Smart Cruise Control

System is not a substitute for

safe driving practices, but a

convenience function only. It is

the responsibility of the driver

to always check the speed and

distance to the vehicle ahead.

WARNING

Take the following precautions:

• If the Smart Cruise Control is

left on, (cruise ( )

indicator light in the instru-

ment cluster is illuminated)

the Smart Cruise Control can

be activated unintentionally.

Keep the Smart Cruise

Control System off (cruise

( ) indicator light

OFF) when the Smart Cruise

Control is not in use, to avoid

inadvertently setting a speed.

• Set the Smart Cruise Control

speed under the posted

speed, which is regulated by

the law.

• Use the Smart Cruise Control

System when traveling on

open highways in good weath-

er.

(Continued)

WARNING

5-81

To Adjust the Sensitivity of

Smart Cruise Control

The sensitivity of vehicle speed

when following a vehicle in front to

maintain the set distance can be

adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings →

Driving Assist → Smart Cruise

Control Response → Slow/Normal/

Fast' on the LCD display. You may

select one of the three stages you

prefer.

• Slow:

Vehicle speed following the vehicle

in front to maintain the set distance

is slower than normal speed.

• Normal:

Vehicle speed following the vehicle

in front to maintain the set distance

is normal

• Fast:

Vehicle speed following the vehicle

in front to maintain the set distance

is faster than normal speed.

(Continued)

• Do not use the Smart Cruise

Control when it may not be

safe to keep the vehicle at a

constant speed:

- When driving in heavy traffic

or when traffic conditions

make it difficult to drive at a

constant speed

- When driving on rainy, icy, or

snow-covered roads

- When driving on hilly or

windy roads

- When driving in windy areas

- When driving in parking lots

- When driving near crash bar-

riers

- When driving on a sharp

curve

- When driving with limited

view (possibly due to bad

weather, such as fog, snow,

rain, or sandstorm)

OHI056091L

5-82

Driving your vehicle

To Convert to Cruise Control

Mode

The driver may choose to only use

the Cruise Control Mode (speed con-

trol function) by doing as follows:

1. Turn the Smart Cruise Control

System on (the cruise indicator

will be on but the system will not

be activated).

2. Press and hold the Vehicle-to-

Vehicle Distance button for more

than 2 seconds.

3. Choose between "Smart Cruise

Control" mode and "Cruise

Control" mode.

When the system is canceled using

the CRUISE button or the CRUISE

button is used after the engine is

turned on, the Smart Cruise Control

mode will turn on.

OHI056092L

OHI056093L

When using the Cruise Control

mode, you must manually

adjust the distance to other

vehicles by depressing the

accelerator or brake pedal. The

system does not automatically

adjust the distance to vehicles

in front of you.

WARNING

5-83

Smart Cruise Control Speed

To set Smart Cruise Control

speed

1. Push the CRUISE button on the

steering wheel to turn the system

on. The cruise ( ) indi-

cator will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed.

The Smart Cruise Control speed

can be set as follows:

• 20 mph (30 km/h)~120 mph (200

km/h): when there is no vehicle

in front

• 5 mph (10 km/h)~120 mph (200

km/h): when there is a vehicle in

front

3. Push the toggle switch down

(SET-), and release it at the

desired speed. The Set Speed

and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance

on the LCD display will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.

The desired speed will automati-

cally be maintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, the

speed may decrease to maintain the

distance to the vehicle ahead.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may

slow down or speed up slightly while

going uphill or downhill.

Information

Vehicle speed may decrease on an

upward slope and increase on a down-

ward slope.

OHI056069

OHI056070

5-84

Driving your vehicle

To increase Smart Cruise

Control set speed

Follow either of these procedures:

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),

and hold it.Your vehicle set speed

will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).

Release the toggle switch at the

speed you want.

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),

and release it immediately. The

cruising speed will increase by 1.0

mph (1.0 km/h) each time you

move the toggle switch up in this

manner.

• Maximum speed setting is 120

mph (200 km/h).

To decrease the Smart Cruise

Control set speed

Follow either of these procedures:

• Push the toggle switch down (SET-),

and hold it. Your vehicle set speed

will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).

Release the toggle switch at the

speed you want.

• Push the toggle switch down (SET-),

and release it immediately. The

cruising speed will decrease by 1.0

mph (1.0 km/h) each time you move

the toggle switch down in this man-

ner.

• Minimum speed setting is 20 mph

(30 km/h).

OHI056071

Check the driving condition

before using the toggle switch.

Driving speed sharply increas-

es, when you push up and hold

the toggle switch.

CAUTION

OHI056070

5-85

To temporarily accelerate with

the Smart Cruise Control on

If you want to speed up temporarily

when the Smart Cruise Control is on,

depress the accelerator pedal.

Increased speed will not interfere

with Smart Cruise Control operation

or change the set speed.

To return to the set speed, take your

foot off the accelerator pedal.

If you push the toggle switch down

(SET-) at increased speed, the cruis-

ing speed will be set again.

Smart Cruise Control will be

temporarily canceled when:

Canceled manually

• Depressing the brake pedal.

• Pressing the CANCEL button

located on the steering wheel.

The Smart Cruise Control turns off

temporarily when the Set Speed and

Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator

on the LCD display turns off.

The cruise ( ) indicator is

illuminated continuously.

Canceled automatically

• The vehicle speed drops below 6

mph (10 km/h) without detection of

traffic in front. (Note: See 5-90 "In

traffic situation" for system reaction

when slowed by stopped traffic).

• The driver's door is opened.

• The parking brake is applied.

• The shift lever is shifted to N

(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).

• The vehicle speed is over 130 mph

(210 km/h).

• The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control), TCS (Traction Control

System) or ABS is operating.

• The ESC is turned off.

OHI056072

Be careful when accelerating

temporarily, because the speed

is not controlled automatically

at this time even if there is a

vehicle in front of you.

CAUTION

5-86

Driving your vehicle

• The radar or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter.

• The vehicle is stopped for more

than 5 minutes.

• The vehicle stops and goes repeat-

edly for a long period of time.

• The driver starts driving by pushing

the toggle switch up (RES+)/down

(SET-) or depressing the accelera-

tor pedal, approximately 3 minutes

after the vehicle is stopped by the

Smart Cruise Control System with

no other vehicle ahead.

• The driver starts driving by pushing

the toggle switch up (RES+)/down

(SET-) or depressing the accelera-

tor pedal, after stopping the vehicle

with a vehicle stopped far away in

front.

• The accelerator pedal is continu-

ously depressed for a long period.

• The engine RPM enters the red

zone.

• The AEB is activated.

Each of these actions will cancel the

Smart Cruise Control operation. The

Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle

Distance on the LCD display will go

off.

In a condition the Smart Cruise

Control is cancelled automatically,

the Smart Cruise Control will not

resume even though the RES+ or

SET- toggle switch is pushed. Also,

the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)

will be applied when the vehicle is

stopped.

If the Smart Cruise Control is can-

celed by other than the reasons

mentioned, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Smart Cruise Control canceled

If the system is canceled, the warn-

ing chime will sound and a message

will appear for a few seconds.

You must adjust the vehicle speed by

depressing the accelerator or brake

pedal according to the road condition

ahead and driving condition.

Always check the road conditions.

Do not rely on the warning chime.

NOTICE

OHI056082L

5-87

To resume Smart Cruise Control

set speed

If any method other than the cruise

toggle switch was used to cancel

cruising speed and the system is still

activated, the cruising speed will

automatically resume when you push

the toggle switch up (RES+) or down

(SET-).

If you push the toggle switch up

(RES+), the speed will resume to the

recently set speed. However, if vehi-

cle speed drops below approximate-

ly 20 mph (30 km/h), it will resume

when there is a vehicle in front of

your vehicle.

To turn Cruise Control off

Press the CRUISE button (the cruise

( ) indicator light will go

off).

OHI056070

OHI056071

Always check the road condi-

tions when you push the toggle

switch up (RES+) to resume

speed.

CAUTION

OHI056069

5-88

Driving your vehicle

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-

to-Vehicle Distance

To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle

Distance

When the Smart Cruise Control

System is ON, you can set and main-

tain the distance from the vehicle

ahead of you without pressing the

accelerator or brake pedal.

Each time the button is pressed, the

vehicle to vehicle distance changes

as follows:

For example, if you drive at 56 mph

(90 km/h), the distance maintain as

follows:

Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet

(52.5 m)

Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet

(40 m)

Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet

(32.5 m)

Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet

(25 m)

Information

The distance is set to the last set dis-

tance when the system is used for the

first time after starting the engine.

When the lane ahead is clear:

The vehicle speed will maintain the

set speed.

OHI056073

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

OHI046199N

5-89

When there is a vehicle ahead

of you in your lane:

• Your vehicle speed will slow down

or speed up to maintain the select-

ed distance.

• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,

your vehicle will travel at a steady

cruising speed after accelerating to

the set speed.

OHI056084N/OHI046158N

OHI056085N/OHI056086N

Distance 3

Distance 1Distance 2

Distance 4

When using the Smart Cruise

Control System:

• The warning chime sounds

and the Vehicle-to Vehicle

Distance indicator blinks if

the vehicle is unable to main-

tain the selected distance

from the vehicle ahead.

• If the warning chime sounds,

depress the accelerator or

brake pedal to actively adjust

the vehicle speed,and the dis-

tance to the vehicle ahead.

• Even if the warning chime is

not activated, always pay

attention to the driving condi-

tions to prevent dangerous

situations from occurring.

WARNING

OHI056087N

5-90

Driving your vehicle

In traffic situation

• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the

vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if

the vehicle ahead of you starts

moving, your vehicle will start as

well. However, if the vehicle stops

for more than 3 seconds, you must

depress the accelerator pedal or

push up the toggle switch (RES+)

to start driving.

• If you push the advanced smart

cruise control toggle switch (RES+

or SET-) while Auto Hold and

advanced smart cruise control is

operating the Auto Hold will be

released regardless of accelerator

pedal operation and the vehicle will

start to move. The AUTO HOLD

indicator changes from green to

white.

OHI056088L

If the vehicle ahead (vehicle

speed: less than 20 mph

(30km/h)) disappears to the next

lane, the warning chime will

sound and a message "Watch

for surrounding vehicles" will

appear. Adjust your vehicle

speed for vehicles or objects

that can suddenly appear in

front of you by depressing the

brake pedal.

Always pay attention to the road

condition ahead.

CAUTION

OHI056089L

5-91

Front Radar Sensor

The Smart Cruise Control uses a

radar to detect distance to the vehi-

cle ahead.

Warning message

Smart Cruise Control disabled.

Radar blocked

When the sensor lens cover is

blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the

Smart Cruise Control System opera-

tion may stop temporarily. If this

occurs, a warning message will

appear on the LCD display. Remove

any dirt, snow, or debris and clean

the radar sensor lens cover before

operating the Smart Cruise Control

System.

The Smart Cruise Control system

may not properly activate, if the radar

is totally contaminated, or if any sub-

stance is not detected after turning

ON the engine (e.g. in an open ter-

rain).

Check Smart Cruise Control

System

The message will appear when the

vehicle to vehicle distance control

system is not functioning normally.

Take your vehicle to an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded products

and have the system checked.

OHI056073

OHI056090L

OHI046138L

5-92

Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the System

The Smart Cruise Control System

may have limits to its ability to detect

distance to the vehicle ahead due to

road and traffic conditions.

On curves

• The Smart Cruise Control System

may not detect a moving vehicle in

your lane, and then your vehicle

could accelerate to the set speed.

Also, the vehicle speed will

decrease when the vehicle ahead

is recognized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speed

on curves and apply the brakes or

accelerator pedal if necessary.

• Do not apply foreign objects

such as a bumper sticker or a

bumper guard near the radar

sensor. Doing so may

adversely affect the sensing

performance of the radar.

• Always keep the radar sensor

and lens cover clean and free

of dirt and debris.

• Use only a soft cloth to wash

the vehicle. Do not spray pres-

surized water directly on the

sensor or sensor cover.

• Be careful not to apply unnec-

essary force on the radar sen-

sor or sensor cover. If the sen-

sor is forcibly moved out of

proper alignment, the Smart

Cruise Control System may

not operate correctly. In this

case, a warning message may

not be displayed. Have the

vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• If the front bumper becomes

damaged in the area around

the radar sensor, the Smart

Cruise Control System may

not operate properly. Have the

vehicle inspected by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• Use only Genesis/Hyundai

Part to repair or replace a

damaged sensor or sensor

cover. Do not apply paint to

the sensor cover.

CAUTION

OHI056200

5-93

Your vehicle speed can be reduced

due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.

Apply the accelerator pedal and

select the appropriate set speed.

Check to be sure that the road condi-

tions permit safe operation of the

Smart Cruise Control.

On inclines

• During uphill or downhill driving,

the Smart Cruise Control System

may not detect a moving vehicle in

your lane, and cause your vehicle

to accelerate to the set speed.

Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly

decrease when the vehicle ahead

is recognized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speed

on inclines and apply the brake or

accelerator pedal if necessary.

Lane changing

• A vehicle which moves into your

lane from an adjacent lane cannot

be recognized by the radar until it

is in the radar's detection range.

• The radar may not detect immedi-

ately when a vehicle cuts in sud-

denly. Always pay attention to the

traffic, road and driving conditions.

• If a slower vehicle moves into your

lane, your speed may decrease to

maintain the distance to the vehicle

ahead.

• If a faster vehicle moves into your

lane, your vehicle will accelerate to

the set speed.

OHI056201

OHI056202

OHI056203

5-94

Driving your vehicle

Detecting vehicles

Some vehicles in your lane cannot

be recognized by the radar:

- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-

cles or bicycles

- Vehicles offset to one side

- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles

- Stopped vehicles

- Vehicles with small rear profile such

as trailers with no loads

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-

nized correctly by the radar if any of

following occurs:

- When the vehicle is pointing

upwards due to overloading in the

trunk

- While the steering wheel is operat-

ing

- When driving to one side of the lane

- When driving on narrow lanes or on

curves

Apply the brake or accelerator pedal

if necessary.

• Your vehicle may accelerate when

a vehicle ahead of you disappears.

• When you are warned that the

vehicle ahead of you is not detect-

ed, drive with caution.

• When vehicles are at a standstill

and the vehicle in front of you

changes to the next lane, be care-

ful when your vehicle starts to

move because it may not recog-

nize the stopped vehicle in front of

you.

OHI056208

OHI056209

OHI056204

5-95

• Always look out for pedestrians

when your vehicle is maintaining a

distance with the vehicle ahead.

• Always be cautious for vehicles

with higher height or vehicles car-

rying loads that sticks out from the

back of the vehicle.

OHI056210

OHI056205

When using the Smart Cruise

Control take the following pre-

cautions:

• If an emergency stop is nec-

essary, you must apply the

brakes.The vehicle cannot be

stopped by using the Smart

Cruise Control System.

• Keep a safe distance accord-

ing to road conditions and

vehicle speed. If the vehicle to

vehicle distance is too close

during a high-speed driving, a

serious collision may result.

• Always maintain sufficient

braking distance and deceler-

ate your vehicle by applying

the brakes if necessary.

• The Smart Cruise Control

System cannot recognize a

stopped vehicle, pedestrians

or an oncoming vehicle.

Always look ahead cautiously

to prevent unexpected and

sudden situations from occur-

ring.

• Vehicles moving in front of

you with a frequent lane

change may cause a delay in

the system's reaction or may

cause the system to react to a

vehicle actually in an adjacent

lane. Always drive cautiously

to prevent unexpected and

sudden situations from occur-

ring.

• Always be aware of the select-

ed speed and vehicle to vehi-

cle distance.

(Continued)

WARNING

5-96

Driving your vehicle

The Smart Cruise Control System

may not operate temporarily due

to:

• Electrical interference

• Modifying the suspension

• Differences of tire abrasion or

tire pressure

• Installing different type of tires

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interference

that may cause undesired operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the device.

Information

Radio frequency radiation exposure

information:

This equipment complies with FCC

radiation exposure limits set forth for

an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed

and operated with minimum distance

of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator

(antenna) and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-locat-

ed or operating in conjunction with

any other antenna or transmitter.

NOTICE

(Continued)

• The Smart Cruise Control

System may not recognize

complex driving situations so

always pay attention to driv-

ing conditions and control

your vehicle speed.

5-97

The Driver Attention Alert (DAA),

system is to warn the driver with any

hazardous driving situations upon

detecting the driver's fatigue level or

inattentive driving practices.

System Setting and Activation

System setting

• The Driver Attention Alert system

is set to be in the OFF position,

when your vehicle is first delivered

to you from the factory.

• To turn ON the Driver Attention

Alert system, turn on the engine,

and then select 'User Settings →

Driving Assist → Driver Attention

Alert → Normal/Early' on the LCD

display.

• The driver can select the Driver

Attention Alert system mode.

- Off : The Driver Attention Alert

system is deactivated.

- Normal : The Driver Attention

Alert system helps alert the driv-

er of his/her fatigue level or inat-

tentive driving practices.

- Early : The Driver Attention Alert

system helps alert the driver of

his/her fatigue level or inattentive

driving practices faster than

Normal mode.

• The set-up of the Driver Attention

Alert system will be maintained, as

selected, when the engine is re-

started.

Prerequisite for activation

The Driver Attention Alert system is

operable, when driving speed is

between 40 mph (60 km/h) and 110

mph (180 km/h).

DDRRIIVVEERR AATTTTEENNTTIIOONN AALLEERRTT SSYYSSTTEEMM ((DDAAAA,, IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OHI056119L

5-98

Driving your vehicle

Display of the driver's attention

level

• The driver can monitor their driving

conditions on the LCD display.

- Select 'User Settings Mode' and

then 'Driving Assist' on the LCD

display. (For more information,

refer to "LCD Display" in chap-

ter 3.)

• The driver's attention level is dis-

played on the scale of 1 to 5. The

lower the number is, the more inat-

tentive the driver is.

• The number decreases when the

driver does not take a break for a

certain period of time.

• The number increases when the

driver attentively drives for a cer-

tain period of time.

Take a break

• The "Consider taking a break"

message appears on the LCD dis-

play and a warning sounds in order

to suggest the driver to take a

break, when the driver’s attention

level is below 1.

• The Driver Attention Alert system

does not suggest the driver to take

a break, when the total driving time

is shorter than 10 minutes.

OHI056122L

OHI056132L

OHI056120L

OHI056121L

■ System off

■ Attentive driving

■ Inattentive driving

5-99

Resetting the System

• The last break time is set to 00:00

and the driver's attention level is

set to 5 (very attentive) when the

driver resets the Driver Attention

Alert system.

• The Driver Attention Alert system

resets the last break time to 00:00

and the driver's attention level to 5

in the following situations.

- The engine is turned OFF.

- The driver unfastens the seat belt

and then opens the driver's door.

- The engine has been idled con-

tinuously over 10 minutes.

• The Driver Attention Alert system

operates again, when the driver

restarts driving.

System Standby

The Driver Attention Alert system

enters the ready status and displays

the 'Standby' screen in the following

situations.

- The camera sensor keeps failing to

detect the lanes.

- Driving speed remains under 40

mph (60 km/h) or over 110 mph

(180 km/h).

OHI056218LOHI056215L

5-100

Driving your vehicle

System Malfunction

When the "Check System" warning

message appears, the system is not

working properly. In this case, have

the vehicle inspected by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

The Driver Attention Alert system

utilizes the camera sensor on the

front windshield for its operation.

To keep the camera sensor in the

best condition,you should observe

the followings:

• NEVER install any accessories

or stickers on the front wind-

shield, nor tint the front wind-

shield.

• NEVER locate any reflective

objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)

over the dashboard. Any light

reflection may cause a malfunc-

tion of the Driver Attention Alert

(DAA) system.

• Pay extreme caution to keep the

camera sensor out of water.

• NEVER arbitrarily disassemble

the camera assembly, nor apply

any impact on the camera

assembly.

• Playing the vehicle audio sys-

tem at high volume may offset

the Driver Attention Alert sys-

tem warning sounds.

NOTICE

• The Driver Attention Alert

system is not a substitute for

safe driving practices, but a

convenience function only. It

is the responsibility of the

driver to always drive cau-

tiously to prevent unexpected

and sudden situations from

occurring. Pay attention to the

road conditions at all times.

• The driver, who feels fatigued,

should take a break, even

though there is no break sug-

gestion by the Driver Attention

Alert system.

WARNING

OHI046141L

5-101

The Driver Attention Alert sys-

tem may not properly operate

with limited alerting in the fol-

lowing situations:

• The lane detection perform-

ance is limited. (For more infor-

mation, refer to "Lane Keeping

Assist System (LKAS)" in this

chapter.)

• The vehicle is violently driven

or is abruptly turned for obsta-

cle avoidance (e.g. construc-

tion area, other vehicles, fallen

objects, bumpy road).

• Forward drivability of the vehi-

cle is severely undermined

(possibly due to wide variation

in tire pressures, uneven tire

wear-out, toe-in/toe-out align-

ment).

• The vehicle drives on a curvy

road.

• The vehicle drives on a bumpy

road.

• The vehicle drives through a

windy area.

• The vehicle is controlled by the

following driving assist sys-

tems:

- Lane Keeping Assist System

(LKAS)

- Smart Blind Spot Detection

System

- Automatic Emergency

Braking (AEB) System

CAUTION

5-102

Driving your vehicle

Hazardous Driving Conditions

When hazardous driving elements

are encountered such as water,

snow, ice, mud and sand, take the

below suggestions:

• Drive cautiously and keep a longer

braking distance.

• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.

• When your vehicle is stuck in snow,

mud, or sand, use second gear.

Accelerate slowly to avoid unnec-

essary wheel spin.

• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or

other non-slip materials under the

wheels to provide additional trac-

tion while the vehicle becomes

stuck in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the Vehicle

If it is necessary to rock the vehicle

to free it from snow, sand, or mud,

first turn the steering wheel right and

left to clear the area around your

front wheels. Then, shift back and

forth between R (Reverse) and a for-

ward gear.

Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and

do not race the engine.

To prevent transmission wear, wait

until the wheels stop spinning before

shifting gears. Release the accelera-

tor pedal while shifting, and press

lightly on the accelerator pedal while

the transmission is in gear. Slowly

spinning the wheels in forward and

reverse directions causes a rocking

motion that may free the vehicle.

SSPPEECCIIAALL DDRRIIVVIINNGG CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNSS

Downshifting with an automatic

transmission while driving on

slippery surfaces can cause an

accident.The sudden change in

tire speed could cause the tires

to skid. Be careful when down-

shifting on slippery surfaces.

WARNING

If the vehicle is stuck and

excessive wheel spin occurs,

the temperature in the tires can

increase very quickly. If the tires

become damaged, a tire blow

out or tire explosion can occur.

This condition is dangerous -

you and others may be injured.

Do not attempt this procedure if

people or objects are anywhere

near the vehicle.

If you attempt to free the vehi-

cle, the vehicle can overheat

quickly, possibly causing an

engine compartment fire or

other damage.Try to avoid spin-

ning the wheels as much as

possible to prevent overheating

of either the tires or the engine.

DO NOT allow the vehicle to

spin the wheels above 35 mph

(56 km/h).

WARNING

5-103

Information

The ESC system must be turned OFF

before rocking the vehicle.

If you are still stuck after rocking

the vehicle a few times, have the

vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle

to avoid engine overheating, pos-

sible damage to the transmission,

and tire damage. See "Towing" in

chapter 6.

Smooth Cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing in

corners, especially when roads are

wet. Ideally, corners should always

be taken under gentle acceleration.

Driving at Night

Night driving presents more hazards

than driving in the daylight. Here are

some important tips to remember:

• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-

cles, as it may be more difficult to

see at night, especially in areas

where there may not be any street

lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the

glare from other driver's head-

lamps.

• Keep your headlamps clean and

properly aimed. Dirty or improperly

aimed headlamps will make it

much more difficult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-

lamps of oncoming vehicles. You

could be temporarily blinded, and it

will take several seconds for your

eyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the Rain

Rain and wet roads can make driving

dangerous. Here are a few things to

consider when driving in the rain or

on slick pavement:

• Slow down and allow extra follow-

ing distance. A heavy rainfall

makes it harder to see and increas-

es the distance needed to stop

your vehicle.

• Turn OFF your Cruise Control.

• Replace your windshield wiper

blades when they show signs of

streaking or missing areas on the

windshield.

• Be sure your tires have enough

tread. If your tires do not have

enough tread, making a quick stop

on wet pavement can cause a skid

and possibly lead to an accident.

See "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.

• Turn on your headlamps to make it

easier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-

dles can affect your brakes. If you

must go through puddles, try to

drive through them slowly.

• If you believe your brakes may be

wet, apply them lightly while driv-

ing until normal braking operation

returns.

Hydroplaning

If the road is wet enough and you are

going fast enough, your vehicle may

have little or no contact with the road

surface and actually ride on the

water. The best advice is SLOW

DOWN when the road is wet.

The risk of hydroplaning increases

as the depth of tire tread decreas-

es,refer to "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.

NOTICE

5-104

Driving your vehicle

Driving in Flooded Areas

Avoid driving through flooded areas

unless you are sure the water is no

higher than the bottom of the wheel

hub. Drive through any water slowly.

Allow adequate stopping distance

because brake performance may be

reduced.

After driving through water, dry the

brakes by gently applying them sev-

eral times while the vehicle is moving

slowly.

Highway Driving

Tires

Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.

Under-inflation may overheat or

damage the tires.

Do not install worn-out or damaged

tires, which may reduce traction or

fail the braking operation.

Information

Never over-inflate your tires above the

maximum inflation pressure, as speci-

fied on your tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine

oil

Driving at higher speeds on the high-

way consumes more fuel and is less

efficient than driving at a slower,

more moderate speed. Maintain a

moderate speed in order to conserve

fuel when driving on the highway.

Be sure to check both the engine

coolant level and the engine oil

before driving.

Drive belt

A loose or damaged drive belt may

overheat the engine.

Utility vehicles have a signifi-

cantly higher rollover rate than

other types of vehicles. To pre-

vent rollovers or loss of control:

• Take corners at slower speeds

than you would with a passen-

ger vehicle.

• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt

maneuvers.

• Do not modify your vehicle in

any way that you would raise

the center of gravity.

• Keep tires properly inflated.

• Do not carry heavy cargo on

the roof.

WARNING

In a rollover crash, an unbelted

person is significantly more

likely to die than a person wear-

ing a seat belt. Make sure all

passengers are wearing their

seat belts.

WARNING

5-105

The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause

other problems.To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the fol-

lowing suggestions:

Snow or Icy Conditions

You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in

front of you.

Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applica-

tions, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During decel-

eration, use engine braking to the fullest extent.Sudden brake applications on

snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid.

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or

to install tire chains on your tires.

Always carry emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carry

include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand,

a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a

blanket, etc.

We recommend you use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F

(7°C). Refer to the below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for

your vehicle.

If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use the same inflation

pressure as the original tires. However, if you mount 245/45R19 size tire on

the rear, the tire inflation pressure should maintain 35psi.Mount snow tires on

all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions.

The traction provided by snow tires on dry road may not be as high as your

vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum

speed recommendations.

Information

Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal reg-

ulations for possible restrictions against their use.

WWIINNTTEERR DDRRIIVVIINNGG

Standard tire Recommended snow tire

Front Rear Front Rear

Tire size

Wheel

size

Tire size

Wheel

size

Tire size

Wheel

size

Tire size

Wheel

size

245/45R19 8.5Jx19 275/40R19 9.5Jx19 245/45R19

8.5Jx19 275/40R19 9.5Jx19

5-106

Driving your vehicle

Tire chains

Since the sidewalls on some radial

tires are thinner than other types of

tires, they may be damaged by

mounting certain types of tire chains

on them. Do not mount tire chains on

vehicles equipped with aluminum

wheels; if unavoidable use AutoSock

(fabric snow chain or similar). Install

the tire chain after reviewing the

instructions provided with the tire

chains. Damage to your vehicle

caused by improper tire chain use is

not covered by your vehicle manu-

facturer’s warranty.

AutoSock

is a Registered trade-

mark of AutoSock.

Information

• Install AutoSock

(fabric snow

chain) on the rear tires. It should be

noted that installing AutoSock

(fabric snow chain) on the tires will

provide a greater driving force, but

will not prevent side skids.

• Do not install studded tires without

first checking local, state and

municipal regulations for possible

restrictions against their use.

OHI056076

The use of AutoSock

(fabric

snow chain) may adversely

affect vehicle handling:

• Drive less than 20 mph (30

km/h) or the chain manufac-

turer's recommended speed

limit, whichever is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid

bumps, holes, sharp turns,

and other road hazards, which

may cause the vehicle to

bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked

wheel braking.

WARNING

5-107

Chain Installation

When installing AutoSock

(fabric

snow chain), follow the manufactur-

er's instructions and mount them as

tightly as possible. Drive slowly (less

than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains

installed. If you hear the chains con-

tacting the body or chassis, stop and

tighten them. If they still make con-

tact, slow down until the noise stops.

Remove the AutoSock

(fabric snow

chain) as soon as you begin driving

on cleared roads.

When mounting AutoSock

(fabric

snow chain), park the vehicle on

level ground away from traffic.

Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning

Flasher and place a triangular emer-

gency warning device behind the

vehicle (if available).

Always place the vehicle in P (Park),

apply the parking brake and turn off

the engine before installing tire

chains.

When using AutoSock

(fabric

snow chain):

• Wrong size chains or improperly

installed chains can damage

your vehicle's brake lines, sus-

pension, body and wheels.

• If you hear noise caused by

chains contacting the body,

retighten the chain to prevent

contact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,

retighten the chains after driving

0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

AutoSock

is a Registered trade-

mark of AutoSock.

Winter Precautions

Use high quality ethylene glycol

coolant

Your vehicle is delivered with high

quality ethylene glycol coolant in the

cooling system. It is the only type of

coolant that should be used because

it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-

ing system, lubricates the water

pump and prevents freezing.Be sure

to replace or replenish your coolant

in accordance with the maintenance

schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,

have your coolant tested to assure

that its freezing point is sufficient for

the temperatures anticipated during

the winter.

Change to "winter weight" oil if

necessary

In some climates it is recommended

that a lower viscosity "winter weight"

oil be used during cold weather. See

chapter 8 for recommendations. If

you aren't sure what weight oil you

should use, consult an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts.

Check battery and cables

Winter puts additional burdens on

the battery system. Visually inspect

the battery and cables as described

in chapter 7. The level of charge in

your battery can be checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products or a service sta-

tion.

NOTICE

5-108

Driving your vehicle

Check spark plugs and ignition

system

Inspect your spark plugs as

described in chapter 7 and replace

them if necessary. Also check all

ignition wiring and components to be

sure they are not cracked, worn or

damaged in any way.

Use approved window washer

anti-freeze in system

To keep the water in the window

washer system from freezing, add an

approved window washer anti-freeze

solution in accordance with instruc-

tions on the container.Window wash-

er anti-freeze is available from an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products and most auto

parts outlets. Do not use engine

coolant or other types of anti-freeze

as these may damage the paint fin-

ish.

Do not let your parking brake

freeze

Under some conditions your parking

brake can freeze in the engaged

position.This is most likely to happen

when there is an accumulation of

snow or ice around or near the rear

brakes or if the brakes are wet. If

there is a risk the parking brake may

freeze, apply it only temporarily while

you put the gear selector lever in P

and block the rear wheels so the car

cannot roll.Then release the parking

brake.

Do not let ice and snow accu-

mulate underneath

Under some conditions, snow and

ice can build up under the fenders

and interfere with the steering.When

driving in severe winter conditions

where this may happen, you should

periodically check underneath the

car to be sure the movement of the

front wheels and the steering compo-

nents is not obstructed.

Don't place foreign objects or

materials in the engine com-

partment

Placement of foreign object or mate-

rials which prevent cooling of the

engine, in the engine compartment,

may cause a failure or combustion.

The manufacturer is not responsible

for the damage caused by such

placement.

To keep locks from freezing

To keep the locks from freezing,

squirt an approved de-icer fluid or

glycerine into the key opening. If a

lock is covered with ice, squirt it with

an approved de-icing fluid to remove

the ice.If the lock is frozen internally,

you may be able to thaw it out by

using a heated key. Handle the heat-

ed key with care to avoid injury.

5-109

VVEEHHIICCLLEE LLOOAADD LLIIMMIITT

Two labels on your driver's door sill

show how much weight your vehicle

was designed to carry: the Tire and

Loading Information Label and the

Certification Label.

Before loading your vehicle, familiar-

ize yourself with the following terms

for determining your vehicle's weight

ratings, from the vehicle's specifica-

tions and the Certification Label:

Base Curb Weight

This is the weight of the vehicle

including a full tank of fuel and all

standard equipment. It does not

include passengers, cargo, or option-

al equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight

This is the weight of your new vehicle

when you picked it up from your deal-

er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo Weight

This figure includes all weight added

to the Base Curb Weight, including

cargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)

This is the total weight placed on

each axle (front and rear) - including

vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight that can be carried by a single

axle (front or rear). These numbers

are shown on the Certification Label.

The total load on each axle must

never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)

This is the Base Curb Weight plus

actual Cargo Weight plus passen-

gers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight of the fully loaded vehicle

(including all options, equipment,

passengers and cargo). The GVWR

is shown on the Certification Label

located on the driver’s door sill.

5-110

Driving your vehicle

Tire Loading Information Label

The label located on the driver's door

sill gives the original tire size, cold

tire pressures recommended for your

vehicle, the number of people that

can be in your vehicle and vehicle

capacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight

882 lbs. (400 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-

mum combined weight of occupants

and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped

with a trailer, the combined weight

includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity

Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons,

Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum

number of occupants including a

driver, your vehicle may carry.

However, the seating capacity may

be reduced based upon the weight of

all of the occupants, and the weight

of the cargo being carried or towed.

Do not overload the vehicle as there

is a limit to the total weight, or load

limit including occupants and cargo,

the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity

We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity

The cargo capacity of your vehicle

will increase or decrease depending

on the weight and the number of

occupants and the tongue load, if

your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

OHI056219N

5-111

Steps for determining correct

load limit

1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX

kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's

placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of

the driver and passengers that will

be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of

the driver and passengers from

XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the

available amount of cargo and lug-

gage load capacity.For example, if

the "XXX" amount equals 1400

lbs. and there will be five 150 lb

passengers in your vehicle, the

amount of available cargo and lug-

gage load capacity is 650 lbs.

(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight of

luggage and cargo being loaded

on the vehicle. That weight may

not safely exceed the available

cargo and luggage load capacity

calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-

er, load from your trailer will be

transferred to your vehicle.Consult

this manual to determine how this

reduces the available cargo and

luggage load capacity of your vehi-

cle.

Do not overload the vehicle as

there is a limit to the total

weight, or load limit, including

occupants and cargo, the vehi-

cle can carry. Overloading can

shorten the life of the vehicle. If

the GVWR or the GAWR is

exceeded, parts on the vehicle

can break, and it can change

the handling of your vehicle.

These could cause you to lose

control and result in an acci-

dent.

WARNING

5-112

Driving your vehicle

Example 1

Maximum Load

(1400 lbs.)

(635 kg)

Passenger Weight

(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)

(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight

(1100 lbs.)

(499 kg)

Example 2

Maximum Load

(1400 lbs.)

(635 kg)

Passenger Weight

(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)

(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight

(650 lbs.)

(295 kg)

Example 3

Maximum Load

(1400 lbs.)

(635 kg)

Passenger Weight

(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)

(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)

Cargo Weight

(540 lbs.)

(245 kg)

≥≥

5-113

Certification label

The certification label is located on

the driver's door sill at the center pil-

lar and shows the maximum allow-

able weight of the fully loaded vehi-

cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR

includes the weight of the vehicle, all

occupants, fuel and cargo.

This label also tells you the maxi-

mum weight that can be supported

by the front and rear axles, called

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

The total weight of the vehicle,

including all occupants, accessories,

cargo, and trailer tongue load must

not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle

Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out

the actual loads on your front and

rear axles, you need to go to a weigh

station and weigh your vehicle. Be

sure to spread out your load equally

on both sides of the centerline.

Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs would not

be covered by your warranty. Do

not overload your vehicle.

NOTICE

OBH059070

Overloading

• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR for

either the front or rear axle

and vehicle capacity weight.

Exceeding these ratings can

affect your vehicle's handling

and braking ability, and cause

an accident.

• Do not overload your vehicle.

Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in your

vehicle's tires and possible

tire failure, increased stop-

ping distances and poor vehi-

cle handling-all of which may

result in a crash.

WARNING

5-114

Driving your vehicle

We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

If you carry items inside your

vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,

packages, or anything else),

they are moving as fast as the

vehicle. If you have to stop or

turn quickly, or if there is a

crash, the items will keep going

and can cause an injury if they

strike the driver or a passenger.

• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle.Try to spread the

weight evenly.

• Do not stack items, like suit-

cases, inside the vehicle

above the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecured

child restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry something

inside the vehicle, secure it.

WARNING

TTRRAAIILLEERR TTOOWWIINNGG

Hazard Warning Flasher .............................................................6-2

If the Engine Stalls While Driving............................................................6-3

If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing...................................6-3

If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving.....................................................6-3

In Case of an Emergency While Driving...................................6-3

If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly.....................6-4

If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start........................6-4

If the Engine Will Not Start........................................................6-4

Jump Starting................................................................................6-5

Push-Starting................................................................................................6-7

If the Engine Overheats..............................................................6-8

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).............................6-10

Check Tire Pressure..................................................................................6-10

Tire Pressure Monitoring System .........................................................6-11

Low Tire Pressure Telltale.......................................................................6-12

Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator ..................6-12

TPMS Malfunction Indicator...................................................................6-13

Changing a Tire with TPMS ....................................................................6-14

If You Have a Flat Tire..............................................................6-16

Jack Label ....................................................................................................6-22

Towing..........................................................................................6-23

Towing Service ...........................................................................................6-23

Removable Towing Hook..........................................................................6-25

Emergency Towing ....................................................................................6-25

WWhhaatt ttoo ddoo iinn aann eemmeerrggeennccyy

The hazard warning flasher serves

as a warning to other drivers to exer-

cise extreme caution when approach-

ing, overtaking, or passing your vehi-

cle.

It should be used whenever emer-

gency repairs are being made or

when the vehicle is stopped near the

edge of a roadway.

To turn the hazard warning flasher

on or off, press the hazard warning

flasher button. The button is located

in the center fascia panel. Both the

left and right turn signal lights will

flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run-

ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work when

the hazard flasher is on.

HHAAZZAARRDD WWAARRNNIINNGG FFLLAASSHHEERR

6-2

What to do in an emergency

OHI066001

If the Engine Stalls While

Driving

• Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-

tiously off the road to a safe place.

• Turn on your hazard warning flash-

er.

• Try to start the engine again.If your

vehicle will not start, contact an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products or seek other

qualified assistance.

If the Engine Stalls at a

Crossroad or Crossing

If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, if safe to do so, move the

shift lever to the N (Neutral) position

and then push the vehicle to a safe

location.

If you Have a Flat Tire While

Driving

If a tire goes flat while you are driv-

ing:

• Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slow

down while driving straight ahead.

Do not apply the brakes immedi-

ately or attempt to pull off the road

as this may cause loss of vehicle

control resulting in an accident.

When the vehicle has slowed to

such a speed that it is safe to do

so, brake carefully and pull off the

road. Drive off the road as far as

possible and park on firm, level

ground. If you are on a divided

highway, do not park in the median

area between the two traffic lanes.

• When the vehicle is stopped, press

the hazard warning flasher button,

move the shift lever into P(Park),

and apply the parking brake, and

place the Engine Start/Stop button

in the OFF position.

• Have all passengers get out of the

vehicle. Be sure they all get out on

the side of the vehicle that is away

from traffic.

• When changing a flat tire, follow

the instructions provided later in

this chapter.

IINN CCAASSEE OOFF AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY WWHHIILLEE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

6-3

If the Engine Doesn't Turn

Over or Turns Over Slowly

• Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park). The engine

starts only when the shift lever is in

N (Neutral) or P (Park).

• Turn on the interior light. If the light

dims or goes out when you operate

the starter, the battery is drained.

Do not push or pull the vehicle to

start it. This could cause damage to

your vehicle. See instructions for

"Jump Starting" provided in this

chapter.

Push or pull starting the vehicle

may cause the catalytic converter

to overload which can lead to

damage to the emission control

system.

If the Engine Turns Over

Normally but Doesn't Start

Check the fuel level and add fuel if

necessary.

If the engine still does not start, have

your vehicle checked by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

NOTICE

IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE WWIILLLL NNOOTT SSTTAARRTT

6-4

What to do in an emergency

Jump starting can be dangerous if

done incorrectly. Follow the jump

starting procedure in this section to

avoid serious injury or damage to

your vehicle. If in doubt about how to

properly jump start your vehicle, we

strongly recommend that you have a

service technician or towing service

do it for you.

JJUUMMPP SSTTAARRTTIINNGG

6-5

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH to you or bystanders,

always follow these precautions

when working near or handling

the battery:

Always read and follow

instructions carefully

when handling a battery.

Wear eye protection

designed to protect the

eyes from acid splashes.

Keep all flames,sparks,or

smoking materials away

from the battery.

Hydrogen is always pres-

ent in battery cells, is

highly combustible, and

may explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of

reach of children.

(Continued)

Batteries contain sulfu-

ric acid which is highly

corrosive. Do not allow

acid to contact your

eyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush

your eyes with clean water for at

least 15 minutes and get imme-

diate medical attention. If acid

gets on your skin, thoroughly

wash the area. If you feel pain or

a burning sensation, get med-

ical attention immediately.

• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressure

on the case may cause battery

acid to leak. Lift with a battery

carrier or with your hands on

opposite corners.

• Do not attempt to jump start

your vehicle if your battery is

frozen.

• NEVER attempt to recharge

the battery when the vehicle's

battery cables are connected

to the battery.

• The electrical ignition system

works with high voltage.

NEVER touch these compo-

nents with the engine running

or when the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position.

WARNING

Information

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to the

environment and human

health. Dispose the battery

according to your local law(s)

or regulations.

To prevent damage to your vehi-

cle:

• Only use a 12-volt power supply

(battery or jumper system) to

jump start your vehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start

your vehicle by push-starting.

Jump starting procedure

Information

Your vehicle has a battery in the trunk

compartment, but when you jump

start your vehicle, use the jumper ter-

minal in the engine compartment.

1. Position the vehicles close enough

that the jumper cables will reach,

but do not allow the vehicles to

touch.

2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in

the engine compartment at all

times, even when the vehicles are

turned off.

3. Turn off all electrical devices such

as radios, lights, air conditioning,

etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)

and set the parking brakes. Turn

both vehicles OFF.

4. Open the engine hood.

5. Open the small service cover with

a screwdriver.

6. Remove the engine room fuse box

cover.

7. Connect the jumper cables in the

exact sequence shown in the illus-

tration. First connect one jumper

cable to the red, positive (+)

jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).

8. Connect the other end of the

jumper cable to the red, positive

(+) battery/jumper terminal of the

assisting vehicle (2).

NOTICE

6-6

What to do in an emergency

OHI066005

OHI066006N

9. Connect the second jumper cable

to the black, negative (-) battery/

chassis ground of the assisting

vehicle (3).

10. Connect the other end of the sec-

ond jumper cable to the black,

negative (-) chassis ground of

your vehicle (4).

Do not allow the jumper cables to

contact anything except the cor-

rect battery or jumper terminals

or the correct ground. Do not

lean over the battery when mak-

ing connections.

11. Start the engine of the assisting

vehicle and let it run at approxi-

mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-

utes.Then start your vehicle.

12. Keep your vehicle operating for at

least 30 minutes at idle or driving

to assure your battery receives

enough charge to be able to start

on its own after the vehicle is

shut off. A complete dead battery

may require as long as 60 min-

utes runtime to fully recharge it. If

vehicle is run for less, the battery

may not restart.If you continue to

have problem, have your author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products test the battery.

If your vehicle will not start after a

few attempts, it probably requires

servicing. In this event please seek

qualified assistance. If the cause of

your battery discharging is not

apparent, have your vehicle checked

by an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Disconnect the jumper cables in the

exact reverse order you connected

them:

1. Disconnect the jumper cable from

the black, negative (-) chassis

ground of your vehicle (4).

2. Disconnect the other end of the

jumper cable from the black, neg-

ative (-) battery/chassis ground of

the assisting vehicle (3).

3. Disconnect the second jumper

cable from the red, positive (+)

battery/jumper terminal of the

assisting vehicle (2).

4. Disconnect the other end of the

jumper cable from the red, positive

(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle

(1).

Push-Starting

Vehicles equipped with automatic

transmission cannot be push-start-

ed.

Follow the directions in this chapter

for jump-starting.

6-7

6-8

What to do in an emergency

If your temperature gauge indicates

overheating, you experience a loss

of power, or hear loud pinging or

knocking, the engine may be over-

heating. If this happens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon

as it is safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (Park)

and set the parking brake.If the air

conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.

3. If engine coolant is running out

under the vehicle or steam is com-

ing out from the hood, stop the

engine.Do not open the hood until

the coolant has stopped running

or the steaming has stopped. If

there is no visible loss of engine

coolant and no steam, leave the

engine running and check to be

sure the engine cooling fan is

operating.If the fan is not running,

turn the engine off.

4. Check for coolant leaking from the

radiator, hoses or under the vehi-

cle. (If the air conditioning had

been in use, it is normal for cold

water to be draining from it when

you stop.)

5. If engine coolant is leaking out,

stop the engine immediately and

call the nearest authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products for

assistance.

IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE OOVVEERRHHEEAATTSS

While the engine is

running, keep hands,

clothing and tools

away from the moving

parts such as the

cooling fan and drive

belt to prevent seri-

ous injury.

WARNING

6-9

6. If you cannot find the cause of the

overheating, wait until the engine

temperature has returned to nor-

mal. Then, if coolant has been

lost, carefully add coolant to the

reservoir to bring the fluid level in

the reservoir up to the halfway

mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping

alert for further signs of overheat-

ing. If overheating happens again,

call an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products for

assistance.

Serious loss of coolant indicates a

leak in the cooling system and

should be checked as soon as

possible by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

NOTICE

Your vehicle is

equipped with a pres-

surized coolant reserve

tank. NEVER remove

the radiator cap, drain

plug and heater hose connector

cap (refer to the below picture)

while the engine and radiator

are hot. Hot coolant and steam

may blow out under pressure,

causing serious injury.

Turn the engine off and wait

until the engine cools down.

Use extreme care when remov-

ing the coolant reserve tank

cap. Wrap a towel or thick rag

around it, and turn it counter-

clockwise slowly to release

some of the pressure from the

system. Step back while the

pressure is released.

When you are sure all the pres-

sure has been released, contin-

ue turning the cap counter-

clockwise to remove it.

■■

Heater hose connector cap

(for Tau 5.0 GDI engine)

WARNING

OHI076060L

6-10

What to do in an emergency

(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(2) Low Tire Pressure /

Tire Pressure Monitor /

TPMS Malfunction Display

(shown on the cluster LCD dis-

play)

Check Tire Pressure

• You can check the tire pressure in

the Assist mode on the cluster.

Refer to the "LCD Modes" in

chapter 3.

• Tire pressure is displayed after a

few minutes of driving after initial

engine start up.

• If tire pressure is not displayed

when the vehicle is stopped, "Drive

to display" message will appear.

After driving, check the tire pres-

sure.

• The displayed tire pressure values

may differ from those measured

with a tire pressure gauge.

• You can change the tire pressure

unit in the User Settings mode on

the cluster.

- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "LCD

Modes" in chapter 3).

TTIIRREE PPRREESSSSUURREE MMOONNIITTOORRIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM ((TTPPMMSS))

OHI066008

OHI046129N

OHI046160L

6-11

Tire Pressure Monitoring

System

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-

vided), should be checked monthly

when cold and inflated to the inflation

pressure recommended by the vehi-

cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-

ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If

your vehicle has tires of a different

size than the size indicated on the

vehicle placard or tire inflation pres-

sure label, you should determine the

proper tire inflation pressure for

those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your

vehicle has been equipped with a tire

pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

that illuminates a low tire pressure

telltale when one or more of your

tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pres-

sure telltale illuminates, you should

stop and check your tires as soon as

possible, and inflate them to the

proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-

cantly under-inflated tire causes the

tire to overheat and can lead to tire

failure.

Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-

ciency and tire tread life, and may

affect the vehicle’s handling and

stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a

substitute for proper tire mainte-

nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-

bility to maintain correct tire pres-

sure, even if under-inflation has not

reached the level to trigger illumina-

tion of the TPMS low tire pressure

telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped

with a TPMS malfunction indicator to

indicate when the system is not oper-

ating properly. The TPMS malfunc-

tion indicator is combined with the

low tire pressure telltale. When the

system detects a malfunction, the

telltale will flash for approximately

one minute and then remain continu-

ously illuminated. This sequence will

continue upon subsequent vehicle

start-ups as long as the malfunction

exists.

When the malfunction indicator is

illuminated, the system may not be

able to detect or signal low tire pres-

sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-

tions may occur for a variety of rea-

sons, including the installation of

replacement or alternate tires or

wheels on the vehicle that prevent

the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction

telltale after replacing one or more

tires or wheels on your vehicle to

ensure that the replacement or alter-

nate tires and wheels allow the

TPMS to continue to function proper-

ly.

Over-inflation or under-inflation

can reduce tire life, adversely

affect vehicle handling, and

lead to sudden tire failure that

may cause loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

6-12

What to do in an emergency

Information

If any of the below happens, have the

system checked by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded products.

1.The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/

TPMS Malfunction Indicator does

not illuminate for 3 seconds when

the Engine Start/Stop button is

turned to the ON position or engine

is running.

2.The TPMS Malfunction Indicator

remains illuminated after blinking

for approximately 1 minute.

3.The Low Tire Pressure Position

Telltale remains illuminated.

Low Tire Pressure

Telltale

Low Tire

Pressure LCD

Display with

Position

Indicator

When the tire pressure monitoring

system warning indicators are illumi-

nated and the warning message is

displayed on the cluster LCD display,

one or more of your tires is signifi-

cantly under-inflated. The LCD posi-

tion indicator will indicate which tire

is significantly under-inflated by illu-

minating the corresponding position

light.

If any of your tire pressures are indi-

cated as being low, immediately

reduce your speed, avoid hard cor-

nering, and anticipate increased

stopping distances. You should stop

and check your tires as soon as pos-

sible. Inflate the tires to the proper

pressure as indicated on the vehi-

cle’s placard or tire inflation pressure

label located on the driver's side cen-

ter pillar outer panel.

If you cannot reach a service station

or if the tire cannot hold the newly

added air, replace the low pressure

tire with the spare tire.

The Low Tire Pressure LCD position

indicator will remain on and the

TPMS Malfunction Indicator may

blink for one minute and then remain

illuminated until you have the low

pressure tire repaired and replaced

on the vehicle.

OHI046129N

6-13

Information

The spare tire is not equipped with a

tire pressure sensor.

In winter or cold weather, the Low

Tire Pressure Telltale may be illu-

minated if the tire pressure was

adjusted to the recommended tire

inflation pressure in warm weather.

It does not mean your TPMS is mal-

functioning because the decreased

temperature leads to a proportion-

al lowering of tire pressure.

When you drive your vehicle from

a warm area to a cold area or from

a cold area to a warm area, or the

outside temperature is greatly

higher or lower, you should check

the tire inflation pressure and

adjust the tires to the recommend-

ed tire inflation pressure.

TPMS Malfunction

Indicator

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will

illuminate after it blinks for approxi-

mately one minute when there is a

problem with the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System.

Have the system checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products as soon as possi-

ble.

Information

If there is a malfunction with the

TPMS, the individual tire pressures in

the cluster LCD display will not be

available. Have the system checked by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products as soon as possible.

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator

may illuminate after blinking for

one minute if the vehicle is near

electric power supply cables or

radio transmitters such as police

stations, government and public

offices, broadcasting stations,

military installations, airports,

transmitting towers, etc.

Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction

Indicator may illuminate if snow

chains are used or electronic

devices such as computers, charg-

ers, remote starters, navigation,

etc.This may interfere with normal

operation of the TPMS.

NOTICE

Low pressure damage

Significantly low tire pressure

makes the vehicle unstable and

can contribute to loss of vehicle

control and increased braking

distances.

Continued driving on low pres-

sure tires can cause the tires to

overheat and fail.

WARNING

6-14

What to do in an emergency

Changing a Tire with TPMS

If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire

Pressure and LCD position indicator

will come on. Have the flat tire

repaired by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products as soon

as possible or replace the flat tire

with the spare tire.

Never use a puncture-repairing

agent not approved by authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts to repair and/or inflate a low

pressure tire. Tire sealant not

approved by authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products may

damage the tire pressure sensor.

The spare tire does not come with a

tire pressure monitoring sensor.

When the low pressure tire or the flat

tire is replaced with the spare tire,

the Low Tire Pressure LCD position

indicator will remain on. Also, the

TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illu-

minate after blinking for one minute if

the vehicle is driven at speed above

15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximate-

ly 20 minutes.

Once the original tire equipped with

a tire pressure monitoring sensor is

reinflated to the recommended pres-

sure and reinstalled on the vehicle,

the Low Tire Pressure LCD position

indicator and TPMS Malfunction

Indicator will go off within a few min-

utes of driving.

If the indicators do not disappear

after a few minutes, please visit an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Each wheel is equipped with a tire

pressure sensor mounted inside the

tire behind the valve stem (except for

the spare tire). You must use TPMS

specific wheels. It is recommended

that you always have your tires serv-

iced by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

A cold tire means the vehicle has

been sitting for 3 hours and driven for

less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3

hour period.

Allow the tire to cool before measur-

ing the inflation pressure. Always be

sure the tire is cold before inflating to

the recommended pressure.

NOTICE

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-

age caused by external fac-

tors such as nails or road

debris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-

ity, immediately take your foot

off the accelerator, apply the

brakes gradually with light

force, and slowly move to a

safe position off the road.

CAUTION

6-15

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the equipment.

Tampering with, modifying, or

disabling the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS)

components may interfere with

the system’s ability to warn the

driver of low tire pressure con-

ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-

tions. Tampering with, modify-

ing, or disabling the Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) components may void

the warranty for that portion of

the vehicle.

WARNING

6-16

What to do in an emergency

Jack and tools

➀ Jack handle

② Jack

③ Wheel lug nut wrench

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug

nut wrench are stored in the luggage

compartment under the luggage box

cover.

The jack is provided for emergency

tire changing only.

Turn the winged hold down bolt

counterclockwise to remove the

spare tire.

Store the spare tire in the same com-

partment by turning the winged hold

down bolt clockwise.

To prevent the spare tire and tools

from "rattling", store them in their

proper location.

IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE

Changing a tire can be danger-

ous. Follow the instructions in

this section when changing a

tire to reduce the risk of serious

injury or death.

WARNING

OHI066028

OHI066026N

Be careful as you use the jack

handle to stay clear of the flat

end. The flat end has sharp

edges that could cause cuts.

CAUTION

6-17

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-

down wing bolt by hand, you can

loosen it easily using the jack handle.

1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of

the tire hold-down wing bolt.

2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt

counterclockwise with the jack

handle.

When you remove or store the

spare tire, do not contact or bump

the battery with the spare tire.

Contacting or bumping the battery

may cause failure of electrical cir-

cuits.

Changing tires

NOTICE

A vehicle can slip or roll off of a

jack causing serious injury or

death to you or those nearby.

Take the following safety pre-

cautions:

• Never place any portion of

your body under a vehicle that

is supported by a jack.

• NEVER attempt to change a

tire in the lane of traffic.

ALWAYS move the vehicle

completely off the road on

level, firm ground away from

traffic before trying to change

a tire. If you cannot find a

level, firm place off the road,

call a towing service for assis-

tance.

• Be sure to use the jack provid-

ed with the vehicle.

• ALWAYS place the jack on the

designated jacking positions

on the vehicle and NEVER on

the bumpers or any other part

of the vehicle for jacking sup-

port.

• Do not start or run the engine

while the vehicle is on the

jack.

• Do not allow anyone to remain

in the vehicle while it is on the

jack.

• Keep children away from the

road and the vehicle.

WARNING

OHI066029

6-18

What to do in an emergency

Follow these steps to change your

vehicle's tire:

1. Park on a level, firm surface.

2. Move the shift lever into P(Park),

apply the parking brake, and place

the Engine Start/Stop button in the

OFF position.

3. Press the hazard warning flasher

button.

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,

jack, jack handle, and spare tire

from the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of the

tire diagonally opposite of the tire

you are changing.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-

terclockwise one turn each in the

order shown above, but do not

remove any lug nuts until the tire

has been raised off of the ground.

7. Place the jack at the designated

jacking position under the frame

closest to the tire you are chang-

ing. The jacking positions are

plates welded to the frame with

two notches and two dimples.

Never jack any other position or

part of the vehicle. Doing so may

damage the side seal molding or

other parts of the vehicle.

OHI066012N

OHI066010N

OHI066013N

■ Front

■ Rear

6-19

8. Insert the jack handle into the jack

and turn it clockwise, raising the

vehicle until the tire clears the

ground. Make sure the vehicle is

stable on the jack.

9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel

lug nut wrench and remove them

with your fingers. Remove the

wheel from the studs and lay it flat

on the ground out of the way.

Remove any dirt or debris from the

studs, mounting surfaces, and

wheel.

10. Install the spare tire onto the

studs of the hub.

11.Tighten the lug nuts with your fin-

gers onto the studs with the

smaller end of the lug nuts clos-

est to the wheel.

12. Lower the vehicle to the ground

by turning the jack handle coun-

terclockwise.

13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to

tighten the lug nuts in the order

shown. Double-check each lug

nut until they are tight. After

changing tires, have an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products tighten the lug nuts to

their proper torque as soon as

possible. The wheel lug nut

should be tightened to 79~94

lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).

If you have a tire gauge, check the

tire pressure (see "Tires and Wheels"

in chapter 8 for tire pressure instruc-

tions.). If the pressure is lower or

higher than recommended, drive

slowly to the nearest service station

and adjust it to the recommended

pressure. Always reinstall the valve

cap after checking or adjusting tire

pressure. If the cap is not replaced,

air may leak from the tire. If you lose

a valve cap, buy another and install it

as soon as possible. After changing

tires, secure the flat tire and return

the jack and tools to their proper stor-

age locations.

Information

Check the tire pressure as soon as pos-

sible after installing a spare tire.

Adjust it to the recommended pres-

sure.

OHI066015N

■ Rear

OHI066014

6-20

What to do in an emergency

Your vehicle has metric threads

on the studs and lug nuts. Make

certain during tire changing that

the same nuts that were removed

are reinstalled. If you have to

replace your lug nuts make sure

they have metric threads to avoid

damaging the studs and ensure

the wheel is properly secured to

the hub. Consult an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded prod-

ucts for assistance.

If any of the equipment such as the

jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-

ment is damaged or in poor condi-

tion, do not attempt to change the

tire and call for assistance.

Use of compact spare tires

Compact spare tires are designed for

emergency use only. Drive carefully

on the compact spare tire and

always follow the safety precautions.

NOTICE

To prevent compact spare tire

failure and loss of control pos-

sibly resulting in an accident:

• Use the compact spare tire

only in an emergency.

• NEVER operate your vehicle

over 50 mph (80 km/h).

• Do not exceed the vehicle's

maximum load rating or the

load carrying capacity shown

on the sidewall of the com-

pact spare tire.

• Do not use the compact spare

tire continuously. Repair or

replace the original tire as

soon as possible to avoid fail-

ure of the compact spare tire.

• On AWD vehicles, do not use

the compact spare tire contin-

uously. It may damage to the

AWD driving system or the

differential. Temporarily use

the compact spare tire for

emergency only.

WARNING

6-21

When driving with the compact spare

tire mounted to your vehicle:

• Check the tire pressure after

installing the compact spare tire.

The compact spare tire should be

inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).

• Do not take this vehicle through an

automatic car wash while the com-

pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tire

on any other vehicle because this

tire has been designed especially

for your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread life

is shorter than a regular tire.

Inspect your compact spare tire

regularly and replace worn com-

pact spare tires with the same size

and design, mounted on the same

wheel.

• Do not use more than one compact

spare tire at a time.

Information

When the original tire and wheel are

repaired and reinstalled on the vehi-

cle, the lug nut torque must be set cor-

rectly. The correct lug nut tightening

torque is 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).

To prevent damaging the compact

spare tire and your vehicle:

• Drive slowly enough for the road

conditions to avoid all hazards,

such as a potholes or debris.

• Avoid driving over obstacles.

The compact spare tire diameter

is smaller than the diameter of a

conventional tire and reduces

the ground clearance approxi-

mately 1 inch (25 mm).

• Do not use tire chains on the

compact spare tire. Because of

the smaller size, a tire chain will

not fit properly.

• Do not use the compact spare

tire on any other wheels, nor

should standard tires, snow

tires, wheel covers or trim rings

be used with the compact spare

wheel.

NOTICE

6-22

What to do in an emergency

1. Model Name

2. Maximum allowable load

3.When using the jack, set your

parking brake.

4.When using the jack, stop the

engine.

5. Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.

6.The designated locations under

the frame

7.When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be vertical

under the lifting point.

8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles

with manual transmission or move

the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-

tion on vehicles with automatic

transmission.

9.The jack should be used on firm

level ground.

10. Jack manufacture

11. Production date

12. Representative company and

address

The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

Jack Label

OHYK065011

■ Example

6-23

Towing Service

If emergency towing is necessary,

we recommend having it done by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products or a commercial

tow-truck service. Proper lifting and

towing procedures are necessary to

prevent damage to the vehicle. The

use of wheel dollies or flatbed is rec-

ommended.

When towing the vehicle by flatbed

equipment, secure wheels by using

chocks and tie-down straps (or soft

belts).

Do not place straps over body panels

or through the wheels.

Do not lift the vehicle by the tow

fitting or body and chassis parts.

Otherwise the vehicle may be

damaged.

On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must

be towed with a wheel lift and dollies

or flatbed equipment with all the

wheels off the ground.

The AWD vehicle should never be

towed with the wheels on the

ground. This can cause serious

damage to the transmission or the

AWD system.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to

tow the vehicle with the front wheels

on the ground (without dollies) and

the rear wheels off the ground.

If any of the loaded wheels or sus-

pension components are damaged

or the vehicle is being towed with the

rear wheels on the ground, use a

towing dolly under the rear wheels.

When being towed by a commercial

tow truck and wheel dollies are not

used, the rear of the vehicle should

always be lifted, not the front.

NOTICE

TTOOWWIINNGG

OHI066016

Dolly

OHI066031

Dolly

6-24

What to do in an emergency

• Do not tow the vehicle with the

rear wheels on the ground as

this may cause damage to the

vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-

ment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed

equipment.

When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies:

1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button

in the ACC position.

2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).

3. Release the parking brake.

Failure to place the shift lever in N

(Neutral) when being towed with

the front wheels on the ground

can cause internal damage to the

transmission.

NOTICE

OHI066019

OHI066018

If your vehicle is equipped with

a rollover sensor, place the

Engine Start/Stop button in the

OFF position. The side impact

and curtain air bag may deploy

if the sensor detects the situa-

tion as a rollover.

WARNING

6-25

Removable Towing Hook

1. Open the tailgate, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.

2. Remove the hole cover pressing

the lower part of the cover on the

front or rear bumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning it

clockwise into the hole until it is

fully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook and

install the cover after use.

Emergency Towing

If towing is necessary, we recommend

you have it done by an authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded products

or a commercial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in an

emergency, your vehicle may be

temporarily towed using a cable or

chain secured to the emergency tow-

ing hook at the front (or rear) of the

vehicle.

Use extreme caution when towing

the vehicle with a cable or chain. A

driver must be in the vehicle to steer

it and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done

only on hard-surfaced roads for a

short distance and at low speeds.

Also, the wheels, axles, power train,

steering and brakes must all be in

good condition.

OHI066022N

■ Front

OHI066023

■ Rear

OHI066020N

OHI066021

■ Rear

■ Front

6-26

What to do in an emergency

Always follow these emergency tow-

ing precautions:

• Place the Engine Start/Stop button

in the ACC position so the steering

wheel is not locked.

• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).

• Release the parking brake.

• Depress the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you will

have reduced braking perform-

ance.

• More steering effort will be

required because the power steer-

ing system will be disabled.

• Use a vehicle heavier than your

own to tow your vehicle.

• The drivers of both vehicles should

communicate with each other fre-

quently.

• Before emergency towing, check

that the hook is not broken or dam-

aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chain

securely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady

and even force.

• Use a towing cable or chain less

than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a

white or red cloth (about 12 inch

(30 cm) wide) in the middle of the

cable or chain for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so the towing cable

or chain remains tight during tow-

ing.

• Before towing, check the automat-

ic transmission for fluid leaks under

your vehicle. If the automatic trans-

mission fluid is leaking, flatbed

equipment or a towing dolly must

be used.

OHI066024

6-27

To avoid damage to your vehicle

and vehicle components when

towing:

• Always pull straight ahead

when using the towing hooks.

Do not pull from the side or at

a vertical angle.

• Do not use the towing hooks

to pull a vehicle out of mud,

sand or other conditions from

which the vehicle cannot be

driven out under its own

power.

• Limit the vehicle speed to

10 mph (15 km/h) and drive

less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when

towing to avoid serious dam-

age to the automatic transmis-

sion.

CAUTION

Engine Compartment ...................................................................7-3

Maintenance Services .................................................................7-5

Owner's Responsibility ...............................................................................7-5

Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................................7-5

Owner Maintenance ....................................................................7-6

Owner Maintenance Schedule..................................................................7-7

Scheduled Maintenance Service................................................7-8

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Tau 5.0 GDI) .......................................7-9

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Tau 5.0 GDI) .........7-12

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI)................7-14

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

(Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI) .........................................................................7-17

Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items......................7-19

Engine oil.....................................................................................7-22

Checking the Engine Oil Level................................................................7-22

Checking the Engine Oil and Filter .......................................................7-23

Engine Coolant ...........................................................................7-24

Checking the Engine Coolant Level ......................................................7-24

Changing Engine Coolant.........................................................................7-26

Brake Fluid..................................................................................7-27

Checking the Brake Fluid Level .............................................................7-27

Washer Fluid ...............................................................................7-28

Checking the Washer Fluid Level ..........................................................7-28

Air Cleaner ..................................................................................7-29

Filter Replacement.....................................................................................7-29

Climate Control Air Filter ..........................................................7-30

Filter Inspection .........................................................................................7-30

Wiper Blades...............................................................................7-31

Blade Inspection.........................................................................................7-31

Blade Replacement....................................................................................7-31

Battery.........................................................................................7-33

For Best Battery Service.........................................................................7-34

Battery Recharging ...................................................................................7-35

Reset features............................................................................................7-36

MMaaiinntteennaannccee

Tires and Wheels .......................................................................7-37

Tire Care ......................................................................................................7-37

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures......................................7-38

Check Tire Inflation Pressure.................................................................7-39

Tire Rotation...............................................................................................7-39

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance.......................................................7-40

Tire Replacement.......................................................................................7-41

Wheel Replacement...................................................................................7-42

Tire Traction................................................................................................7-43

Tire Maintenance.......................................................................................7-43

Tire Sidewall Labeling...............................................................................7-43

Tire Terminology and Definitions ..........................................................7-47

All Season Tires .........................................................................................7-50

Summer Tires..............................................................................................7-50

Snow Tires...................................................................................................7-50

Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................................................7-51

Low Aspect Ratio Tires ............................................................................7-51

Fuses............................................................................................7-53

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ....................................................7-54

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement .................................7-55

Fuse/Relay Panel Description ................................................................7-58

Light bulbs...................................................................................7-71

Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp,

Daytime Running Light and Side Marker...........................................7-71

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement.........................................................7-73

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement.........................................7-73

High Mounted Stop Light Replacement...............................................7-73

License Plate Light Replacement replacement ..................................7-73

Interior Light Bulb Replacement ............................................................7-74

Appearance care........................................................................7-75

Exterior Care...............................................................................................7-75

Interior Care................................................................................................7-80

Emission Control System...........................................................7-83

Crankcase Emission Control System.....................................................7-83

Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard

Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ......................................................7-83

Exhaust Emission Control System .........................................................7-84

California Perchlorate Notice...................................................7-86

7-3

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Radiator cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Engine oil dipstick

6. Engine oil filler cap

7.Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Fuse box

9. Jumper terminal

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

OHI076001N

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■■

Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3 T-GDI)

7-4

Maintenance

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Radiator cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Engine oil dipstick

6. Engine oil filler cap

7.Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Fuse box

9. Jumper terminal

OHI076003N

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■■

Gasoline Engine (Tau 5.0 GDI)

7-5

You should exercise the utmost care

to prevent damage to your vehicle

and injury to yourself whenever per-

forming any maintenance or inspec-

tion procedures.

We recommend you have your vehi-

cle maintained and repaired by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products. An authorized

retailer of Genesis Branded products

meets Genesis Branded Vehicle's

high service quality standards and

receives technical support from

Genesis Branded Vehicle in order to

provide you with a high level of serv-

ice satisfaction.

Owner's Responsibility

Maintenance service and record

retention are the owner's responsibil-

ity.

You should retain documents that

show proper maintenance has been

performed on your vehicle in accor-

dance with the scheduled mainte-

nance service charts shown on the

following pages. You need this infor-

mation to establish your compliance

with the servicing and maintenance

requirements of your vehicle war-

ranties.

Detailed warranty information is pro-

vided in your Owner's Handbook &

Warranty Information booklet.

Repairs and adjustments required as

a result of improper maintenance or

a lack of required maintenance are

not covered.

Owner Maintenance

Precautions

Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-

cient servicing may result in opera-

tional problems with your vehicle that

could lead to vehicle damage, an

accident, or personal injury. This

chapter provides instructions only for

the maintenance items that are easy

to perform. Several procedures can

be done only by an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products with

special tools.

Your vehicle should not be modified

in any way. Such modifications may

adversely affect the performance,

safety or durability of your vehicle

and may, in addition, violate condi-

tions of the limited warranties cover-

ing the vehicle.

Certain modifications may also be in

violation of regulations established by

the U.S.Department of Transportation

and other federal or state agencies.

Improper owner maintenance dur-

ing the warranty period may affect

warranty coverage.

For details, read the separate

Owner's Handbook & Warranty

Information booklet provided with

the vehicle.

If you're unsure about any service

or maintenance procedure, have it

done by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

NOTICE

MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEESS

7-6

Maintenance

The following lists are vehicle checks

and inspections that should be per-

formed by the owner or an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products at the frequencies indicated

to help ensure safe, dependable

operation of your vehicle.

Any adverse conditions should be

brought to the attention of your deal-

er as soon as possible.

These Owner Maintenance vehicle

checks are generally not covered by

warranties and you may be charged

for labor, parts and lubricants used.

OOWWNNEERR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE

Performing maintenance work

on a vehicle can be dangerous.

If you lack sufficient knowledge

and experience or the proper

tools and equipment to do the

work, have it done by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products.

ALWAYS follow these precau-

tions for performing mainte-

nance work:

• Park your vehicle on level

ground, move the shift lever

into the P (Park) position,

apply the parking brake, place

the Engine Start/Stop button

in the OFF position.

• Block the tires (front and

back) to prevent the vehicle

from moving.

Remove loose clothing or jew-

elry that can become entan-

gled in moving parts.

• If you must run the engine

during maintenance, do so

out doors or in an area with

plenty of ventilation.

• Keep flames, sparks, or smok-

ing materials away from the

battery and fuel-related parts.

WARNING

Touching metal parts

Do not touch metal parts

(including strut bars) while the

engine is operating or hot.

Doing so could result in serious

personal injury. Turn the engine

off and wait until the metal parts

cool down to perform mainte-

nance work on the vehicle.

WARNING

7-7

Owner Maintenance Schedule

When you stop for fuel:

• Check the engine oil level.

• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.

• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.

• Check for low or under-inflated

tires.

While operating your vehicle:

• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell of exhaust

fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steering

wheel. Notice if there is any

increased steering effort or loose-

ness in the steering wheel, or

change in its straight-ahead posi-

tion.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly

turns slightly or "pulls" to one side

when traveling on smooth, level

road.

• When stopping, listen and check

for unusual sounds, pulling to one

side, increased brake pedal travel

or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the

operation of your transmission

occurs, check the transmission

fluid level.

• Check the automatic transmission

P (Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.

• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the air

conditioning system during or after

use is normal).

At least monthly:

• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.

• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the brake lights,

turn signals and hazard warning

flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of all

tires including the spare for tires

that are worn, show uneven wear,

or are damaged.

• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

Be careful when checking your

engine coolant level when the

engine is hot.This may result in

coolant being blown out of the

opening and cause serious

burns and other injuries.

WARNING

7-8

Maintenance

At least twice a year:

(i.e., every Spring and Fall)

• Check radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or dam-

age.

• Check windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean wiper

blades with clean cloth dampened

with washer fluid.

• Check headlamp alignment.

• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.

• Check the seat belts for wear and

function.

At least once a year:

• Clean body and door drain holes.

• Lubricate door hinges and hood

hinges.

• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.

• Lubricate door rubber weather

strips.

• Lubricate door checker.

• Check the air conditioning system.

• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transmission linkage and controls.

• Clean the battery and terminals.

• Check the brake fluid level.

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule

if the vehicle is usually operated where

none of the following conditions apply.

If any of the following conditions apply,

you must follow the Maintenance

Under Severe Usage Conditions.

• Repeated driving short distance of

less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal

temperature or less than 10miles

(16 km) in freezing temperature

• Extensive engine idling or low

speed driving for long distances

• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,

unpaved, graveled or salt-spread

roads

• Driving in areas using salt or other

corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

• Driving in heavy dust condition

• Driving in heavy traffic area

• Driving on uphill, downhill, or

mountain road repeatedly

• Towing a trailer or using a camper,

or roof rack

• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other

commercial use of vehicle towing

• Frequently driving in stop-and-go

condition

For additional information or assis-

tance see an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE

SSEERRVVIICCEE

7-9

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Tau 5.0 GDI)

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.

Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown,

the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

:The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.

: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

180

112.5

180

At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months,

after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months

Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months

Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km)

Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km)

168

105

168

156

97.5

156

144

132

82.5

132

120

108

67.5

108

52.5

37.5

22.5

7.5

Months

Miles×1,000

Km×1,000

Drive belts *

Engine oil and engine oil filter

Fuel additives *

Air cleaner filter

Spark plugs

Rotate tires

Climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-10

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Tau 5.0 GDI) (CONT.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

180

112.5

180

At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years

after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months

168

105

168

156

97.5

156

144

132

82.5

132

120

108

67.5

108

52.5

37.5

22.5

7.5

Months

Miles×1,000

Km×1,000

Vacuum hose

Engine coolant

Battery condition

Brake lines, hoses and connections

Front brake disc/pads, calipers

Rear brake disc/pads

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots /

lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

Driveshaft and boots

Suspension mounting bolts

Air conditioner refrigerant

Air conditioner compressor

Propeller shaft

Exhaust pipe and muffler

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-11

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Tau 5.0 GDI) (CONT.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

: Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" in chapter 8 or the

label in the engine compartment.)

: Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime, front/rear differential have been submerged in water.

: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this main-

tenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss

of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an

authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

180

112.5

180

No check, No service required

168

105

168

156

97.5

156

144

132

82.5

132

120

108

67.5

108

52.5

37.5

22.5

7.5

Months

Miles×1,000

Km×1,000

Automatic transmission fluid *

Front (AWD) / rear differential oil *

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank

Fuel tank air filter *

Fuel filter *

Fuel lines, hoses and connections

Parking brake

Brake fluid

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-12

Maintenance

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used

under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate

maintenance intervals.

R : Replace

I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Tau 5.0 GDI)

Maintenance item

Maintenance

operation

Maintenance Intervals

Driving

condition

Engine oil and filter

Every 3,750 miles

(6,000 km) or 6 months

A, B, C, D, E,

F, G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E

Spark plugs

More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Automatic transmission

fluid

Every 60,000 miles

(96,000 km)

A, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I

Front brake disc/

pads, calipers

I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, H

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear box,

linkage & boots/

Lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

I More frequently

C, D, E, F, G,

H, I

Drive shafts and boots I

Every 3,750 miles

(6,000 km) or 6 months

C, D, E, F, G,

H, I, J

Front(AWD)/

rear differential oil

Every 75,000 miles

(120,000 km)

C, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter

(for evaporator and

blower unit)

More frequently C, E

Propeller shaft I

Every 7,500 miles

(12,000 km) or 6 months

C, E

7-13

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal

temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature

B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances

C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads

D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

E-Driving in heavy dust condition

F -Driving in heavy traffic area

G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly

H-Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack

I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing

J -Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)

K-Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

7-14

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

:The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.

: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products perform the operation.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

180

150

At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months,

after that, inspect every 12,000 miles (20,000 km) or 24 months

Add every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months

Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000 km)

Inspect every 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months

Rotate every 6,000 miles (10,000 km)

168

140

156

130

144

120

132

110

120

100

108

Months

Miles×1,000

Km×1,000

Drive belts *

Engine oil and engine oil filter

Fuel additives *

Air cleaner filter

Spark plugs

Valve clearance *

Rotate tires

Climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-15

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI) (CONT.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

180

150

At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 10 years

after that, replace every 30,000 miles (50,000 km) or 24 months

168

140

156

130

144

120

132

110

120

100

108

Months

Miles×1,000

Km×1,000

Vacuum hose

Engine coolant

Battery condition

Brake lines, hoses and connections

Front brake disc/pads, calipers

Rear brake disc/pads

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots /

lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

Driveshaft and boots

Suspension mounting bolts

Air conditioner refrigerant

Air conditioner compressor

Propeller shaft

Exhaust pipe and muffler

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-16

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI) (CONT.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

: Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" in chapter 8 or the

label in the engine compartment.)

: Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime, front/rear differential have been submerged in water.

: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this main-

tenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss

of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an

authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

180

150

No check, No service required

168

140

156

130

144

120

132

110

120

100

108

Months

Miles×1,000

Km×1,000

Automatic transmission fluid *

Front (AWD) / rear differential oil *

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank

Fuel tank air filter *

Fuel filter *

Fuel lines, hoses and connections

Parking brake

Brake fluid

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-17

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used

under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate

maintenance intervals.

R : Replace

I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI)

Maintenance item

Maintenance

operation

Maintenance Intervals

Driving

condition

Engine oil and filter

Every 3,000 miles

(5,000 km) or 6 months

A, B, C, D, E,

F, G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E

Spark plugs

More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Automatic transmission

fluid

Every 60,000 miles

(100,000 km)

A, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I

Front brake disc/

pads, calipers

I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, H

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear box,

linkage & boots/

Lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint

I More frequently

C, D, E, F, G,

H, I

Drive shafts and boots I

Every 3,000 miles

(5,000 km) or 6 months

C, D, E, F, G,

H, I, J

Front (AWD)/

rear differential oil

Every 72,000 miles

(120,000 km)

C, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter

(for evaporator and

blower unit)

More frequently C, E

Propeller shaft I

Every 3,000 miles

(5,000 km) or 6 months

C, E

7-18

Maintenance

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal

temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature

B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances

C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads

D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

E-Driving in heavy dust condition

F -Driving in heavy traffic area

G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly

H-Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack

I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing

J -Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)

K-Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

7-19

Engine Oil and Filter

The engine oil and filter should be

changed at the intervals specified in

the maintenance schedule. If the car

is being driven in severe conditions,

more frequent oil and filter changes

are required.

Drive Belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence of

cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil

saturation and replace if necessary.

Drive belts should be checked peri-

odically for proper tension and

adjusted as necessary.

Fuel Filter

A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the

vehicle driving speed, damage the

emission system, and cause the

hard starting. When a considerable

amount of foreign substances are

accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel

filter should be replaced.

Upon installing a new fuel filter, oper-

ate the engine for several minutes,

and check the connections for any

leakages. Fuel filters should be

installed by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and

Connections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and

connections for leakage and dam-

age. Have an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products replace

any damaged or leaking parts imme-

diately.

Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler

Cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap

should be inspected at those inter-

vals specified in the maintenance

schedule. Make sure a new vapor

hose or fuel filler cap is correctly

replaced.

Air Cleaner Filter

A Genesis/Hyundai air cleaner filter

is recommended when the filter is

replaced.

Spark Plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs

of the correct heat range.

EEXXPPLLAANNAATTIIOONN OOFF SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE IITTEEMMSS

7-20

Maintenance

Valve Clearance

(Lambda engine)

Inspect for excessive valve noise

and/or engine vibration and adjust if

necessary.Have an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products per-

form the operation.

Cooling System

Check cooling system components,

such as radiator, coolant reservoir,

hoses and connections for leakage

and damage. Replace any damaged

parts.

Engine Coolant

The coolant should be changed at

the intervals specified in the mainte-

nance schedule.

Automatic Transmission Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid should

not be checked under normal usage

conditions. But in severe conditions,

the fluid should be changed at an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products in accordance to

the scheduled maintenance at the

beginning of this chapter.

Information

Automatic transmission fluid color is

basically red.

As the vehicle is driven, the automatic

transmission fluid will begin to look

darker. This is a normal condition and

you should not judge the need to

replace the fluid based upon the

changed color.

The use of a non-specified fluid

could result in transmission mal-

function and failure.

Use only the specified automatic

transmission fluid (refer to

"Recommended Lubricants and

Capacities" in chapter 8).

NOTICE

7-21

Brake Hoses and Lines

Visually check for proper installation,

chafing, cracks, deterioration and

any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-

ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake Fluid

Check brake fluid level in the brake

fluid reservoir. The level should be

between the MIN and the MAX

marks on the side of the reservoir.

Use only hydraulic brake fluid con-

forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifica-

tion.

Brake Transmission Fluid

Check the pads for excessive wear,

discs for run out and wear, and

calipers for fluid leakage.

Exhaust Pipe and Muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,

muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-

rioration, or damage. Start the

engine and listen carefully for any

exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-

nections or replace parts as neces-

sary.

Suspension Mounting Bolts

Check the suspension connections

for looseness or damage. Retighten

to the specified torque.

Steering Gear Box, Linkage &

Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint

With the vehicle stopped and the

engine off, check for excessive free-

play in the steering wheel. Check the

linkage for bends or damage. Check

the dust boots and ball joints for

deterioration, cracks, or damage.

Replace any damaged parts.

Drive Shafts and Boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and

clamps for cracks, deterioration, or

damage. Replace any damaged

parts and, if necessary, repack the

grease.

Air Conditioning Refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and

connections for leakage and dam-

age.

7-22

Maintenance

Checking the Engine Oil Level

1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s

precautions.

2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level

ground in P (Park) with the parking

brake set. If possible, block the

wheels.

3.Turn the engine on and allow the

engine to reach normal operating

temperature.

4.Turn the engine off and wait about

five minutes for the oil to return to

the oil pan.

5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,

and re-insert it fully.

6. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level. The level should

be between F and L.

7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil

to bring the level to F.

To prevent damage to your

engine:

• Do not overfill with engine oil.

Add oil in small quantities and

recheck level to ensure engine

is not overfilled.

• Do not spill engine oil when

adding or changing engine oil.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil

from being spilled on engine

components. Wipe off spilled oil

immediately.

NOTICE

EENNGGIINNEE OOIILL

OHI076004

■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI

OHI076006

■ Tau 5.0 GDI

7-23

Use only the specified engine oil

(refer to "Recommended Lubricants

and Capacities" in chapter 8).

Checking the Engine Oil and

Filter

Have engine oil and filter changed by an

authorized retailer of Genesis Branded

products according to the Maintenance

Schedule at the beginning of this chap-

ter.

NOTICE

OHI076007

■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI

OHI076009

■ Tau 5.0 GDI

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Engine oil contains chemicals

known to the State of California

to cause cancer, birth defects

and reproductive harm. Used

engine oil may cause irritation

or cancer of the skin if left in

contact with the skin for pro-

longed periods of time. Always

protect your skin by washing

your hands thoroughly with

soap and warm water as soon

as possible after handling used

oil.

WARNING

7-24

Maintenance

The high-pressure cooling system

has a reservoir filled with year-round

antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is

filled at the factory.

Check the antifreeze protection and

coolant level at least once a year, at

the beginning of the winter season

and before traveling to a colder cli-

mate.

Checking the Engine Coolant

Level

Check the condition and connections

of all cooling system hoses and

heater hoses. Replace any swollen

or deteriorated hoses.

The coolant level should be filled

between the F and the L marks on

the side of the coolant reservoir

when the engine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enough

distilled (deionized) water to bring

the level to the F mark, but do not

overfill. If frequent additions are

required, we recommend that you

see an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products for a cooling sys-

tem inspection.

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOOOLLAANNTT

OHI076010

■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI

OHI076012

■ Tau 5.0 GDI

7-25

Recommended engine coolant

• When adding coolant, use only

deionized water, distilled water or

soft water for your vehicle and

never mix hard water in the coolant

filled at the factory.

• An improper coolant mixture can

result in severe malfunction or

engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be

protected by an ethylene-glycol

with phosphate based coolant to

prevent corrosion and freezing.

• Do not use alcohol or methanol

coolant or mix them with the spec-

ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that contains

more than 60% antifreeze or less

than 35% antifreeze, which would

reduce the effectiveness of the

solution.

For mixing percentage, refer to the

following table:

Information

If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%

water and 50% antifreeze mix is the

easiest to mix together as it will be the

same quantity of each. It is suitable to

use for most temperature ranges of

-31°F and higher.

Ambient

Temperature

Mixture Percentage

(volume)

Antifreeze Water

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

OHI076013

■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI

OHI076015

■ Tau 5.0 GDI

Never remove the

radiator cap or the

drain plug while the

engine and radiator

are hot. Hot coolant

and steam may blow out under

pressure, causing serious injury.

Turn the engine off and wait

until the engine cools down.

Use extreme care when remov-

ing the radiator cap. Wrap a

thick towel around it, and turn it

counterclockwise slowly to the

first stop. Step back while the

pressure is released from the

cooling system.

(Continued)

WARNING

7-26

Maintenance

The electric motor for the cooling fan

is controlled by engine coolant tem-

perature, refrigerant pressure and

vehicle speed.As the engine coolant

temperature decreases, the electric

motor will automatically shut off.This

is a normal condition. If your vehicle

is equipped with GDI, the electric

motor for the cooling fan may begin

to operate at any time and continue

to operate until you disconnect the

negative battery cable.

Changing Engine Coolant

Have coolant changed by an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded

products according to the

Maintenance Schedule at the begin-

ning of this chapter.

To prevent damage to engine

parts, put a thick towel around the

radiator cap before refilling the

coolant to prevent the coolant

from overflowing into engine

parts, such as the generator.

NOTICE

The electric motor for

the cooling fan may

continue to operate

or start up when the

engine is not running

and can cause seri-

ous injury. Keep

hands, clothing and tools away

from the rotating fan blades of

the cooling fan.

WARNING

Do not use engine coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid

reservoir.

Engine coolant can severely

obscure visibility when sprayed

on the windshield and may

cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

Engine coolant may also cause

damage to paint and body trim.

WARNING

(Continued)

When you are sure all the pres-

sure has been released, press

down on the cap, using a thick

towel, and continue turning

counterclockwise to remove it.

7-27

Checking the Brake Fluid

Level

Check the fluid level in the reservoir

periodically.The fluid level should be

between MAX and MIN marks on the

side of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap

and adding brake fluid, clean the

area around the reservoir cap thor-

oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-

ination.

If the level is low, add the specified

brake fluid to the MAX level.The level

will fall with accumulated mileage.

This is a normal condition associated

with the wear of the brake linings. If

the fluid level is excessively low, have

the brake system checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• Do not allow brake fluid to con-

tact the vehicle's body paint, as

paint damage will result.

• Brake fluid, which has been

exposed to open air for an

extended time should NEVER be

used as its quality cannot be

guaranteed. It should be dis-

posed of properly.

• Do not use the wrong kind of

brake fluid. A few drops of min-

eral based oil, such as engine

oil, in your brake system can

damage brake system parts.

Information

Use only the specified brake fluid

(refer to "Recommended Lubricants

and Capacities" in chapter 8).

NOTICE

BBRRAAKKEE FFLLUUIIDD

OHI076016

If the brake system requires fre-

quent additions of fluid this could

indicate a leak in the brake sys-

tem. Have the vehicle inspected

by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

Do not allow brake fluid to come

in contact with your eyes. If

brake fluid comes in contact

with your eyes, flush your eyes

with clean water for at least 15

minutes and get immediate

medical attention.

WARNING

7-28

Maintenance

WWAASSHHEERR FFLLUUIIDD

Checking the Washer Fluid

Level

Check the fluid level in the washer

fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-

sary. Plain water may be used if

washer fluid is not available.

However, use washer solvent with

antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-

mates to prevent freezing.

OHI076017

To prevent serious injury or

death, take the following safety

precautions when using washer

fluid:

• Do not use engine coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid

reservoir. Engine coolant can

severely obscure visibility

when sprayed on the wind-

shield and may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an

accident or damage to paint

and body trim.

• Do not allow sparks or flame

to contact the washer fluid or

the washer fluid reservoir.

Washer fluid may contain

alcohol and can be flamma-

ble.

• Do not drink washer fluid and

avoid contact with skin.

Washer fluid is harmful to

humans and animals.

• Keep washer fluid away from

children and animals.

WARNING

7-29

Filter Replacement

The air cleaner filter can be cleaned

for inspection using compressed air.

Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,

as water will damage the filter.

If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be

replaced.

Visit an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products to

replace the air cleaner filter.

Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule

Information

If the vehicle is operated in extremely

dusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-

ment more often than the usual rec-

ommended intervals (refer to

"Maintenance Under Severe Usage

Conditions" in this chapter).

• Do not drive with the air cleaner

filter removed.This will result in

excessive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner

filter, be careful that dust or dirt

does not enter the air intake, or

damage may result.

• Use Genesis/Hyundai Part, use

of non-Genesis/Hyundai Part

could damage the air flow sen-

sor.

NOTICE

AAIIRR CCLLEEAANNEERR

OHI076018

7-30

Maintenance

Filter Inspection

The climate control air filter should

be replaced according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle

is operated in severely air-polluted

cities or on dusty rough roads for a

long period, it should be inspected

more frequently and replaced earlier.

When you replace the climate control

air filter, replace it performing the fol-

lowing procedure, and be careful to

avoid damaging other components.

1. Open the glove box and remove

the support pin (1).

2. With the glove box open, remove

the stoppers on both sides.

3. Remove the climate control air fil-

ter case while pressing the lock on

the left side of the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air fil-

ter.

5. Reassemble in the reverse order

of disassembly.

Install a new climate control air fil-

ter in the correct direction with the

arrow symbol (

↓↓

) facing down-

wards. Otherwise, the climate con-

trol effects may decrease, possi-

bly with a noise.

NOTICE

CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AAIIRR FFIILLTTEERR

OHI076051

OHI076052

OHI076050

OHI076055

7-31

Blade Inspection

Contamination of either the wind-

shield or the wiper blades with for-

eign matter can reduce the effective-

ness of the windshield wiper func-

tionality. Common sources of con-

tamination are insects, tree sap, and

hot wax treatments used by some

commercial car washes.If the blades

are not wiping properly, clean both

the window and the blades with a

clean cloth dampened with washer

fluid.

To prevent damage to the wiper

blades, arms or other compo-

nents, do not:

• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint

thinner, or other solvents on or

near them.

• Attempt to move the wipers

manually.

• Use non-specified wiper blades.

Information

Commercial hot waxes applied by

automatic car washes have been

known to make the windshield diffi-

cult to clean.

Blade Replacement

When the wipers no longer clean

adequately, the blades may be worn

or cracked, and require replacement.

To prevent damage to the wiper

arms or other components, do not

attempt to move the wipers manu-

ally.

The use of a non-specified wiper

blade could result in wiper mal-

function and failure.

For your convenience, move the

windshield wiper blades to the serv-

ice position as follows;

After turning off the engine, move the

wiper switch to the single wiping

(MIST) position within 20 seconds

and hold the switch more than 2 sec-

onds until the wiper blade is in the

fully up position.

Do not allow the wiper arm to fall

against the windshield, since it

may chip or crack the windshield.

NOTICE

WWIIPPEERR BBLLAADDEESS

OHI076056

OHI076019

7-32

Maintenance

1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Open the wiper blade clip and

slightly rotate the wiper blade

assembly to expose the plastic

locking clip.

3. Press the clip (1) and push up the

wiper arm (2).

4. Push down the wiper arm (3).

5. Install a blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

6. Return the wiper arm on the wind-

shield.

7. Place the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton to the ON position. The wiper

arms will return to the normal

operating position.

OVI075165N

OVI075168N

OVI075169N

OVI075170N

7-33

BBAATTTTEERRYY

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH to you or bystanders,

always follow these precautions

when working near or handling

the battery:

Always read and follow

instructions carefully

when handling a battery.

Wear eye protection

designed to protect the

eyes from acid splashes.

Keep all flames, sparks,

or smoking materials

away from the battery.

Hydrogen is always

present in battery cells,

is highly combustible,

and may explode if ignit-

ed.

Keep batteries out of

reach of children.

Batteries contain sulfu-

ric acid which is highly

corrosive. Do not allow

acid to contact your

eyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush

your eyes with clean water for at

least 15 minutes and get imme-

diate medical attention. If acid

gets on your skin, thoroughly

wash the area. If you feel pain or

a burning sensation, get med-

ical attention immediately.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)

• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressure

on the case may cause battery

acid to leak. Lift with a battery

carrier or with your hands on

opposite corners.

• Do not attempt to jump start

your vehicle if your battery is

frozen.

• NEVER attempt to recharge

the battery when the vehicle’s

battery cables are connected

to the battery.

• The electrical ignition system

works with high voltage.

NEVER touch these compo-

nents with the engine running

or when the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position.

7-34

Maintenance

• When you do not use the vehicle

for a long time in a low tempera-

ture area, disconnect the battery

and keep it indoors.

• Always charge the battery fully

to prevent battery case damage

in low temperature areas.

For Best Battery Service

• Keep the battery securely mount-

ed.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.

• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated with

petroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled acid from the bat-

tery immediately with a solution of

water and baking soda.

NOTICE

OHI076020N

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, and

related accessories contain

lead and lead compounds,

chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer, birth

defects and reproductive harm.

Batteries also contain other

chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer.

Wash hands after handling.

WARNING

■ Trunk

7-35

Battery Recharging

By battery charger

Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,

calcium-based battery.

• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-

ple, the headlights or interior lights

were left on while the vehicle was

not in use), recharge it by slow

charging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually discharges

because of high electric load while

the vehicle is being used, recharge

it at 20-30A for two hours.

AGM battery

• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)

batteries are maintenance-free

and we recommend that the

AGM battery be serviced by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products. For charging

your AGM battery, use only fully

automatic battery chargers that

are specially developed for AGM

batteries.

• When replacing the AGM bat-

tery, we recommend that you

use parts for replacement from

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• Do not open or remove the cap

on top of the battery. This may

cause leaks of internal elec-

trolyte that could result in

severe injury.

NOTICE

Always follow these instruc-

tions when recharging your

vehicle's battery to avoid the

risk of SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH from explosions or acid

burns:

• Before performing mainte-

nance or recharging the bat-

tery, turn off all accessories

and press the Engine Start/

Stop button to the OFF posi-

tion.

• Keep all flames, sparks, or

smoking materials away from

the battery.

• Always work outdoors or in an

area with plenty of ventilation.

• Wear eye protection when

checking the battery during

charging.

• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in

a well ventilated area.

• Watch the battery during

charging, and stop or reduce

the charging rate if the battery

cells begin boiling violently.

(Continued)

WARNING

7-36

Maintenance

By jump starting

After a jump start from a good bat-

tery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 min-

utes before it is shutoff. The vehicle

may not restart if you shut it off

before the battery had a chance to

adequately recharge. See "Jump

Starting" in chapter 6 for more infor-

mation on jump starting procedures.

Information

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to

the environment and human

health.

Dispose the battery according to your

local law(s) or regulation.

Reset features

Some items need to be reset after

the battery has been discharged or

the battery has been disconnected.

See chapter 3 for:

• Auto up/down window

• Sunroof

• Trip computer

• Climate control system

• Power trunk

• Clock

• Seat position memory system

(Continued)

• The negative battery cable

must be removed first and

installed last when the battery

is disconnected. Disconnect

the battery charger in the fol-

lowing order:

(a) Turn off the battery charger

main switch.

(b) Unhook the negative

clamp from the negative

battery terminal (1).

from the positive battery

terminal (2).

• Always use a Genesis/

Hyundai Part approved bat-

tery when you replace the bat-

tery.

OHI076021

7-37

Tire Care

For proper maintenance, safety, and

maximum fuel economy, you must

always maintain recommended tire

inflation pressures and stay within

the load limits and weight distribution

recommended for your vehicle.

All specifications (sizes and pres-

sures) can be found on a label

attached to the driver’s side center

pillar.

TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS

Tire failure may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an

accident. To reduce risk of

SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,

take the following precautions:

• Inspect your tires monthly for

proper inflation as well as

wear and damage.

• The recommended cold tire

pressure for your vehicle can

be found in this manual and

on the tire label located on the

driver’s side center pillar.

Always use a tire pressure

gauge to measure tire pres-

sure. Tires with too much or

too little pressure wear

unevenly causing poor han-

dling.

• Check the pressure of the

spare every time you check

the pressure of the other tires

on your vehicle.

• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or are

damaged. Worn tires can

cause loss of braking effec-

tiveness, steering) control, or

traction.

• ALWAYS replace tires with the

same size as each tire that

was originally supplied with

this vehicle. Using tires and

wheels other than the recom-

mended sizes could cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics, poor vehicle control, or

negatively affect your vehi-

cle's Anti-Lock Brake System

(ABS) resulting in a serious

accident.

WARNING

OHI086006L

7-38

Maintenance

Recommended Cold Tire

Inflation Pressures

All tire pressures (including the

spare) should be checked when the

tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the

vehicle has not been driven for at

least three hours or driven less than

one mile (1.6 km).

Warm tires normally exceed recom-

mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6

psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air

from warm tires to adjust the pres-

sure or the tires will be under-inflat-

ed. For recommended inflation pres-

sure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in

chapter 8.

• Under-inflation results in exces-

sive wear, poor handling and

reduced fuel economy. Wheel

deformation is also possible.

Keep your tire pressures at the

proper levels. If a tire frequently

needs refilling,have it checked by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

• Over-inflation produces a harsh

ride, excessive wear at the cen-

ter of the tire tread, and a greater

possibility of damage from road

hazards.

NOTICE

Recommended pressures must

be maintained for the best ride,

vehicle handling, and minimum

tire wear.

Over-inflation or under-inflation

can reduce tire life, adversely

affect vehicle handling, and

lead to sudden tire failure that

could result in loss of vehicle

control resulting in an accident.

Severe under-inflation can lead

to severe heat build-up, causing

blowouts, tread separation and

other tire failures that can result

in the loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident. This

risk is much higher on hot days

and when driving for long peri-

ods at high speeds.

WARNING

7-39

Check Tire Inflation Pressure

Check your tires, including the spare

tire, once a month or more.

How to check

Use a good quality tire pressure

gauge to check tire pressure. You

can not tell if your tires are properly

inflated simply by looking at them.

Radial tires may look properly inflat-

ed when they are under-inflated.

Remove the valve cap from the tire

valve stem.Press the tire gauge firm-

ly onto the valve to get a pressure

measurement.If the cold tire inflation

pressure matches the recommended

pressure on the tire and loading

information label, no further adjust-

ment is necessary. If the pressure is

low, add air until you reach the rec-

ommended pressure. Make sure to

put the valve caps back on the valve

stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or

moisture could get into the valve

core and cause air leakage.If a valve

cap is missing, install a new one as

soon as possible.

If you overfill the tire, release air by

pushing on the metal stem in the

center of the tire valve. Recheck the

tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be

sure to put the valve caps back on

the valve stems. Without the valve

cap, dirt or moisture could get into

the valve core and cause air leakage.

If a valve cap is missing, install a new

one as soon as possible.

Tire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, Genesis

Branded Vehicle recommends that

the tires be rotated every 7,500 miles

(12,000 km) or sooner if irregular

wear develops.

During rotation, check the tires for

correct balance.

When rotating tires, check for uneven

wear and damage.Abnormal wear is

usually caused by incorrect tire pres-

sure, improper wheel alignment, out-

of-balance wheels, severe braking or

severe cornering. Look for bumps or

bulges in the tread or side of tire.

Replace the tire if you find either of

these conditions. Replace the tire if

fabric or cord is visible.After rotation,

be sure to bring the front and rear tire

pressures to specification and check

lug nut tightness (proper torque is

79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).

7-40

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspected

for wear whenever tires are rotated.

Information

The front tire size is different from the

rear tire size. So when you rotate tires,

check the tire and wheel size.

Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance

The wheels on your vehicle were

aligned and balanced carefully at the

factory to give you the longest tire life

and best overall performance.

In most cases, you will not need to

have your wheels aligned again.

However, if you notice unusual tire

wear or your vehicle pulling one way

or the other, the alignment may need

to be reset.

If you notice your vehicle vibrating

when driving on a smooth road, your

wheels may need to be rebalanced.

Improper wheel weights can dam-

age your vehicle’s aluminum

wheels. Use only approved wheel

weights.

NOTICE

ODH073803

■ 19inch tire

• Do not use the compact spare

tire for tire rotation.

• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-

stances. This may cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics that may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an

accident.

WARNING

7-41

Tire Replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear

indicator will appear as a solid band

across the tread.This shows there is

less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread

left on the tire.Replace the tire when

this happens.

Do not wait for the band to appear

across the entire tread before replac-

ing the tire.

OHI076053

Tread wear indicator

To reduce the risk of DEATH or

SERIOUS INJURY:

• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or are

damaged. Worn tires can

cause loss of braking effec-

tiveness, steering control, and

traction.

• Always replace tires with the

same size as each tire that

was originally supplied with

this vehicle. Using tires and

wheels other than the recom-

mended sizes could cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics, poor vehicle control, or

negatively affect your vehi-

cle's Anti-Lock Brake System

(ABS) resulting in a serious

accident.

• It is best to replace all four

tires at the same time. If that

is not possible, or necessary,

then replace the two front or

two rear tires as a pair.

Replacing just one tire can

seriously affect your vehicle's

handling.

• Tires degrade over time, even

when they are not being used.

Regardless of the remaining

tread, Genesis Branded

Vehicle recommends that

tires be replaced after six (6)

years of normal service.

• Heat caused by hot climates or

frequent high loading condi-

tions can accelerate the aging

process. Failure to follow this

warning may cause sudden

tire failure, which could lead to

a loss of vehicle control result-

ing in an accident.

WARNING

7-42

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement

A compact spare tire has a shorter

tread life than a regular size tire.

Replace it when you can see the

tread wear indicator bars on the tire.

The replacement compact spare tire

should be the same size and design

tire as the one provided with your

new vehicle and should be mounted

on the same compact spare tire

wheel. The compact spare tire is not

designed to be mounted on a regular

size wheel, and the compact spare

tire wheel is not designed for mount-

ing a regular size tire.

Wheel Replacement

When replacing the metal wheels for

any reason, make sure the new

wheels are equivalent to the original

factory units in diameter, rim width

and offset.

Information

A wheel in the different size may

adversely affect the wheel bearing,

braking, stopping, handling, ground

clearance, body-to-tire clearance,

snow-chain clearance, speedometer,

odometer, headlamp angle and

bumper height.

The original tire should be

repaired or replaced as soon as

possible to avoid failure of the

spare and loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.The

compact spare tire is for emer-

gency use only. Do not operate

your vehicle over 50 mph (80

km/h) when using the compact

spare tire.

WARNING

7-43

Tire Traction

Tire traction can be reduced if you

drive on worn tires, tires that are

improperly inflated or on slippery

road surfaces. Tires should be

replaced when tread wear indicators

appear. To reduce the possibility of

losing control, slow down whenever

there is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire Maintenance

In addition to proper inflation, correct

wheel alignment helps to decrease

tire wear. If you find a tire is worn

unevenly, have your dealer check the

wheel alignment.

When you have new tires installed,

make sure they are balanced. This

will increase vehicle ride comfort and

tire life. Additionally, a tire should

always be rebalanced if it is removed

from the wheel.

Tire Sidewall Labeling

This information identifies and

describes the fundamental charac-

teristics of the tire and also provides

the tire identification number (TIN)

for safety standard certification. The

TIN can be used to identify the tire in

case of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is

shown.

2.Tire size designation

A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire

size designation. You will need this

information when selecting replace-

ment tires for your car. The following

explains what the letters and num-

bers in the tire size designation

mean.

Example tire size designation:

(These numbers are provided as an

example only; your tire size designa-

tor could vary depending on your

vehicle.)

245/45 R19 98W

245 - Tire width in millimeters.

45 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of its

width.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).

19 - Rim diameter in inches.

98 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximum

load the tire can carry.

W - Speed Rating Symbol. See the

speed rating chart in this section

for additional information.

OHI076059

5,6

7-44

Maintenance

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-

tant information that you need if you

ever have to replace one.The follow-

ing explains what the letters and

numbers in the wheel size designa-

tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:

8.5J X 19

8.5 - Rim width in inches.

J - Rim contour designation.

19 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-

ferent speed ratings currently being

used for passenger car tires. The

speed rating is part of the tire size

designation on the sidewall of the

tire.This symbol corresponds to that

tire’s designed maximum safe oper-

ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN :Tire

Identification Number)

Any tires that are over six years old,

based on the manufacturing date,

(including the spare tire) should be

replaced by new ones. You can find

the manufacturing date on the tire

sidewall (possibly on the inside of the

wheel), displaying the DOT Code.

The DOT Code is a series of num-

bers on a tire consisting of numbers

and English letters. The manufactur-

ing date is designated by the last four

digits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT means a

plant code number, tire size and

tread pattern and the last four num-

bers indicate week and year manu-

factured.

For example:

DOT XXXX XXXX 2717 represents

that the tire was produced in the 27th

week of 2017.

Speed

Rating

Symbol

Maximum Speed

S 112 mph (180 km/h)

T 118 mph (190 km/h)

H 130 mph (210 km/h)

V 149 mph (240 km/h)

W 168 mph (270 km/h)

Y 186 mph (300 km/h)

7-45

4.Tire ply composition and

material

The number of layers or plies of rub-

ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire

manufacturers also must indicate the

materials in the tire, which include

steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

The letter "R" means radial ply con-

struction; the letter "D" means diago-

nal or bias ply construction; and the

letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-

struction.

5. Maximum permissible infla-

tion pressure

This number is the greatest amount

of air pressure that should be put in

the tire.Do not exceed the maximum

permissible inflation pressure. Refer

to the Tire and Loading Information

label for recommended inflation

pressure.

6. Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum

load in kilograms and pounds that

can be carried by the tire. When

replacing the tires on the vehicle,

always use a tire that has the same

load rating as the factory installed

tire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading

Quality grades can be found where

applicable on the tire sidewall

between tread shoulder and maxi-

mum section width.

For example:

TREAD wear 200

TRACTION AA

TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-

tive rating based on the wear rate of

the tire when tested under controlled

conditions on a specified govern-

ment test course. For example, a tire

graded 150 would wear one-and-a-

half times (1½) as well on the gov-

ernment course as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires

depends upon the actual conditions

of their use, however, and may

depart significantly from the norm

due to variations in driving habits,

service practices and differences in

road characteristics and climate.

These grades are molded on the

sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.

The tires available as standard or

optional equipment on your vehicle

may vary with respect to grade.

7-46

Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to

lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those

grades represent the tire's ability to

stop on wet pavement as measured

under controlled conditions on spec-

ified government test surfaces of

asphalt and concrete. A tire marked

C may have poor traction perform-

ance.

Temperature - A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (the

highest), B and C representing the

tire’s resistance to the generation of

heat and its ability to dissipate heat

when tested under controlled condi-

tions on a specified indoor laboratory

test wheel.

Sustained high temperature can

cause the material of the tire to

degenerate and reduce tire life, and

excessive temperature can lead to

sudden tire failure. Grade C

responds to a level of performance

which all passenger car tires must

meet under the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.

Grades B and A represent higher

levels of performance on the labora-

tory test wheel than the minimum

required by law.

The traction grade assigned to

this tire is based on straight-

ahead braking traction tests,

and does not include accelera-

tion, cornering, hydroplaning,

or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this

tire is established for a tire that

is properly inflated and not

overloaded. Excessive speed,

under-inflation, over-inflation,

or excessive loading, either

separately or in combination,

can cause heat build-up and

possible sudden tire failure.

This may cause loss of vehicle

control resulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-47

Tire Terminology and

Definitions

Air Pressure

The amount of air inside the tire

pressing outward on the tire. Air

pressure is expressed in pounds per

square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).

Accessory Weight

This means the combined weight of

optional accessories. Some exam-

ples of optional accessories are

automatic transmission, power

seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio

The relationship of a tire's height to

its width.

Belt

A rubber coated layer of cords that is

located between the plies and the

tread.Cords may be made from steel

or other reinforcing materials.

Bead

The tire bead contains steel wires

wrapped by steel cords that hold the

tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire

A pneumatic tire in which the plies

are laid at alternate angles less than

90 degrees to the centerline of the

tread.

Cold Tire Pressure

The amount of air pressure in a tire,

measured in pounds per square inch

(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire

has built up heat from driving.

Curb Weight

This means the weight of a motor

vehicle with standard and optional

equipment including the maximum

capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but

without passengers and cargo.

DOT Markings

A code molded into the sidewall of a

tire signifying that the tire is in com-

pliance with the U.S. Department of

Transportation motor vehicle safety

standards. The DOT code includes

the Tire Identification Number (TIN),

an alphanumeric designator which

can also identify the tire manufactur-

er, production plant, brand and date

of production.

GVWR

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

GAWR FRT

Gross Axle Weight Rating for the

Front Axle.

GAWR RR

Gross Axle Weight Rating for the

Rear axle.

7-48

Maintenance

Intended Outboard Sidewall

The side of an asymmetrical tire, that

must always face outward when

mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa)

The metric unit for air pressure.

Light truck(LT) tire

A tire designated by its manufacturer

as primarily intended for use on light-

weight trucks or multipurpose pas-

senger vehicles.

Load ratings

The maximum load that a tire is rated

to carry for a given inflation pressure.

Load Index

An assigned number ranging from 1

to 279 that corresponds to the load

carrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure

The maximum air pressure to which

a cold tire may be inflated.The max-

imum air pressure is molded onto the

sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating

The load rating for a tire at the maxi-

mum permissible inflation pressure

for that tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle

Weight

The sum of curb weight; accessory

weight; vehicle capacity weight; and

production options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight

The number of occupants a vehicle

is designed to seat multiplied by 150

pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution

Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall

An asymmetrical tire has a particular

side that faces outward when mount-

ed on a vehicle. The outward facing

sidewall bears white lettering or

bears manufacturer, brand, and/or

model name molding that is higher or

deeper than the same moldings on

the inner facing sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) tire

A tire used on passenger cars and

some light duty trucks and multipur-

pose vehicles.

Ply

A layer of rubber-coated parallel

cords.

7-49

Pneumatic tire

A mechanical device made of rubber,

chemicals, fabric and steel or other

materials, that, when mounted on an

automotive wheel provides the trac-

tion and contains the gas or fluid that

sustains the load.

Pneumatic options weight

The combined weight of installed

regular production options weighing

over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the

standard items which they replace,

not previously considered in curb

weight or accessory weight, includ-

ing heavy duty breaks, ride levelers,

roof rack, heavy duty battery, and

special trim.

Recommended Inflation

Pressure

Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-

ed tire inflation pressure as shown

on the tire placard.

Radial Ply Tire

A pneumatic tire in which the ply

cords that extend to the beads are

laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of

the tread.

Rim

A metal support for a tire and upon

which the tire beads are seated.

Sidewall

The portion of a tire between the

tread and the bead.

Speed Rating

An alphanumeric code assigned to a

tire indicating the maximum speed at

which a tire can operate.

Traction

The friction between the tire and the

road surface.The amount of grip pro-

vided.

Tread

The portion of a tire that comes into

contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators

Narrow bands, sometimes called

"wear bars", that show across the

tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of

tread remains.

UTQGS

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Standards is a tire information sys-

tem that provides consumers with

ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-

ture and treadwear. Ratings are

determined by tire manufacturers

using government testing proce-

dures. The ratings are molded into

the sidewall of the tire.

7-50

Maintenance

Vehicle Capacity Weight

The number of designated seating

positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68

kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage

load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on the

Tire

Load on an individual tire due to curb

and accessory weight plus maximum

occupant and cargo weight.

Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire

Load on an individual tire that is

determined by distributing to each

axle its share of the curb weight,

accessory weight, and normal occu-

pant weight and dividing by 2.

Vehicle Placard

A label permanently attached to a

vehicle showing the original equip-

ment tire size and recommended

inflation pressure.

All Season Tires

Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies

all season tires on some models to

provide good performance for use all

year round, including snowy and icy

road conditions. All season tires are

identified by ALL SEASON and/or

M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire

sidewall. Snow tires have better

snow traction than all season tires

and may be more appropriate in

some areas.

Summer Tires

Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies

summer tires on some models to

provide superior performance on dry

roads. Summer tire performance is

substantially reduced in snow and

ice.Summer tires do not have the tire

traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)

on the tire side wall. If you plan to

operate your vehicle in snowy or icy

conditions, Genesis Branded Vehicle

recommends the use of snow tires or

all season tires on all four wheels.

Snow Tires

If you equip your car with snow tires,

they should be the same size and

have the same load capacity as the

original tires. Snow tires should be

installed on all four wheels; other-

wise, poor handling may result.Snow

tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)

more air pressure than the pressure

recommended for the standard tires

on the tire label on the driver’s side of

the center pillar, or up to the maxi-

mum pressure shown on the tire

sidewall, whichever is less. Do not

drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)

when your vehicle is equipped with

snow tires.

7-51

Radial-Ply Tires

Radial-ply tires provide improved

tread life, road hazard resistance and

smoother high speed ride. The radi-

al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of

belted construction, and are selected

to complement the ride and handling

characteristics of your vehicle.

Radial-ply tires have the same load

carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias

belted tires of the same size, and use

the same recommended inflation

pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires

with bias-ply or bias belted tires is

not recommended. Any combina-

tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias

belted tires when used on the same

vehicle will seriously deteriorate

vehicle handling.The best rule to fol-

low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply

tires should always be used as a set

for the front tires and a set for the

rear tires.

Longer wearing tires can be more

susceptible to irregular tread wear. It

is very important to follow the tire

rotation interval in this chapter to

achieve the tread life potential of

these tires. Cuts and punctures in

radial-ply tires are repairable only in

the tread area, because of sidewall

flexing. Consult your tire dealer for

radial-ply tire repairs.

Low Aspect Ratio Tires

Low aspect ratio tires, the aspect

ratio is lower than 50, are provided

for sporty looks.

Because low aspect ratio tires are

optimized for handling and braking,

their sidewall is a little stiffer than a

standard tire. Also low aspect ratio

tires tend to be wider and conse-

quently have a greater contact patch

with the road surface. In some

instances they may generate more

road noise compared with standard

tires.

Because the sidewall of a low

aspect ratio tire is shorter than a

standard tire, the rim of the wheel

and the tire itself is more easily

susceptible to damage. Use cau-

tion when driving and follow the

guidelines below to help minimize

damage to the wheel and tire:

- When driving on a rough road or

off road,drive cautiously because

tires and wheels may be dam-

aged. And after driving, inspect

tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole,

speed bump, manhole, or curb

stone, drive slowly so that the

tires and wheels are not dam-

aged.

- If the tire is subjected to a severe

impact, have the tire and wheel

inspected by an authorized retail-

er of Genesis Branded products.

- Inspect the tire condition and pres-

sure every 1,800 miles (3,000km).

NOTICE

Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-

stances.This may cause unusu-

al handling characteristics that

may cause loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-52

Maintenance

• It is not easy to recognize tire

damage with your own eyes. But

if there is the slightest hint of

tire damage, have the tire

checked or replaced because

the tire damage may cause air

leakage from the tire.

• If the tire is damaged by driving

on a rough road, off road, pot-

hole, manhole, or curb stone, it

will not be covered by the war-

ranty.

NOTICE

7-53

A vehicle's electrical system is pro-

tected from electrical overload dam-

age by fuses.

This vehicle has 4 fuse panels, one

located in the driver's side panel bol-

ster, another in the engine compart-

ment, and two others in the trunk

compartment.

If any of your vehicle's lights, acces-

sories, or controls do not work, check

the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse

has blown, the element inside the

fuse will be melted or broken.

If the electrical system does not

work, first check the driver's side

fuse panel. Before replacing a blown

fuse, turn the engine and all switches

off, and then disconnect the negative

battery cable. Always replace a

blown fuse with one of the same rat-

ing.

If the replacement fuse blows, this

indicates an electrical problem.Avoid

using the system involved and imme-

diately consult an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

Information

Four kinds of fuses are used : blade

type for lower amperage rating, car-

tridge type/Multi fuse/Fusible link for

higher amperage ratings.

Do not use a screwdriver or any

other metal object to remove

fuses because it may cause a

short circuit and damage the sys-

tem.

NOTICE

FFUUSSEESS

Normal

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

■ Multi fuse

Blown

Normal Blown

■ Fusible link

Normal

Blown

OHI076054

NEVER replace a fuse with any-

thing but another fuse of the

same rating.

• A higher capacity fuse could

cause damage and possibly

cause a fire.

• Do not install a wire or alu-

minum foil instead of the

proper fuse - even as a tempo-

rary repair. It may cause

extensive wiring damage and

possibly a fire.

WARNING

7-54

Maintenance

Instrument Panel Fuse

Replacement

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Turn all other switches OFF.

3. Open the fuse panel cover.

4. Refer to the label on the inside of

the fuse panel cover to locate the

suspected fuse location.

5. Pull the suspected fuse straight

out. Use the removal tool provided

in the engine compartment fuse

panel.

6. Check the removed fuse; replace

it if it is blown. Spare fuses are

provided in the instrument panel

fuse panels (or in the engine com-

partment fuse panel).

7. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

In an emergency, if you do not have

a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same

rating from a circuit you may not

need for operating the vehicle.

If the headlamps or other electrical

components do not work and the

fuses are OK, check the fuse panel

in the engine compartment. If a fuse

is blown, it must be replaced with the

same rating.

Fuse switch

Always, place the fuse switch to the

ON position.

If you move the switch to the OFF

position, some items such as the

audio system and clock must be

reset and the smart key may not

work properly.

OHI076022

OHI076023

OHI076024

7-55

Information

If the fuse switch is OFF, the above

message will appear.

• Always place the fuse switch in

the ON position while driving the

vehicle.

• Do not move the fuse switch

repeatedly. The fuse switch may

be damaged.

Engine Compartment Panel

Fuse Replacement

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Turn all other switches OFF.

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tap and pulling up.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace

it if it is blown.To remove or insert

the fuse, use the fuse puller in the

engine compartment fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

NOTICE

OHI046130L

OHI076025

OHI076023

7-56

Maintenance

After checking the fuse box in the

engine compartment securely

close the fuse box cover inside

the engine compartment, until it

clicks.

If the fuse box is not closed prop-

erly, water may leak in side, possi-

bly causing a malfunction with the

electrical system.

Main fuse

If the main fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up.

4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Information

If the main fuse is blown, consult an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up.

4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Information

If the multi fuse is blown, consult an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

NOTICE

OHI076026

OHI076027

7-57

Blade type fuse

Before inspecting a fuse, you should

turn OFF the engine as well as the

other electric system switches.

If a fuse is blown out, remove the

blown-out fuse and install a new fuse

of the same capacity by using the

fuse puller, which is prepared inside

the fuse box in the engine compart-

ment. A new fuse may be prepared

along with the fuse puller. However, if

not, you may temporarily select/use

a fuse of the other systems, which do

not affect the vehicle operation, such

as the audio system.

Cartridge type fuse

Before inspecting a fuse, you should

turn OFF the engine as well as the

other electric system switches.

If a fuse is blown out, remove the

blown-out fuse and install a new fuse

of the same capacity. Pay extreme

caution not to damage the blown-out

fuse while removing it.

OHI076028 OHI076029

7-58

Maintenance

Fuse/Relay Panel Description

Instrument panel fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you

can find the fuse/relay label describ-

ing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this

manual may be applicable to your

vehicle; the information is accurate at

the time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to

the fuse box label.

OHI076032

OHI076033N

7-59

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected

MODULE5 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Driver/Passenger Door Module

MODULE7 10A

Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, AMP,

A/C Control Module, Front A/C Controller, Air Quality

Sensor, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH Head

Lamp LH/RH Driver/Passenger CCS Module

Rear CCS Module LH/RH, Driver/Passenger IMS Control

Module, Rear IMS Control Module LH/RH, Rear Seat

Console Switch

IBU3 10A IBU Control Module

E-SHIFTER2 10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever

MEMORY1 10A

Security Indicator, A/C Control Module, Front A/C Controller,

Instrument Cluster, Driver/Passenger IMS Control Module,

Rear IMS Control Module LH/RH, Head-Up Display, Analog

Clock

Driver/Passenger Seat Control Switch, Power Trunk Module,

Rear Seat Control Switch LH/RHM Driver/Passenger Smart

Key, Outside Handle Rear Smart Key Outside Handle

LH/RH

RR LH2

P/SEAT

25A Rear IMS Control Module LH

DRIVER

P/SEAT2

25A Driver IMS Control Module

P/WINDOW RH

30A

Passenger Power Window Module

Rear Power Window Module RH

MODULE 6 10A

Crash Pad Switch, Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH ECS

Unit, Electric Parking Brake Module, Lane Keeping Assist

Module, Front Console Switch, Steering Tilt & Telescopic

Module

MODULE 10 10A

Cooling Fan Controller (BLDC), Rear Seat Console Switch,

Around View Unit, Parking Guide Unit

MODULE3 10A

GATEWAY (B+ (MCU)), Data Link Connector, Hazard

Switch

SUNROOF 25A Sunroof Motor

PASSENGER

P/SEAT2

25A Passenger IMS Control Module

7-60

Maintenance

Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected

RR LH1

P/SEAT

30A

Rear IMS Control Module LH

Rear Electronic Power Seat Relay LH

MODULE8 15A Head Lamp LH/RH, Adaptive Front Lighting Module

MEMORY2 10A Driver Power Outside Mirror

POWER

HANDLE

15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module

PASSENGER

P/SEAT1

30A

Passenger IMS Control Module

Passenger Lumbar Support Unit

P/WINDOW LH 30A

Driver Power Window Module

Rear Power Window Module LH

AIR BAG IND. 10A Instrument Cluster, Front A/C Controller

MEMORY3 10A Passenger Power Outside Mirror

CURTAIN 15A IBU Control Module

MODULE4 10A

Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Power Outlet Relay), Analog

Clock, IBU Control Module, Overhead Console Lamp, AUX

& USB Jack AMP, Electronic ATM Shift Lever, Front/Rear

Wireless Charger Front Tray Mood Lamp LH/RH, Front/Rear

Console Lamp, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear Console

Holder Lamp, Around View Unit, Parking Guide Unit, Rear

USB Jack, Rear USB Jack (N/A), Power Outlet Relay

ROOM LAMP 10A

Overhead Console Lamp, Front/Rear Vanity Lamp LH/RH,

Room Lamp, Rear Personal Lamp LH/RH, Glove Box Lamp,

Front Foot Lamp LH/RH, Front/Center Mood Lamp LH/RH

Luggage Lamp LH/RH, Driver/Passenger Seat Foot Lamp,

Driver/Passenger Door Inside Handle Lamp,

Driver/Passenger Door Garnish Lamp, Rear Door Garnish

Lamp, LH/RH, Rear Door Inside Handle Lamp LH/RH

DRIVER

P/SEAT1

30A Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Lumbar Support Unit

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display

7-61

Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected

PRE-SAFETY

SEAT BELT

10A Pre Active Seat Belt Unit

GATEWAY 10A GATEWAY (IG1 (MCU))

BRAKE

SWITCH

10A Stop Lamp Switch, IBU Control Module

IBU2 10A Start/Stop Button Switch

IBU1 15A IBU Control Module

MODULE12 10A Driver/Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module LH/RH

MODULE9 10A Multifunction Switch

E-SHIFTER1 10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever

MULTI MEDIA3 10A Front Monitor, DVD Player, AUX & USB Jack

MODULE11 10A IBU Control Module

STEERING

W/HEATER

20A IBU Control Module

B/ALARM 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

MULTI MEDIA1 30A Fuse - F42, F51, F52

A/CON2 10A

Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Blower Relay), Co2 Sensor,

Ionizer E/R Junction Lock (RLY.4 - Rear Blower Relay), A/C

Control Module, Front Incar Temperature Sensor, Front A/C

Controller

MULTI MEDIA2 15A A/V & Navigation Head Unit

MULTI MEDIA4 10A

Keyboard, Rear Monitor LH/RH, Rear Seat Console Switch,

Rear Audio Switch, Rear USB Jack

POWER OUT-

LET5

15A Front Power Outlet RH

POWER OUT-

LET6

20A Front Power Outlet LH

7-62

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you

can find the fuse/relay label describ-

ing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this

manual may be applicable to your

vehicle; the information is accurate at

the time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to

the fuse panel label.

OHI076030

OHI076031N

7-63

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected

ALT 200A

Alternator, Multifuse (BATT) - F12/F13/F14/ F15, Fuse -

F24/F25/F28/F29/F30/F31/F33/F34/F35/ F36/ F37/F38/F39

B+1 60A

IGPM (IPS1, Fuse - F36, Leak Current Autocut Device

(Fuse - F5/F18/F19/F26/F27/F42/F49/F51/ F52))

B+3 60A IGPM (IPS2/IPS3, Fuse - F13/F41)

B+5 60A IGPM (Fuse - F7/F8/F9/F14/F15/F16/F46)

B+4 60A IGPM (IPS4/IPS5/IPS6/IPS7, Fuse - F37/F38/F39)

B+6 60A Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - F40/F41/ F42)

B+7 80A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - F65/F68/F69/ F70/F71)

B+2 60A IGPM (Fuse - F21/F22/F23/F29/F30)

C/FAN2 70A Cooling Fan Relay

B+8 80A Metal Core Block (PCB #1 Fuse - F51/F53/ F55)

MDPS 125A MDPS Unit

POWER

OUTLET3

20A

[5:5 Seat] Rear Power Outlet #1

[W/O 5:5 Seat] Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter

POWER

OUTLET2

20A

[5:5 Seat] Rear Power Outlet #2

[W/O 5:5 Seat] Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter

VACUUM

PUMP

40A [Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] RLY. 3 (Vacuum Pump Relay)

ESC1 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

ESC2 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

DEICER 20A Front Deicer Relay

7-64

Maintenance

Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected

POWER OUT-

LET1

40A Metal Core Block (PCB #1 - Power Outlet Relay)

BLOWER

30A RLY. 4 (Rear Blower Relay)

WIPER1 30A Wiper Motor

DRIVER CCS 20A Driver CCS Module

PASSENGER

CCS

20A Passenger CCS Module

POWER OUT-

LET4

20A [W/O 5:5 Seat] Power Outlet Relay

4WD 30A 4WD ECM

PRESAFETY

SEAT BELT1

30A Pre Active Seat Belt Unit

PRESAFETY

SEAT BELT2

30A Pre Active Seat Belt Unit

DRIVER

P/DOOR

15A Driver Door Latch

PASSENGER

P/DOOR

15A Passenger Door Latch

RR LH

P/DOOR

15A Rear Door Latch LH

RR RH

P/DOOR

15A Rear Door Latch RH

IGN2 30A IG2 Relay

ECU3 30A Engine Control Relay

MODULE1 10A 4WD ECM, Active Air Flap, Smart Cruse Control Radar

WIPER2 10A PCB #2 (Wiper Relay)

WASHER 20A Washer Relay

SENSOR2 10A

[Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4

[Tau 5.0 GDI] Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4, Electronic

Thermostat

7-65

Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected

SENSOR1 10A

[Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] Oil Controlvalve #1/#2/#3/#4

(Intake/Exhaust), Purge Control

Solenoid Valve, Oil Pressure Solenoid

Valve, Canister Close Valve

[Tau 5.0 GDI] Oil Controlvalve #1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/

Exhaust), Purge Control Solenoid Valve,

Canister Close Valve

SENSOR3 10A

[Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] Electronic Thermostat, Rear Sub

Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

[Tau 5.0 GDI] Rear Sub Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

SENSOR4 10A

[Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] E/R Junction Block (RLY. 1 - Cooling

Fan Relay)

[Tau 5.0 GDI] E/R Junction Block (RLY. 1 - Cooling Fan

Relay), Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4

(Intake/ Exhaust)

IGN COIL 15A

[Lambda 3.3 T-GDI] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6

[Tau 5.0 GDI] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6/#7/#8

ECU4 20A ECM

H/LAMP

HI SOL

10A Head Lamp (HI SOL) Relay

H/LAMP

WASHER

25A Head Lamp Washer Relay

A/CON1 10A A/C Control Module

FRT

BLOWER

40A Front Blower Relay

IGN1 40A IG1 Relay

START 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 2 - Start Relay)

ECU1 15A ECM

TCU1 20A TCM

ESC3 10A ESC Control Module

7-66

Maintenance

Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected

MODULE2 10A 4WD ECM, Active Air Flap, Smart Cruse Control Radar

MDPS2 10A MDPS Unit, Steering Angle Sensor

SENSOR5 10A

[G6DP] E/R Junction Block (RLY. 3 - Vacuum Pump- Relay),

Brake Vacuum Switch

HORN 20A Horn Relay

ECU2 10A ECM

TCU2 15A TCM, B/UP Lamp Relay, P/N Relay

EPB2 15A Electric Parking Brake Module

EPB1 15A Electric Parking Brake Module

B/UP

LAMP

10A B/Up Lamp Relay

ACC 40A ACC Relay

7-67

Trunk fuse panel

(Rear fuse box panel)

Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you

can find the fuse/relay label describ-

ing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this

manual may be applicable to your

vehicle; the information is accurate at

the time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to

the fuse box label.

OHI076034N

OHI076035N

7-68

Maintenance

Trunk fuse panel

Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected

REAR DEFOG-

GER

40A Rear Defogger Relay

POWER

TRUNK

30A Power Trunk Module

DOOR LOCK2 15A Passenger Door Module

RDM LH 15A Rear Door Module LH

RR RH2

P/SEAT

25A Rear IMS Control Module RH

AIR BAG 15A Air Bag Relay

RDM RH 15A Rear Door Module RH

RR RH HEATER

SEAT

20A

Rear CCS Module RH,

Rear Seat Warmer Control Module RH

AMP 25A AMP (Premium, Premium High)

RR RH1

P/SEAT

30A

Rear IMS Control Module RH,

Rear Electronic Power Seat Relay RH

RR RH3

P/SEAT

15A Rear Seat Lumbar Support Module RH

RR RL3

P/SEAT

15A Rear Seat Lumbar Support Module LH

ECS 10A ECS Unit

FUEL LID 10A Fuel Lid Open Relay, Fuel Filler Door & Trunk Lid Switch

DOOR LOCK1 10A Driver Door Module

TRUNK LID 10A Trunk Lid Relay

RR LH HEATER

SEAT

20A

Rear CCS Module LH,

Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH

FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay

7-69

Trunk fuse panel

(Battery box fuse panel)

Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you

can find the fuse/relay label describ-

ing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this

manual may be applicable to your

vehicle; the information is accurate at

the time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to

the fuse box label.

OHI076036N

OHI076073N

7-70

Maintenance

Trunk fuse panel

Fuse name Fuse rating Circuit protected

B+ 100A Rear Sub Junction Block (Fuse - F55 ~ F73)

B+ 80A Metal Core Block (PCB #2 Fuse - F57/F58/F59/ F60)

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

7-71

Consult an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer to replace most vehicle light

bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle

light bulbs because other parts of the

vehicle must be removed before you

can get to the bulb.This is especially

true for removing the headlamp

assembly to get to the bulb(s).

Removing/installing the headlamp

assembly can result in damage to

the vehicle.

Information

After heavy driving, rain or washing,

headlamp and trunk lenses could

appear frosty. This condition is caused

by the temperature difference between

the lamp inside and the outside tem-

perature. This is similar to the con-

densation on your windows inside

your vehicle during the rain and does-

n't indicate a problem with your vehi-

cle. If the water leaks into the lamp

bulb circuitry, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Headlamp, Parking Lamp,Turn

Signal Lamp, Daytime Running

Light and Side Marker

Replacement

Type A – HID headlamp

(1) Headlamp (Low/High)

(2) Parking lamp

(3) Turn signal lamp/

Daytime running light

(4) Side marker

Headlamp (Low, High)

If the light bulb does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

LLIIGGHHTT BBUULLBBSS

• Prior to replacing a lamp,

depress the foot brake, move

the shift lever into P (Park)

apply the parking brake, place

the Engine Start/Stop button

to the OFF position, and take

the key with you when leaving

the vehicle to avoid sudden

movement of the vehicle and

to prevent possible electric

shock.

• Be aware the bulbs may be

hot and may burn your fin-

gers.

WARNING

OHI076038N

Do not attempt to replace or

inspect the low/high beam

(XENON bulb) due to electric

shock danger. If the low/high

beam (XENON bulb) is not work-

ing, have your vehicle checked

by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

WARNING

7-72

Maintenance

Information

If your vehicle is equipped with High

Intensity Discharge (HID) headlamps,

these headlamps contain mercury. So

if you need to have your vehicle dis-

posed, you should remove the HID

headlamps before disposal. The

removed HID headlamps should be

recycled, re-used or disposed as haz-

ardous waste.

Information

HID lamps have superior perform-

ance vs. halogen bulbs.

HID lamps are estimated by the man-

ufacturer to last twice as long or

longer than halogen bulbs depending

on their frequency of use. They will

probably require replacement at some

point in the life of the vehicle. Cycling

the headlamps on and off more than

typical use will shorten HID lamps

life. HID lamps do not fail in the same

manner as halogen incandescent

lamps. If a headlamp goes out after a

period of operation but will immedi-

ately relight when the headlamp

switch is cycled it is likely the HID

lamp needs to be replaced. HID light-

ing components are more complex

than conventional halogen bulbs thus

have higher replacement cost.

Parking lamp/Daytime running

light/Side marker

Your vehicle is equipped with LED

lamps. LED lamps do not have

replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

Type B – LED headlamp

(1) Headlamp (Low)

(2) Headlamp (High)

(3) Parking lamp

(4) Turn signal/Daytime running light

(5) Side marker

Your vehicle is equipped with LED

lamps. LED lamps do not have

replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

OHI076039N

7-73

Side Repeater Lamp

Replacement

If the light bulb does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Rear Combination Light Bulb

Replacement

(1) Stop/Tail lamp

(2) Turn signal/Backup lamp

(3) Side marker

Your vehicle is equipped with LED

lamps. LED lamps do not have

replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

High Mounted Stop Light

Replacement

Your vehicle is equipped with LED

lamps. LED lamps do not have

replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

License Plate Light

Replacement replacement

If the light bulb does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

OHI076041

OHI076043

OHI076044

OHI076040

7-74

Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with LED

lamps. LED lamps do not have

replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized retailer of

Genesis Branded products.

■ Front lamps ■ Trunk room lamp

■ Rear lamps

■ Vanity mirror lamp

• Type A

• Type B

• Type A

OHI076066L/OHI076068L/OHI076069L/OHI076046/OHI076045/OHI076071L/OHI076070L

■ Glove box lamp

• Type B

Interior Light Bulb Replacement

7-75

Exterior Care

Exterior general caution

It is very important to follow the label

directions when using any chemical

cleaner or polish. Read all warning

and caution statements that appear

on the label.

High-pressure washing

• When using high-pressure wash-

ers, make sure to maintain suffi-

cient distance from the vehicle.

Insufficient clearance or excessive

pressure can lead to component

damage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensors

or its surrounding area directly with

a high pressure washer. Shock

applied from high pressure water

may cause the device to not oper-

ate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to

boots (rubber or plastic covers)or

connectors as they may be dam-

aged if they come into contact with

high pressure water.

• Do not use any high-pressure noz-

zles, which induce either one-direct

water stream or water swirling.

Finish maintenance

Washing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish

from rust and deterioration, wash it

thoroughly and frequently at least

once a month with lukewarm or cold

water.

If you use your vehicle for off-road

driving, you should wash it after each

off-road trip. Pay special attention to

the removal of any accumulation of

salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign

materials. Make sure the drain holes

in the lower edges of the doors and

rocker panels are kept clear and

clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,

industrial pollution and similar

deposits can damage your vehicle’s

finish if not removed immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain

water may not completely remove all

these deposits. A mild soap, safe for

use on painted surfaces, should be

used.

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-

oughly with lukewarm or cold water.

Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

AAPPPPEEAARRAANNCCEE CCAARREE

After washing the vehicle, test

the brakes while driving slowly

to see if they have been affected

by water before getting on the

road. If braking performance is

impaired, dry the brakes by

applying them lightly while

maintaining a slow forward

speed.

WARNING

7-76

Maintenance

• Do not use strong soap, chemi-

cal detergents or hot water, and

do not wash the vehicle in direct

sunlight or when the body of the

vehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the

side windows of your vehicle.

Especially, with high-pressure

water, water may leak through

the windows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plastic

parts, do not clean with chemi-

cal solvents or strong deter-

gents.

• Water washing in the engine

compartment including high

pressure water washing may

cause the failure of electrical cir-

cuits located in the engine com-

partment.

• Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as this

may damage them.

Waxing

A good coat of wax provides a barri-

er between your paint and environ-

mental contamination.

Keeping a good coat of wax on your

vehicle will help protect it.

Wax the vehicle when water will no

longer bead on the paint.

Always wash and dry the vehicle

before waxing. Use a good quality

liquid or paste wax, and follow the

manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all

metal trim to protect it and to main-

tain its luster.

Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-

als with a spot remover will usually

strip the wax from the finish. Be sure

to re-wax these areas even if the rest

of the vehicle does not yet need wax-

ing.

• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch the

finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasive

cleaners, or strong detergents

containing highly alkaline or

caustic agents on chrome-plat-

ed or anodized aluminum parts.

This may result in damage to the

protective coating and cause

discoloration or paint deteriora-

tion.

NOTICE

OHI076049N

7-77

Finish damage repair

Deep scratches or stone chips in the

painted surface must be repaired

promptly. Exposed metal will quickly

rust and may develop into a major

repair expense.

If your vehicle is damaged and

requires any metal repair or

replacement, be sure the body

shop applies anti-corrosion mate-

rials to the parts repaired or

replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance

• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper or

other sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-

metal parts from corrosion, apply a

coating of wax or chrome preser-

vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastal

areas, cover the bright metal parts

with a heavier coating of wax or

preservative. If necessary, coat the

parts with non-corrosive petroleum

jelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenance

Corrosive materials used for ice and

snow removal and dust control may

collect on the underbody. If these

materials are not removed, acceler-

ated rusting can occur on underbody

parts such as the fuel lines, frame,

floor pan and exhaust system, even

though they have been treated with

rust protection.

Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-

body and wheel openings with luke-

warm or cold water once a month,

after off-road driving and at the end

of each winter. Pay special attention

to these areas because it is difficult

to see all the mud and dirt. It will do

more harm than good to wet down the

road grime without removing it. The

lower edges of doors, rocker panels,

and frame members have drain holes

that should not be allowed to clog with

dirt; trapped water in these areas can

cause rusting.

NOTICE

After washing the vehicle, test

the brakes while driving slowly

to see if they have been affected

by water. If braking performance

is impaired, dry the brakes by

applying them lightly while

maintaining a slow forward

speed.

WARNING

7-78

Maintenance

Aluminum wheel maintenance

The aluminum wheels are coated

with a clear protective finish.

• Do not use abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or

wire brushes on aluminum

wheels.

• Clean the wheel when it has

cooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral

detergent, and rinse thoroughly

with water. Also, clean the

wheels after driving on salted

roads.

• Do not wash the wheels with

high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use cleaners containing

acid or alkaline detergents.

Corrosion protection

Protecting your vehicle from corro-

sion

By using the most advanced design

and construction practices to combat

corrosion, Genesis Branded Vehicle

produces cars of the highest quality.

However, this is only part of the job.

To achieve the long-term corrosion

resistance your vehicle can deliver,

the owner’s cooperation and assis-

tance is also required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-

sion on your vehicle are:

• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath

the vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective

coatings by stones, gravel, abra-

sion or minor scrapes and dents

which leave unprotected metal

exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehi-

cle is regularly exposed to corrosive

materials, corrosion protection is

particularly important. Some of the

common causes of accelerated cor-

rosion are road salts, dust control

chemicals, ocean air and industrial

pollution.

NOTICE

7-79

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in

which corrosion is most likely to

occur. For example, corrosion is

accelerated by high humidity, partic-

ularly when temperatures are just

above freezing. In such conditions,

the corrosive material is kept in con-

tact with the car surfaces by moisture

that is slow to evaporate.

Mud is particularly corrosive

because it is slow to dry and holds

moisture in contact with the vehicle.

Although the mud appears to be dry,

it can still retain the moisture and

promote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler-

ate corrosion of parts that are not

properly ventilated so the moisture

can be dispersed. For all these rea-

sons, it is particularly important to

keep your vehicle clean and free of

mud or accumulations of other mate-

rials.This applies not only to the vis-

ible surfaces but particularly to the

underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

Keep your car clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is

to keep your vehicle clean and free

of corrosive materials. Attention to

the underside of the vehicle is partic-

ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area

— where road salts are used, near

the ocean, areas with industrial

pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you

should take extra care to prevent

corrosion. In winter, hose off the

underside of your vehicle at least

once a month and be sure to clean

the underside thoroughly when

winter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the

vehicle, pay particular attention to

the components under the fenders

and other areas that are hidden

from view. Do a thorough job; just

dampening the accumulated mud

rather than washing it away will

accelerate corrosion rather than

prevent it. Water under high pres-

sure and steam are particularly

effective in removing accumulated

mud and corrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,

rocker panels and frame members,

be sure that drain holes are kept

open so that moisture can escape

and not be trapped inside to accel-

erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dry

Don’t park your car in a damp, poor-

ly ventilated garage. This creates a

favorable environment for corrosion.

This is particularly true if you wash

your vehicle in the garage or drive it

into the garage when it is still wet or

covered with snow, ice or mud. Even

a heated garage can contribute to

corrosion unless it is well ventilated

so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good condition

Scratches or chips in the finish

should be covered with "touch-up"

paint as soon as possible to reduce

the possibility of corrosion. If bare

metal is showing through, the atten-

tion of a qualified body and paint

shop is recommended.

Bird droppings are highly corrosive

and may damage painted surfaces in

just a few hours. Always remove bird

droppings as soon as possible.

7-80

Maintenance

Interior Care

Interior general precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as

perfume and cosmetic oil, from con-

tacting the interior parts because

they may cause damage or discol-

oration. If they do contact the interior

parts, wipe them off immediately.

See the instructions for the proper

way to clean vinyl.

• Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as this

may damage them.

• When cleaning leather products

(steering wheel, seats etc.), use

neutral detergents or low alco-

hol content solutions. If you use

high alcohol content solutions

or acid/ alkaline detergents, the

color of the leather may fade or

the surface may get stripped off.

Cleaning the upholstery and

interior trim

Vinyl (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from

vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a

vinyl cleaner.

Fabric (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-

ric with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-

tion recommended for upholstery or

carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-

diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If

fresh spots do not receive immediate

attention, the fabric can be stained

and its color can be affected.

Also, its fire-resistant properties can

be reduced if the material is not

properly maintained.

Using anything but recommended

cleaners and procedures may

affect the fabric's appearance and

fire-resistant properties.

Leather (if equipped)

• Features of seat leather

- Leather is made from the outer

skin of an animal, which goes

through a special process to be

available for use.Since it is a nat-

ural object, each part differs in

thickness or density.

- Wrinkles may appear as a natural

result of stretching and shrinking

depending on the temperature

and humidity.

- The seat is made of stretchable

fabric to improve comfort.

- The parts contacting the body are

curved and the side supporting

area is high which provides driv-

ing comfort and stability.

- Wrinkles may appear naturally

from usage. It is not a fault of the

product.

NOTICE

• Caring for the leather seats

- Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the

seat. It will prevent abrasion or

damage of the leather and main-

tain its quality.

- Wipe the natural leather seat

cover often with dry or soft cloth.

- Use of a proper leather protective

may prevent abrasion of the

cover and helps maintain the

color.

- Be sure to read the instructions

and consult a specialist when

using leather coating or protec-

tive agents.

- Light colored(beige, cream beige)

leather is easily contaminated

and the stain is noticeable. Clean

the seats frequently.

- Avoid wiping with wet cloth.It may

cause the surface to crack.

• Cleaning the leather seats

- Remove all contaminations

instantly. Refer to instructions

below for removal of each con-

taminant.

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,

foundation, etc.)

Apply cleansing cream on a cloth

and wipe the contaminated spot.

Wipe off the cream with a wet

cloth and remove water with a dry

cloth.

- Beverages (coffee, soft drink,

etc.)

Apply a small amount of neutral

detergent and wipe until contami-

nations do not smear.

- Oil

Remove oil instantly with

absorbable cloth and wipe with

stain remover used only for natu-

ral leather.

- Chewing gum

Harden the gum with ice and

remove gradually.

Handling prime napa leather

(if equipped)

Try to avoid excessive sunlight and

heat exposure. Excessive sunlight

and heat exposure naturally fades

and dries out napa leather, causing

wrinkles and discoloration. If the

napa leather is wet with liquid, imme-

diately clean it with lint-free cloth to

minimize damage.Do not scratch the

napa leather surface with a sharp

object. If your napa leather seat is

bright colored, it may be contaminat-

ed or stained from dyed materials

such as jeans.

7-81

• Wrinkles or abrasions which

appear naturally from usage

are not covered by warranty.

• Belts with metallic acces-

sories, zippers or keys inside

the back pocket may damage

the seat fabric.

• Make sure not to wet the seat.

It may change the nature of

natural leather.

• Jeans or clothes which could

bleach may contaminate the

surface of the seat covering

fabric.

CAUTION

Interior wooden trim

• Use a wooden furniture protector

(e.g. wax, coating compound) to

clean the interior wooden trim.

• Often wipe the interior wooden trim

with a lint-free, clean cloth to main-

tain the unique wooden textures for

a longer period of time.

• If you spill beverage (e.g. water,

coffee) over the interior wooden

trim, immediately wipe it with

clean, dry cloth.

• Sharp objects (e.g. driver, knife),

adhesive materials, or tapes

may damage the interior wooden

trim.

• Any strong impacts may dam-

age the interior wooden trim.

• If the coating finish over the

interior wooden trim is removed,

moisture may damage or

change wood traits.

• If the interior wooden trim is

damaged, you may get a splinter

from the wood surface.

Therefore, you should immedi-

ately have the damaged interior

wooden trim replaced by an

authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products.

Cleaning the seat belt webbing

Clean the belt webbing with any mild

soap solution recommended for

cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow

the instructions provided with the

soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the

webbing because this may weaken

the seat belt.

Cleaning the interior window

glass

If the interior glass surfaces of the

vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-

ered with an oily, greasy or waxy

film), they should be cleaned with

glass cleaner. Follow the directions

on the glass cleaner container.

Do not scrape or scratch the

inside of the rear window. This

may result in damage to the rear

window defroster grid.

NOTICE

7-82

Maintenance

7-83

The emission control system of your

vehicle is covered by a written limited

warranty. Please see the warranty

information contained in the Owner’s

Handbook & Warranty Information

booklet in your vehicle.

Your vehicle is equipped with an

emission control system to meet all

applicable emission regulations.

There are three emission control

systems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-

tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-

tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function

of the emission control systems, it is

recommended that you have your

vehicle inspected and maintained by

an authorized retailer of Genesis

Branded products in accordance

with the maintenance schedule in

this manual.

For the Inspection and Maintenance

Test (

With Electronic Stability Control

(ESC)

system)

• To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test-

ing, turn the Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) system off by

pressing the ESC switch (ESC

OFF light illuminated).

• After dynamometer testing is

completed, turn the ESC system

back on by pressing the ESC

switch again.

1. Crankcase Emission Control

System

The positive crankcase ventilation

system is employed to prevent air

pollution caused by blow-by gases

being emitted from the crankcase.

This system supplies fresh filtered air

to the crankcase through the air

intake hose. Inside the crankcase,

the fresh air mixes with blow-by

gases, which then pass through the

PCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative Emission Control

System Including Onboard

Refueling Vapor Recovery

(ORVR)

The Evaporative Emission Control

System is designed to prevent fuel

vapors from escaping into the atmos-

phere. The ORVR system is

designed to allow the vapors from

the fuel tank to be loaded into a can-

ister while refueling at the gas sta-

tion, preventing the escape of fuel

vapors into the atmosphere.

Canister

Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel

tank are absorbed and stored in the

onboard canister.When the engine is

running, the fuel vapors absorbed in

the canister are drawn into the surge

tank through the purge control sole-

noid valve.

NOTICE

EEMMIISSSSIIOONN CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

7-84

Maintenance

Purge Control Solenoid Valve

(PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve is

controlled by the Engine Control

Module (ECM); when the engine

coolant temperature is low during

idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-

orated fuel is not taken into the

engine. After the engine warms-up

during ordinary driving, the PCSV

opens to introduce evaporated fuel to

the engine.

3. Exhaust Emission Control

System

The Exhaust Emission Control

System is a highly effective system

which controls exhaust emissions

while maintaining good vehicle per-

formance.

When the engine starts or fails to

start, excessive attempts to restart

the engine may cause damage to the

emission system.

Engine exhaust (carbon monox-

ide) precautions

• Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes. If you

smell exhaust fumes of any kind in

your vehicle, drive with all the win-

dows fully open. Have your vehicle

checked and repaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in con-

fined or closed areas (such as

garages) any more than what is

necessary to move the vehicle in or

out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in an

open area for more than a short

time with the engine running,

adjust the ventilation system (as

needed) to draw outside air into the

vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped

vehicle for any extended time with

the engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to

start, excessive attempts to restart

the engine may cause damage to

the emission control system.

Engine exhaust gases contain

carbon monoxide (CO). Though

colorless and odorless, it is

dangerous and could be lethal if

inhaled. Follow the instructions

on this page to avoid CO poi-

soning.

WARNING

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-

ety of automobile components

and parts, including compo-

nents found in the interior fur-

nishings in a vehicle, contain or

emit chemicals known to the

State of California to cause can-

cer and birth defects and repro-

ductive harm. In addition, cer-

tain fluids contained in vehicles

and certain products of compo-

nent wear contain or emit chem-

icals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and

birth defects or other reproduc-

tive harm.

WARNING

7-85

Operating precautions for cat-

alytic converters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-

alytic converter emission control

device.

To prevent damage to the catalytic

converter and to your vehicle, take

the following precautions:

• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.

• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine mal-

function, such as misfire or a

noticeable loss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the

engine. Examples of misuse are

coasting with the engine off and

descending steep grades in gear

with the engine off.

• Do not operate the engine at

high idle speed for extended

periods (5 minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with

any part of the engine or emis-

sion control system. All inspec-

tions and adjustments must be

made by an authorized retailer

of Genesis Branded products.

• Avoid driving with extremely low

fuel level. If you run out of gaso-

line, it could cause the engine to

misfire and result in excessive

loading of the catalytic converter.

NOTICE

The exhaust system and cat-

alytic converter are very hot

during and immediately after

the engine has been running.To

avoid SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH:

• Do not park, idle, or drive the

vehicle over or near flamma-

ble objects, such as grass,

vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.

A hot exhaust system can

ignite flammable items under

your vehicle.

• Keep away from the exhaust

system and catalytic convert-

er or you may get burned.

Also, Do not remove the heat

sink around the exhaust sys-

tem, do not seal the bottom of

the vehicle, and do not coat

the vehicle for corrosion con-

trol. It may present a fire risk

under certain conditions.

WARNING

Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-

ardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:

Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt preten-

sioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to

Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).

CCAALLIIFFOORRNNIIAA PPEERRCCHHLLOORRAATTEE NNOOTTIICCEE

Maintenance

7-86

Dimensions ....................................................................................8-2

Engine ............................................................................................8-2

Bulb Wattage ................................................................................8-3

Tires and Wheels..........................................................................8-4

Luggage Volume ...........................................................................8-5

Gross Vehicle Weight...................................................................8-5

Air Conditioning System..............................................................8-5

Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ................................8-6

Recommended SAE Viscosity Number....................................................8-7

Vehicle Certification Label..........................................................8-8

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .........................................8-8

Tire Specification and Pressure Label......................................8-8

Refrigerant Label .........................................................................8-9

Engine Number .............................................................................8-9

Consumer Information...............................................................8-10

Reporting Safety Defects .........................................................8-11

SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss &&

CCoonnssuummeerr iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn

DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONNSS

8-2

Specifications & Consumer information

Items in (mm)

Overall length 204.9 (5,205)

Overall width 75.4 (1,915)

Overall height 58.9 (1,495)

Front tread 245/45 R19 64.6 (1,640)

Rear tread 275/40 R19 64.5 (1,639)

Wheelbase 124.4 (3,160)

Items Lambda 3.3 T-GDI Tau 5.0 GDI

Displacement

cu. in (cc)

203.94 (3,342) 307.43 (5,038)

Bore x Stroke

in. (mm)

3.62x3.29 (92x84) 3.77x3.42 (96x87)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6 1-2-7-8-4-5-6-3

No. of cylinders 6, V-type 8, V-type

EENNGGIINNEE

BBUULLBB WWAATTTTAAGGEE

8-3

Light bulb Bulb type Wattage

Front

Headlamp

Low

Type A D1S 35

Type B LED LED

High

Type A D1S 35

Type B LED LED

Turn signal lamp

LED LED

Parking lamp

Side maker

Daytime running light (DRL)

Side repeater lamp (Outside mirror)

Rear

Rear combination lamp

Stop/Tail

LED LED

Turn signal

Backup

Side marker

High mounted stop lamp

License plate lamp

Interior

Map lamp

LED LED

Room lamp

Front/Rear vanity mirror lamp

Globe box lamp

Trunk room lamp

Personal lamp

8-4

Specifications & Consumer information

* Normal load : Up to 3 persons

Information

• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if cold-

er temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically loose 1 psi (7 kPa) for every

12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected,

recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area

above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire

pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation

per altitude: +2.4psi/1mile )

When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the

vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or

not work properly.

NOTICE

TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS

Item Tire size

Wheel

size

Inflation pressure kPa (psi)

Wheel lug

nut torque

kgf·m

(lbf·ft, N·m)

Normal load * Maximum load

Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tire

245/45

R19

8.5Jx19

240

(35)

240

(35)

11~13

(79~94,

107~127)

275/40

R19

9.5Jx19 -

240

(35)

240

(35)

Compact

spare tire

T155/70

R19

4.0Tx19

420

(60)

420

(60)

420

(60)

420

(60)

AAIIRR CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM

8-5

Items

Lambda 3.3 T-GDI Tau 5.0 GDI

2WD AWD 2WD AWD

Gross vehicle weight

lbs (kg)

5,578 (2,530) 5,732 (2,600) 5,710 (2,590) 5,864 (2,660)

Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for more details.

Items Weight of Volume Classification

Refrigerant

oz. (g)

24.69±0.88 (700±25) R-134a

Compressor lubricant

cu. in (cc)

4.23±0.35 (120±10) PAG (FD46XG)

GGRROOSSSS VVEEHHIICCLLEE WWEEIIGGHHTT

ltem Lambda 3.3 Tau 5.0

SAE

15.67 cu ft (444 l)

LLUUGGGGAAGGEE VVOOLLUUMMEE

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use

only lubricants of the proper quality.The correct lubricants also help promote

engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

RREECCOOMMMMEENNDDEEDD LLUUBBRRIICCAANNTTSS AANNDD CCAAPPAACCIITTIIEESS

8-6

Specifications & Consumer information

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *

(drain and refill)

3.3 T-GDI

7.29 US qt. (6.9 l)

ACEA A5/B5

API SN & ILSAC GF-5

5.0

GDI

2WD

8.45 US qt. (8.0 l)

API SM & ILSAC GF-4*

(or above)

AWD

9.72 US qt. (9.2 l)

Automatic

transmission fluid

9.72 US qt. (9.2 l)

GS ATF SP-IV-RR, Genesis/

Hyundai ATF SP-IV-RR or

other brands meeting the

above specification

approved by Genesis

Customer Care

Engine coolant

3.3 T-GDI

10.36 US qt. (9.8 l)

Mixture of antifreeze and

water (phosphate based eth-

ylene glycol coolant for alu-

minum radiator)

5.0

GDI

2WD

12.68 US qt. (12.0 l)

AWD

12.05 US qt. (11.4 l)

Brake fluid

0.74~0.85 US qt.

(0.7~0.8 l)

FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Front differential oil (AWD) *

0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)

Hypoid gear oil MS517-

15GT 75W/85 (GL-5)

(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL

75W/85 or equivalent)

Rear differential oil *

1.48 US qt. (1.4 l)

Transfer case oil (AWD)

0.66 US qt. (0.62 l)

SHELL TF0870B

Fuel

21.9 US gal. (83 l)

Refer to “Fuel Requirements”

in the Introduction chapter.

: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other

additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel

necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to

measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and

energy savings.

: If the API SM & ILSAC GF-4 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able

to use API SL & ILSAC GF-3

: If the front/rear differential is submerged, we recommend that you visit an author-

ized retailer of Genesis Branded products to replace differential oil.

8-7

Recommended SAE Viscosity Number

Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or

dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially

important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on

unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt

and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be

damaged.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weath-

er operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine

oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, howev-

er, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot

weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could

result in engine damage.When choosing an oil, consider the range of temper-

ature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to

select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

NOTICE

: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil

of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4

(or above)). However, if the engine oil is not available in your

country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscos-

ity chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Engine Oil *

10W-30

5W-30

°C

(°F)

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Engine Oil *

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

°C

(°F)

■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI

■ Tau 5.0 GDI

: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity

grade SAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5/B5).However, if the engine oil is not available in your

country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

8-8

Specifications & Consumer information

The vehicle identification number

(VIN) is the number used in register-

ing your car and in all legal matters

pertaining to its ownership, etc.

The number is punched on the floor

under the passenger seat. To check

the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached

to the top of the dashboard. The

number on the plate can easily be

seen through the windshield from

outside.

The vehicle certification label

attached on the driver's side center

pillar gives the Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).

TTIIRREE SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN AANNDD

PPRREESSSSUURREE LLAABBEELL

The tires supplied on your new vehi-

cle are chosen to provide the best

performance for normal driving.

The tire label located on the driver’s

side center pillar gives the tire pres-

sures recommended for your car.

OHI086007L

■ VIN label

OHI086001

■ Frame number

VVEEHHIICCLLEE IIDDEENNTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN

NNUUMMBBEERR ((VVIINN))

VVEEHHIICCLLEE CCEERRTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN

LLAABBEELL

OHI086002

OHI086006L

8-9

EENNGGIINNEE NNUUMMBBEERR

The engine number is stamped on

the engine block as shown in the

drawing.

The refrigerant label provides infor-

mation such as refrigerant type and

amount.

The label is located on the underside

of the hood.

RREEFFRRIIGGEERRAANNTT LLAABBEELL

((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OHI086003

■ Lambda 3.3 T-GDI

OHI086004

■ Tau 5.0 GDI

OHI086008N

8-10

Specifications & Consumer information

CCOONNSSUUMMEERR IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN

This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations

issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S.

Department of Transportation. Your retailer of Genesis Branded products will

help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.

Genesis Branded Vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed

all applicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions

in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings

"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of

your vehicle, please contact your nearest Genesis Customer Care Regional

Office as listed in the following:

Eastern Region:

Connecticut, Delaware,

Maine, Massachusetts, New

Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,

Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont.

Eastern Region

1122 Cranbury South River Road

Jamesburg, NJ 08831

844-340-9741

Southern Region:

Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North

Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia,

West Virginia.

Southern Region

3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway

Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066

844-340-9741

South Central Region:

Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana,

Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma,

Tennessee, Texas.

South Central Region

1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400

Coppell, TX 75019

844-340-9741

Central Region:

Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky,

Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska,

North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,

Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.

Central Region

2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook

Terrace, IL 60181

844-340-9741

Western Region:

Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,

Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,

Oregon, Utah, Washington,

Wyoming.

Western Region

10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box 20850

Fountain Valley, California 92728-

0850

844-340-9741

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or

could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National

Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying

Genesis Customer Care.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it

finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and

remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual

problems between you, your dealer, or Genesis Customer Care.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-

327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);

go to http://www.safercar.gov;

download the SaferCar mobile application;

or write to: Administrator, NHTSA.

1200 New Jersey Ave, SE.,

Washington, DC. 20590.

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from

http://www.safercar.gov.

RREEPPOORRTTIINNGG SSAAFFEETTYY DDEEFFEECCTTSS

8-11

IInnddeexx

Advanced smart cruise control system ................................................................5-80

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) ..........................................................3-107

Air bag warning labels .........................................................................................2-82

Air bags ................................................................................................................2-57

Additional safety precautions......................................................................2-81

Air bag collision sensors.............................................................................2-75

Air bag inflation conditions ........................................................................2-76

Air bag non-inflation conditions.................................................................2-77

Air bag warning labels ................................................................................2-82

Curtain air bags ...........................................................................................2-62

Driver's air bag ............................................................................................2-59

Driver's knee airbag ....................................................................................2-59

How does the air bags system operate? ......................................................2-63

Occupant classification system (OCS)........................................................2-68

Passenger's front air bag..............................................................................2-59

Side air bags ................................................................................................2-61

SRS Care .....................................................................................................2-80

SRS components and functions ..................................................................2-63

SRS warning light .......................................................................................2-64

What to expect after an air bag inflates ......................................................2-67

Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision................................................2-74

Air cleaner ............................................................................................................7-35

Air conditioning refrigerant label ......................................................................3-136

Air conditioning system specification....................................................................8-5

Air conditioning system .....................................................................................3-122

Alarm system........................................................................................................3-14

All wheel drive (AWD)........................................................................................5-21

Antenna ..................................................................................................................4-2

Anti-lock brake system (ABS).............................................................................5-35

Appearance care ...................................................................................................7-75

Exterior care ................................................................................................7-75

Interior care .................................................................................................7-80

Armrest (rear seat)................................................................................................2-21

Auto defogging system ......................................................................................3-139

Auto light position..............................................................................................3-101

I-2

Index

Automatic climate control system......................................................................3-122

Air conditioning ........................................................................................3-134

Air Conditioning refrigerant label ............................................................3-136

Air intake control ......................................................................................3-131

Air quality system (AQS) .........................................................................3-132

Automatic heating and air conditioning....................................................3-123

Automatic ventilation................................................................................3-140

Clean air ....................................................................................................3-140

Fan speed control ......................................................................................3-132

Manual heating and air conditioning ........................................................3-124

Mode selection ..........................................................................................3-125

OFF mode..................................................................................................3-133

Sunroof inside air recirculation.................................................................3-140

SYNC button.............................................................................................3-130

System maintenance..................................................................................3-135

Temperature control ..................................................................................3-129

Temperature unit conversion.....................................................................3-129

Automatic emergency braking (AEB) system .....................................................5-61

Automatic locking retractor (ALR)......................................................................2-34

Automatic transmission........................................................................................5-11

Automatic transmission

Good driving practices ................................................................................5-19

LCD display messages ................................................................................5-17

Paddle shifter (manual mode) .....................................................................5-15

Shift change P to N with the engine off......................................................5-16

Shift lock system.........................................................................................5-15

When the battery is discharged ...................................................................5-16

Automatic ventilation function ..........................................................................3-140

Aux, USB and iPod................................................................................................3-2

Bag hanger..........................................................................................................3-151

Battery ..................................................................................................................7-33

Battery

Battery recharging.......................................................................................7-31

Battery saver function ........................................................................................3-106

Before driving ........................................................................................................5-5

Blade type fuse.....................................................................................................7-57

Blind spot detection (BSD) system......................................................................5-49

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology hands-free..........................................................4-4

I-3

Bottle holder.......................................................................................................3-146

Brake fluid............................................................................................................7-27

Brake system ........................................................................................................5-25

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)....................................................................5-35

Auto hold.....................................................................................................5-31

Disc brakes wear indicator..........................................................................5-26

Electronic parking brake (EPB) ..................................................................5-26

Electronic stability control (ESC)...............................................................5-37

Good braking practices ...............................................................................5-42

Hill-start assist control (HAC) ....................................................................5-41

Power brakes ...............................................................................................5-25

Vehicle stability management (VSM).........................................................5-40

Bulb replacement

Daytime running light .................................................................................7-71

Front turn signal lamp.................................................................................7-71

Headlamp ....................................................................................................7-71

High mounted stop lamp.............................................................................7-73

Interior light bulb ........................................................................................7-74

License plate light bulb...............................................................................7-73

Rear combination light bulb........................................................................7-73

Side marker .................................................................................................7-71

Side repeater lamp ......................................................................................7-73

Bulb wattage...........................................................................................................8-3

Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button .......................................................5-7

California perchlorate notice................................................................................7-85

Camera (Rear view) ...........................................................................................3-115

Capacities (Lubricants) ..........................................................................................3-6

Care Exterior care ................................................................................................7-75

Interior care .................................................................................................7-80

Tire care.......................................................................................................7-37

Cartridge type fuse ...............................................................................................7-57

Cellular phone holder.........................................................................................3-144

Center console storage .......................................................................................3-142

Central door lock switch ......................................................................................3-11

Certification label...................................................................................................8-8

Chains

Tire chains .................................................................................................5-106

I-4

Index

Changing a Tire with TPMS ................................................................................6-14

Checking tire inflation pressure ...........................................................................7-39

Child restraint system (CRS) ...............................................................................2-45

Booster seats................................................................................................2-48

Children always in the rear .........................................................................2-45

Forward-facing child restraint system ........................................................2-48

Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ....................................................2-48

Lower Anchors and tether for children .......................................................2-49

Rearward-facing child restraint system.......................................................2-47

Securing a child restraint system seat with "Tether Anchor" system .........3-52

Securing a child restraint system with a lap/shoulder belt .........................3-53

Securing a child restraint with the the LATCH anchors system.................2-51

Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) ....................................................2-46

Child-protector rear door lock..............................................................................3-14

Clean air .............................................................................................................3-140

Climate control air filter.......................................................................................7-30

Clock ..................................................................................................................3-149

Clothes hanger....................................................................................................3-150

Combined instrument, see instrument cluster......................................................3-60

Compact spare tire replacement...........................................................................7-42

Consumer information..........................................................................................8-10

Coolant .................................................................................................................7-24

Cooling fluid, see engine coolant.........................................................................7-24

Crankcase emission control system .....................................................................7-83

Cruise control system...........................................................................................5-80

Cup holder ..........................................................................................................3-146

Curtain air bags ....................................................................................................2-62

Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel illumination ................................3-61

Dashboard, see instrument cluster .......................................................................3-60

Daytime running light (DRL) ............................................................................3-107

Defogging (Windshield).....................................................................................3-137

Defroster.............................................................................................................3-121

Rear window defroster ..............................................................................3-121

Side view mirror defroster ........................................................................3-121

Defrosting (Windshield).....................................................................................3-137

Dimensions.............................................................................................................8-2

DIS navigation system ...........................................................................................4-4

Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination .....................................3-61

I-5

Displays, see instrument cluster...........................................................................3-60

Door locks ............................................................................................................3-10

Auto door lock/unlock features...................................................................3-13

Central door lock switch .............................................................................3-12

Child-protector rear door lock ....................................................................3-14

Power door latch..........................................................................................3-11

Drinks holders, see cup holders .........................................................................3-146

Drive mode integrated control system .................................................................5-44

ECO mode...................................................................................................5-47

INDIVIDUAL mode ...................................................................................5-48

SMART mode .............................................................................................5-45

SPORT mode...............................................................................................5-47

Driver attention alert (DAA)................................................................................5-97

Driver's air bag .....................................................................................................2-59

Driver's knee airbag..............................................................................................2-59

Driving at night ..................................................................................................5-103

Driving in flooded areas.....................................................................................5-104

Driving in the rain ..............................................................................................5-103

Dynamic bending light.......................................................................................3-107

Dynamic stability damping control (DSDC) .......................................................5-43

Easy access function ............................................................................................3-17

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)............................................................................3-20

Electronic control suspension (ECS) ...................................................................5-43

Electronic parking brake (EPB) ...........................................................................5-26

Electronic stability control (ESC) ........................................................................5-37

Emergency locking retractor (ELR).....................................................................2-34

Emergency towing................................................................................................6-25

Emission control system ......................................................................................7-83

Crankcase emission control system ............................................................7-83

Evaporative emission control System.........................................................7-83

Exhaust emission control system ................................................................7-84

Engine compartment .......................................................................................1-7, 7-3

Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ......................................................7-55

Engine coolant......................................................................................................7-24

Engine coolant temperature guage.......................................................................3-62

Engine number .......................................................................................................8-9

Engine oil .............................................................................................................7-22

Engine specification ...............................................................................................8-2

I-6

Index

Engine Start/Stop button ........................................................................................5-7

Evaporative emission control System ..................................................................7-83

Exhaust emission control system .........................................................................7-84

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ......................................................7-19

Exterior care .........................................................................................................7-81

Exterior overview

Front view .....................................................................................................1-2

Rear view ......................................................................................................1-3

Flat tire

Jack and tools ..............................................................................................6-16

Jack label.....................................................................................................6-22

Use of compact spare tires ..........................................................................6-20

Floor mat anchor(s) ............................................................................................3-151

Fluid

Brake fluid...................................................................................................7-27

Washer fluid ................................................................................................7-28

Front seat adjustment ....................................................................................2-8

Adjusting the height up and down ..............................................................2-24

Easy access switch ......................................................................................2-13

Forward and rearward adjustment...............................................................2-10

Lumbar support ...........................................................................................2-12

Reclining seatback.......................................................................................2-11

Removal/Reinstall .......................................................................................2-25

Seat bolster adjustment ...............................................................................2-13

Seat cushion height and tilt.........................................................................2-12

Seat cushion length adjustment...................................................................2-10

Front seat head restraints ............................................................................2-24

Seat shoulder adjustment ............................................................................2-13

Seatback angle.............................................................................................2-11

Seatback pocket...........................................................................................2-14

Front wiper deicer ..............................................................................................3-121

Fuel filler door......................................................................................................3-57

Emergency fuel filler door release..............................................................3-59

Fuel gauge ............................................................................................................3-62

Fuel requirements...................................................................................................F-7

Fuse switch...........................................................................................................7-54

I-7

Fuses.....................................................................................................................7-53

Blade type fuse............................................................................................7-57

Cartridge type fuse ......................................................................................7-57

Engine compartment panel fuse replacement .............................................7-55

Fuse switch..................................................................................................7-54

Fuse/relay panel description........................................................................7-58

Instrument panel fuse replacement .............................................................7-54

Main fuse.....................................................................................................7-56

Multi fuse ....................................................................................................7-56

Gauges and meters ...............................................................................................3-61

Genesis adaptive control suspension....................................................................5-43

Glove box ...........................................................................................................3-143

Glove box lamp ..................................................................................................3-110

Gross vehicle weight ..............................................................................................8-5

Hazard warning flasher ..........................................................................................6-2

Hazardous driving conditions ............................................................................5-102

Head restraints......................................................................................................2-23

Front seat head restraints ............................................................................2-24

Rear seat head restraints..............................................................................2-26

Headlamp delay function ...................................................................................3-106

Headlight bulb replacement .................................................................................7-71

Head-up display....................................................................................................3-98

Heated steering wheel ..........................................................................................3-19

Heater .................................................................................................................3-122

High beam operation ..........................................................................................3-102

Highway driving.................................................................................................5-104

Hill-start assist control (HAC) .............................................................................5-41

HomeLink

system ..............................................................................................3-20

Hood .....................................................................................................................3-47

Horn .....................................................................................................................3-19

How to use this manual..........................................................................................F-6

I-8

Index

If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ..............................................6-4

If the engine overheats ...........................................................................................6-8

If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ........................................................6-3

If the engine stalls while driving............................................................................6-3

If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start ................................................6-4

If the engine will not start ......................................................................................6-4

If you have a flat tire............................................................................................6-16

If you have a flat tire while driving .......................................................................6-3

Immobilizer System ...............................................................................................3-9

Impact sensing door unlock .................................................................................3-13

Important safety precautions ..................................................................................2-3

Air bag hazards .............................................................................................2-3

Always wear your seat belt...........................................................................2-3

Control your speed ........................................................................................2-4

Driver distraction ..........................................................................................2-3

Keep your vehicle in safe condition .............................................................2-4

Restrain all children ......................................................................................2-3

In case of emergency while driving.......................................................................6-3

Indicator light .......................................................................................................3-65

Inside rearview mirror..........................................................................................3-20

Instrument cluster.................................................................................................3-60

Instrument panel illumination .....................................................................3-61

Gauges and meters ......................................................................................3-61

LCD display control....................................................................................3-86

LCD display messages ................................................................................3-75

LCD modes .................................................................................................3-87

Transmission shift indicator........................................................................3-64

Trip computer..............................................................................................3-95

User settings mode ......................................................................................3-90

Warning and indicator lights .......................................................................3-65

Instrument panel fuse replacement ......................................................................7-54

Instrument panel overview.....................................................................................1-5

Interior care ..........................................................................................................7-80

I-9

Interior features

Bag hanger ................................................................................................3-151

Bottle holder..............................................................................................3-146

Clock .........................................................................................................3-149

Clothes hanger...........................................................................................3-150

Cup holder.................................................................................................3-146

Floor mat anchor(s)...................................................................................3-151

Luggage net (holder).................................................................................3-154

Power outlet ..............................................................................................3-148

Rear curtain ...............................................................................................3-152

Rear door window curtain.........................................................................3-153

Rear vanity mirror.....................................................................................3-147

Sunvisor.....................................................................................................3-147

USB charger ..............................................................................................3-149

Interior lamp AUTO cut.....................................................................................3-108

Interior lights ......................................................................................................3-108

Front lamps................................................................................................3-108

Front vanity mirror lamp...........................................................................3-110

Glove box lamp .........................................................................................3-110

Interior lamp AUTO cut............................................................................3-108

Puddle lamp...............................................................................................3-110

Rear lamp ..................................................................................................3-109

Rear vanity mirror lamp ............................................................................3-110

Trunk room lamp.......................................................................................3-109

Interior overview ....................................................................................................1-4

Jack and tools .......................................................................................................6-16

Jump starting ..........................................................................................................6-5

Label

Refrigerant Label ..........................................................................................8-9

Tire sidewall labeling..................................................................................7-43

Tire specification and pressure label.............................................................8-8

Vehicle certification label..............................................................................8-8

Lane keeping assist system (LKAS) ....................................................................5-72

Lap/shoulder belt..................................................................................................2-35

I-10

Index

LCD display (instrument cluster).........................................................................3-86

Assist mode .................................................................................................3-89

LCD modes .................................................................................................3-87

Trip computer mode....................................................................................3-88

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode..........................................................................3-88

User settings mode ......................................................................................3-90

LCD display control.............................................................................................3-86

LCD display messages .........................................................................................3-75

LCD modes ..........................................................................................................3-87

Light bulbs............................................................................................................7-71

Lighting ..............................................................................................................3-101

AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) .................................................3-107

Auto light position ....................................................................................3-101

Battery saver function ...............................................................................3-106

Daytime running light (DRL) ...................................................................3-107

Dynamic bending light..............................................................................3-107

Headlamp delay function ..........................................................................3-106

Headlamp position ....................................................................................3-102

High beam operation.................................................................................3-102

Parking lamp position ...............................................................................3-102

Smart high beam .......................................................................................3-103

Turn signals ...............................................................................................3-105

Lubricants and capacities .......................................................................................8-6

Luggage net (holder) ..........................................................................................3-154

Luggage volume.....................................................................................................8-5

Main fuse..............................................................................................................7-56

Maintenance

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items .............................................7-19

Maintenance services ....................................................................................7-5

Maintenance under severe usage conditions (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI).....7-17

Maintenance under severe usage conditions (Tau 5.0 GDI).......................7-12

Normal maintenance schedule (Lambda 3.3 Turbo-GDI) ..........................7-14

Normal maintenance schedule (Tau 5.0 GDI) ..............................................7-9

Owner maintenance.......................................................................................7-6

Scheduled maintenance services...................................................................7-8

Tire maintenance .........................................................................................7-43

Maintenance services .............................................................................................7-5

I-11

Mirrors..................................................................................................................3-20

Compass ......................................................................................................3-20

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)...................................................................3-20

Folding the side view mirrors .....................................................................3-38

HomeLink

system .....................................................................................3-20

Inside rearview mirror.................................................................................3-20

Reverse parking aid function (side view mirror)........................................3-39

Side view mirror..........................................................................................3-37

Side view mirror control .............................................................................3-38

Moonroof, see sunroof .........................................................................................3-44

Motor-driven power steering (MDPS).................................................................3-17

Multi fuse .............................................................................................................7-56

Multimedia system .................................................................................................4-2

Antenna .........................................................................................................4-2

Aux, USB and iPod.......................................................................................3-2

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology hands-free.................................................4-5

DIS navigation system ..................................................................................4-4

DVD Player...................................................................................................4-4

Steering wheel audio control.........................................................................4-3

Occupant classification system (OCS).................................................................2-68

Odometer ..............................................................................................................3-63

Oil (Engine)..........................................................................................................7-22

Outside temperature gauge...................................................................................3-64

Owner maintenance................................................................................................7-6

Paddle shifter (manual mode) ..............................................................................5-15

Parking assist system..........................................................................................3-117

Parking brake........................................................................................................5-26

Passenger's front air bag.......................................................................................2-59

Power brakes ........................................................................................................5-25

Power door latch ..................................................................................................3-10

Power outlet........................................................................................................3-148

Power steering ......................................................................................................3-17

Power window lock switch ..................................................................................3-43

Pre-Active Seat belt (PSB)...................................................................................2-41

I-12

Index

Pre-tensioner seat belt ..........................................................................................2-38

Puddle lamp........................................................................................................3-110

Range....................................................................................................................3-63

Rear center seatbelt ..............................................................................................2-37

Rear console storage ..........................................................................................3-142

Rear curtain ........................................................................................................3-152

Rear door window curtain..................................................................................3-153

Rear seat adjustment ............................................................................................2-14

Armrest........................................................................................................2-21

Carrying long/narrow cargo ........................................................................2-22

Easy access switch ......................................................................................2-16

Lumbar support ...........................................................................................2-16

Relaxation mode (VIP seat) ........................................................................2-18

Return function (VIP seat) ..........................................................................2-18

RSE indicator (Rear control lock)...............................................................2-20

Seat cushion tilt adjustment ........................................................................2-15

Seat sliding adjustment ...............................................................................2-15

Seatback angle adjustment ..........................................................................2-15

VIP switches for adjusting the front passenger seat ...................................2-17

Rear seat head restraints.......................................................................................2-26

Adjusting the head restraints forward and rearward...................................2-26

Adjusting the height up and down (manual)...............................................2-26

Adjusting the height up and down (power) ................................................2-26

Folding the center head restraint.................................................................2-27

Rear vanity mirror ..............................................................................................3-147

Rear view camera ...............................................................................................3-115

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures.........................................................7-38

Recommended lubricants and capacities ...............................................................8-6

Recommended SAE viscosity number..........................................................8-7

Removable towing hook ......................................................................................6-25

Replacement light bulb ........................................................................................7-71

Reverse parking aid function (side view mirror).................................................3-39

Rocking the vehicle............................................................................................5-102

Rotation (Tire)......................................................................................................7-39

I-13

Safety messages .....................................................................................................F-6

Scheduled maintenance services ............................................................................7-8

Seat belt warning light .........................................................................................2-33

Seat belts ..............................................................................................................2-32

3-point seatbelt ............................................................................................2-34

Additional seat belt safety precautions .......................................................2-42

Care of seat belts.........................................................................................2-44

Do not lie down...........................................................................................2-44

Height adjustment .......................................................................................2-35

Keep belts clean and dry.............................................................................2-44

Lap/shoulder belt.........................................................................................2-35

One person per belt .....................................................................................2-44

Periodic inspection ......................................................................................2-44

Pre-active seat belt (PSB) ...........................................................................2-41

Pre-tensioner seat belt .................................................................................2-38

Rear center seatbelt .....................................................................................2-37

Seat belt restraint system ............................................................................2-34

Seat belt safety precautions.........................................................................2-32

Seat belt use and children ...........................................................................2-42

Seat belt use during pregnancy ...................................................................2-42

Seat belt warning light ................................................................................2-33

Transporting an injured person ...................................................................2-43

When to replace seat belts...........................................................................2-44

Seat coolers .........................................................................................................2-30

Seat position memory system ..............................................................................3-15

Recalling memory positions........................................................................3-16

Storing memory positions ...........................................................................3-16

Seat warmers .......................................................................................................2-28

Seatback pocket....................................................................................................2-14

Seats .......................................................................................................................2-5

Armrest (rear seat) ......................................................................................2-21

Front seats .....................................................................................................2-8

Head restraints.............................................................................................2-23

Rear seats ....................................................................................................2-14

Safety precautions .........................................................................................2-7

Seat coolers .................................................................................................2-30

Seat warmers ..............................................................................................2-28

Seatback pocket...........................................................................................2-14

I-14

Index

Shift lever auto door lock.....................................................................................3-13

Shift lock system ..................................................................................................5-15

Side air bags .........................................................................................................2-61

Side view mirror...................................................................................................3-37

Side view mirror defroster .................................................................................3-121

Smart blind spot detection system .......................................................................5-57

Smart cruise control system .................................................................................5-80

Smart high beam ................................................................................................3-103

Smart key................................................................................................................3-4

Battery replacement ......................................................................................3-8

Mechanical key .............................................................................................3-6

Smooth cornering ...............................................................................................5-103

Snow tires...........................................................................................................5-105

Spare tire

Compact spare tire replacement..................................................................7-42

Special driving conditions

Driving at night .........................................................................................5-103

Driving in flooded areas............................................................................5-104

Driving in the rain.....................................................................................5-103

Hazardous driving conditions ...................................................................5-102

Highway driving........................................................................................5-104

Rocking the vehicle...................................................................................5-102

Smooth cornering ......................................................................................5-103

Speed sensing door lock.......................................................................................3-13

Speedometer .........................................................................................................3-61

Starting difficulties, see engine will not start.........................................................6-4

Steering wheel ......................................................................................................3-17

Heated steering wheel .................................................................................3-19

Horn.............................................................................................................3-19

Motor-driven power steering (MDPS)........................................................3-17

Power steering.............................................................................................3-17

Tilt steering / Telescope steering.................................................................3-18

Steering wheel audio control..................................................................................4-3

Storage compartment..........................................................................................3-142

Cellular phone holder................................................................................3-144

Center console storage ..............................................................................3-142

Glove box ..................................................................................................3-143

Rear console storage .................................................................................3-142

Sunglass holder .........................................................................................3-143

Wireless cellular phone charging system..................................................3-144

I-15

Sunglass holder ..................................................................................................3-143

Sunroof .................................................................................................................3-44

Sunroof inside air recirculation..........................................................................3-140

Sunvisor..............................................................................................................3-147

Surround View Monitor......................................................................................3-116

Tachometer ...........................................................................................................3-61

Theft-alarm system...............................................................................................3-14

Tilt steering / Telescope steering..........................................................................3-18

Tire chains ..........................................................................................................5-106

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)............................................................6-10

Changing a Tire with TPMS .......................................................................6-14

Low tire pressure LCD display with position indicator .............................6-12

Low tire pressure telltale.............................................................................6-12

TPMS malfunction indicator.......................................................................6-13

Tire rotation..........................................................................................................7-39

Tire specification and pressure label......................................................................8-8

Tires and wheels...................................................................................................7-37

Checking tire inflation pressure ..................................................................7-39

Compact spare tire replacement..................................................................7-42

Low aspect ratio tires ..................................................................................7-51

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures................................................7-38

Tire care.......................................................................................................7-37

Tire maintenance .........................................................................................7-43

Tire replacement..........................................................................................7-41

Tire rotation.................................................................................................7-39

Tire sidewall labeling..................................................................................7-43

Tire traction .................................................................................................7-43

Wheel alignment and tire balance...............................................................7-40

Wheel replacement......................................................................................7-42

Tires and wheels specification ...............................................................................8-4

Towing..................................................................................................................6-24

Transmission shift indicator .................................................................................3-64

Trip computer .......................................................................................................3-95

Accumulated Info display ...........................................................................3-97

Digital speedometer ....................................................................................3-97

Driving Info display ....................................................................................3-96

Fuel economy ..............................................................................................3-95

I-16

Index

Trunk

Non-powered trunk .....................................................................................3-48

Emergency trunk safety release ..................................................................3-53

Power trunk .................................................................................................3-49

Smart trunk..................................................................................................3-54

Trunk lid control button ..............................................................................3-52

Trunk room lamp................................................................................................3-109

USB charger .......................................................................................................3-149

User settings mode ...............................................................................................3-90

Vanity mirror lamp (front)..................................................................................3-110

Vanity mirror lamp (rear) ...................................................................................3-110

Vehicle break-in process ......................................................................................F-11

Vehicle certification label.......................................................................................8-8

Vehicle data collection and event data recorders (EDR) .....................................F-12

Vehicle identification number (VIN) .....................................................................8-8

Vehicle load limit ...............................................................................................5-109

Vehicle modifications...........................................................................................F-10

Vehicle stability management (VSM) ..................................................................5-40

Warning and indicator lights ................................................................................3-65

Warning light........................................................................................................3-65

Washer fluid .........................................................................................................7-28

Welcome system .................................................................................................3-111

Door handle lamp ......................................................................................3-111

Headlamp and parking lamp .....................................................................3-111

Interior lamp ..............................................................................................3-111

Puddle lamp...............................................................................................3-110

Wheel alignment and tire balance........................................................................7-40

Wheel replacement...............................................................................................7-42

Windows...............................................................................................................3-41

Power window lock switch .........................................................................3-43

I-17

Windshield defrosting and defogging ................................................................3-137

Windshield washers............................................................................................3-114

Windshield wipers ..............................................................................................3-112

Winter driving ....................................................................................................5-105

Snow tires..................................................................................................5-105

Tire chains .................................................................................................5-106

Wiper blades replacement ....................................................................................7-31

Wipers and washers ............................................................................................3-112

Windshield washers...................................................................................3-114

Windshield wipers .....................................................................................3-112

Wireless cellular phone charging system...........................................................3-144

I-18

Index

Genesis 2019 Genesis G90 3.3T PREMIUM Car

Product's Documents

User Manual

Specifications

Genesis 2019 GENESIS G90 3.3T PREMIUM Questions and Answers

Related Products

Hyundai 2015 Genesis Car

Genesis 2018 Genesis G80 3.8 Car

Genesis 2020 G70 Car

Genesis 2017 Genesis G90 3.3T PREMIUM Car

Genesis 2018 G90 3.3T PREMIUM Car